Dear(cid:3)Shareholders:(cid:3)
(cid:3)
We(cid:3)are(cid:3)proud(cid:3)to(cid:3)provide(cid:3)another(cid:3)update(cid:3)on(cid:3)our(cid:3)progress(cid:3)this(cid:3)past(cid:3)year.(cid:3)We(cid:3)continue(cid:3)to(cid:3)make(cid:3)
strides(cid:3)on(cid:3)multiple(cid:3)fronts,(cid:3)including:(cid:3)further(cid:3)developing(cid:3)our(cid:3)technology(cid:3)and(cid:3)products;(cid:3)growing(cid:3)
our(cid:3)customer(cid:3)base;(cid:3)and(cid:3)building(cid:3)support(cid:3)within(cid:3)the(cid:3)scientific(cid:3)community,(cid:3)while(cid:3)moving(cid:3)toward(cid:3)
our(cid:3)vision(cid:3)of(cid:3)biomarker(cid:3)driven(cid:3)precision(cid:3)medicine.(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)
(cid:3)
During(cid:3)2019(cid:3)we(cid:3)enjoyed(cid:3)a(cid:3)year(cid:3)of(cid:3)strong(cid:3)growth(cid:3)in(cid:3)product(cid:3)and(cid:3)product(cid:882)related(cid:3)services(cid:3)
revenue(cid:3)generated(cid:3)by(cid:3)our(cid:3)molecular(cid:3)profiling(cid:3)business.(cid:3)This(cid:3)revenue(cid:3)increased(cid:3)by(cid:3)60%(cid:3)in(cid:3)2019(cid:3)
compared(cid:3)to(cid:3)2018(cid:3)to(cid:3)$14.6(cid:3)million,(cid:3)driven(cid:3)by(cid:3)an(cid:3)increase(cid:3)in(cid:3)the(cid:3)number(cid:3)of(cid:3)assays(cid:3)sold(cid:3)and(cid:3)an(cid:3)
increase(cid:3)in(cid:3)our(cid:3)overall(cid:3)number(cid:3)of(cid:3)customers.(cid:3)We(cid:3)finished(cid:3)2019(cid:3)with(cid:3)88(cid:3)active(cid:3)pharma(cid:3)
programs,(cid:3)up(cid:3)from(cid:3)65(cid:3)in(cid:3)2018,(cid:3)demonstrating(cid:3)the(cid:3)growing(cid:3)interest(cid:3)in(cid:3)our(cid:3)technology.(cid:3)
(cid:3)
We(cid:3)believe(cid:3)the(cid:3)strong(cid:3)growth(cid:3)in(cid:3)both(cid:3)our(cid:3)revenue(cid:3)and(cid:3)customer(cid:3)base(cid:3)associated(cid:3)with(cid:3)our(cid:3)
molecular(cid:3)profiling(cid:3)business(cid:3)is(cid:3)a(cid:3)testament(cid:3)to(cid:3)the(cid:3)benefits(cid:3)and(cid:3)advantages(cid:3)of(cid:3)our(cid:3)unique(cid:3)and(cid:3)
differentiated(cid:3)HTG(cid:3)EdgeSeq™(cid:3)technology.(cid:3)We(cid:3)are(cid:3)well(cid:3)suited(cid:3)to(cid:3)enable(cid:3)RNA(cid:3)biomarker(cid:3)
development(cid:3)in(cid:3)oncology,(cid:3)autoimmune(cid:3)and(cid:3)other(cid:3)disease(cid:3)areas.(cid:3)Additionally,(cid:3)our(cid:3)low(cid:882)sample(cid:3)
input,(cid:3)simplified(cid:3)workflow(cid:3)and(cid:3)easy(cid:882)to(cid:882)interpret(cid:3)bioinformatics(cid:3)make(cid:3)RNA(cid:3)analysis(cid:3)easier(cid:3)and(cid:3)
more(cid:3)efficient(cid:3)than(cid:3)traditional(cid:3)technologies.(cid:3)
(cid:3)
Accomplishments(cid:3)in(cid:3)2019(cid:3)
(cid:3)
(cid:120) Launched(cid:3)our(cid:3)2,002(cid:882)gene(cid:3)HTG(cid:3)EdgeSeq(cid:3)Autoimmune(cid:3)Profiling(cid:3)Assay,(cid:3)leveraging(cid:3)the(cid:3)
sensitivity(cid:3)and(cid:3)dynamic(cid:3)range(cid:3)of(cid:3)next(cid:882)generation(cid:3)sequencing(cid:3)(NGS)(cid:3)to(cid:3)measure(cid:3)genes(cid:3)
implicated(cid:3)in(cid:3)a(cid:3)variety(cid:3)of(cid:3)autoimmune(cid:3)diseases.(cid:3)
(cid:3)
(cid:120) Obtained(cid:3)recertification(cid:3)to(cid:3)ISO(cid:3)13485:2016(cid:3)valid(cid:3)through(cid:3)May(cid:3)2021.(cid:3)(cid:3)
(cid:3)
(cid:120) Amended(cid:3)our(cid:3)agreement(cid:3)with(cid:3)Illumina,(cid:3)Inc.(cid:3)to(cid:3)expand(cid:3)the(cid:3)potential(cid:3)areas(cid:3)for(cid:3)development(cid:3)
and(cid:3)commercialization(cid:3)of(cid:3)IVD(cid:3)test(cid:3)kits(cid:3)using(cid:3)both(cid:3)HTG(cid:3)EdgeSeq(cid:3)and(cid:3)Illumina(cid:3)sequencing(cid:3)
technology.(cid:3)Under(cid:3)the(cid:3)amended(cid:3)agreement,(cid:3)autoimmune,(cid:3)cardiovascular(cid:3)and(cid:3)fibrosis(cid:3)
disorders(cid:3)and(cid:3)diseases(cid:3)may(cid:3)be(cid:3)considered(cid:3)for(cid:3)development,(cid:3)in(cid:3)addition(cid:3)to(cid:3)oncology.(cid:3)(cid:3)
(cid:3)
(cid:120) Announced(cid:3)the(cid:3)release(cid:3)of(cid:3)HTG(cid:3)EdgeSeq(cid:3)Reveal(cid:3)data(cid:3)analytics(cid:3)software,(cid:3)versions(cid:3)1.2.0(cid:3)and(cid:3)
2.0.0.(cid:3)These(cid:3)updates(cid:3)further(cid:3)streamline(cid:3)and(cid:3)accelerate(cid:3)sample(cid:3)analysis(cid:3)processed(cid:3)on(cid:3)the(cid:3)
HTG(cid:3)EdgeSeq(cid:3)platform(cid:3)with(cid:3)additional(cid:3)HTG(cid:3)EdgeSeq(cid:3)assays.(cid:3)
(cid:3)
Introduced(cid:3)two(cid:3)of(cid:3)our(cid:3)previously(cid:3)released(cid:3)assays,(cid:3)the(cid:3)HTG(cid:3)EdgeSeq(cid:3)DLBCL(cid:3)Cell(cid:3)of(cid:3)Origin(cid:3)
Assay(cid:3)and(cid:3)the(cid:3)HTG(cid:3)EdgeSeq(cid:3)Lung(cid:3)Fusions(cid:3)RUO(cid:3)Assay,(cid:3)for(cid:3)use(cid:3)with(cid:3)the(cid:3)Thermo(cid:3)Fisher(cid:3)
Scientific(cid:3)Ion(cid:3)Torrent(cid:3)TM(cid:3)Ion(cid:3)S5(cid:3)NGS(cid:3)platform.(cid:3)
(cid:3)
(cid:120)
(cid:120) Launched(cid:3)the(cid:3)HTG(cid:3)EdgeSeq(cid:3)Mouse(cid:3)mRNA(cid:3)Tumor(cid:3)Response(cid:3)Panel,(cid:3)which(cid:3)measures(cid:3)over(cid:3)
1,600(cid:3)mouse(cid:3)mRNA(cid:3)targets(cid:3)in(cid:3)one(cid:3)RNA(cid:3)extraction(cid:882)free(cid:3)assay,(cid:3)in(cid:3)the(cid:3)United(cid:3)States(cid:3)and(cid:3)
Europe.(cid:3)This(cid:3)RUO(cid:3)profiling(cid:3)panel(cid:3)is(cid:3)designed(cid:3)for(cid:3)use(cid:3)in(cid:3)mouse(cid:3)oncology(cid:3)models(cid:3)to(cid:3)identify(cid:3)
and(cid:3)quantify(cid:3)expression(cid:3)of(cid:3)genes(cid:3)and(cid:3)gene(cid:3)pathways(cid:3)from(cid:3)a(cid:3)variety(cid:3)of(cid:3)sample(cid:3)types.(cid:3)(cid:3)
(cid:3)
(cid:120) Opened(cid:3)a(cid:3)new(cid:3)technology(cid:3)center(cid:3)in(cid:3)San(cid:3)Carlos,(cid:3)California(cid:3)representing(cid:3)a(cid:3)significant(cid:3)
expansion(cid:3)of(cid:3)our(cid:3)research(cid:3)and(cid:3)development(cid:3)capabilities(cid:3)and(cid:3)making(cid:3)collaborating(cid:3)with(cid:3)
other(cid:3)Bay(cid:3)Area(cid:3)technology(cid:3)partners(cid:3)more(cid:3)efficient(cid:3)and(cid:3)cost(cid:3)effective.(cid:3)
(cid:3)
(cid:120) Hosted(cid:3)a(cid:3)Key(cid:3)Opinion(cid:3)Leader(cid:3)Meeting(cid:3)on(cid:3)the(cid:3)unmet(cid:3)medical(cid:3)need(cid:3)in(cid:3)Breast(cid:3)Cancer(cid:3)
Molecular(cid:3)Diagnostics.(cid:3)We(cid:3)also(cid:3)provided(cid:3)our(cid:3)strategic(cid:3)vision(cid:3)in(cid:3)this(cid:3)area(cid:3)including(cid:3)our(cid:3)
product(cid:3)roadmap(cid:3)and(cid:3)milestones(cid:3)leading(cid:3)toward(cid:3)the(cid:3)development(cid:3)of(cid:3)new(cid:3)assays(cid:3)in(cid:3)breast(cid:3)
cancer.(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)
(cid:3)
(cid:120) Hosted(cid:3)an(cid:3)event(cid:3)highlighting(cid:3)our(cid:3)developing(cid:3)molecular(cid:3)diagnostics(cid:3)business.(cid:3)The(cid:3)
Management(cid:3)team,(cid:3)along(cid:3)with(cid:3)Key(cid:3)Opinion(cid:3)Leader(cid:3)Laura(cid:3)E.(cid:3)Benjamin,(cid:3)Ph.D.,(cid:3)Founder(cid:3)and(cid:3)
CEO(cid:3)of(cid:3)Oncologie,(cid:3)LTD,(cid:3)discussed(cid:3)the(cid:3)future(cid:3)of(cid:3)precision(cid:3)medicine(cid:3)and(cid:3)the(cid:3)potential(cid:3)for(cid:3)
HTG’s(cid:3)innovative(cid:3)approach(cid:3)to(cid:3)transform(cid:3)cancer(cid:3)care(cid:3)for(cid:3)patients(cid:3)globally.(cid:3)(cid:3)
(cid:3)
(cid:120) Strengthened(cid:3)our(cid:3)patent(cid:3)portfolio(cid:3)with(cid:3)the(cid:3)receipt(cid:3)of(cid:3)a(cid:3)European(cid:3)patent(cid:3)(number(cid:3)EP(cid:3)
3356554)(cid:3)for(cid:3)methods(cid:3)for(cid:3)subtyping(cid:3)diffuse(cid:3)large(cid:3)B(cid:882)cell(cid:3)lymphoma(cid:3)(DLBCL).(cid:3)We(cid:3)received(cid:3)a(cid:3)
U.S.(cid:3)patent(cid:3)for(cid:3)this(cid:3)technology(cid:3)in(cid:3)2018.(cid:3)
(cid:3)
(cid:120) Added(cid:3)to(cid:3)the(cid:3)growing(cid:3)number(cid:3)of(cid:3)peer(cid:882)reviewed(cid:3)publications(cid:3)referencing(cid:3)our(cid:3)HTG(cid:3)EdgeSeq(cid:3)
technology(cid:3)with(cid:3)papers(cid:3)appearing(cid:3)in(cid:3)both(cid:3)Cell(cid:3)and(cid:3)Nature.(cid:3)The(cid:3)total(cid:3)number(cid:3)of(cid:3)publications(cid:3)
referencing(cid:3)our(cid:3)technology,(cid:3)including(cid:3)these(cid:3)peer(cid:882)reviewed(cid:3)publications,(cid:3)was(cid:3)over(cid:3)140(cid:3)as(cid:3)of(cid:3)
December(cid:3)2019.(cid:3)(cid:3)
(cid:3)
Priorities(cid:3)for(cid:3)2020(cid:3)
(cid:3)
As(cid:3)we(cid:3)face(cid:3)the(cid:3)challenges(cid:3)brought(cid:3)on(cid:3)by(cid:3)the(cid:3)global(cid:3)COVID(cid:882)19(cid:3)pandemic,(cid:3)we(cid:3)remain(cid:3)focused(cid:3)on(cid:3)
the(cid:3)health(cid:3)of(cid:3)our(cid:3)employees(cid:3)and(cid:3)long(cid:882)term(cid:3)growth(cid:3)of(cid:3)our(cid:3)company.(cid:3)In(cid:3)addition(cid:3)to(cid:3)maintaining(cid:3)
the(cid:3)safety(cid:3)of(cid:3)our(cid:3)employees,(cid:3)our(cid:3)priorities(cid:3)for(cid:3)2020(cid:3)are(cid:3)to(cid:3)continue(cid:3)improving(cid:3)our(cid:3)overall(cid:3)
results(cid:3)by(cid:3)focusing(cid:3)on(cid:3)three(cid:3)important(cid:3)operating(cid:3)areas:(cid:3)1)(cid:3)our(cid:3)RUO(cid:3)profiling(cid:3)products(cid:3)and(cid:3)
services(cid:3)direct(cid:3)revenue(cid:3)business;(cid:3)2)(cid:3)our(cid:3)pharma(cid:3)pipeline;(cid:3)and(cid:3)3)(cid:3)our(cid:3)product(cid:3)and(cid:3)technology(cid:3)
development(cid:3)pipeline.(cid:3)
(cid:3)
In(cid:3)our(cid:3)RUO(cid:3)profiling(cid:3)products(cid:3)and(cid:3)services(cid:3)direct(cid:3)revenue(cid:3)business,(cid:3)where(cid:3)we(cid:3)saw(cid:3)60%(cid:3)
growth(cid:3)last(cid:3)year,(cid:3)our(cid:3)focus(cid:3)will(cid:3)be(cid:3)to(cid:3)continue(cid:3)driving(cid:3)customer(cid:3)adoption(cid:3)of(cid:3)our(cid:3)
technology.(cid:3)We(cid:3)believe(cid:3)growth(cid:3)in(cid:3)this(cid:3)segment(cid:3)could(cid:3)fund(cid:3)our(cid:3)continuing(cid:3)operations(cid:3)and(cid:3)
set(cid:3)the(cid:3)stage(cid:3)for(cid:3)growth(cid:3)in(cid:3)pharma(cid:3)collaborations.(cid:3)
(cid:3)
Our(cid:3)pharma(cid:3)pipeline,(cid:3)as(cid:3)measured(cid:3)by(cid:3)the(cid:3)number(cid:3)of(cid:3)active(cid:3)pharma(cid:3)programs(cid:3)and(cid:3)the(cid:3)
number(cid:3)of(cid:3)unique(cid:3)customers,(cid:3)will(cid:3)also(cid:3)be(cid:3)a(cid:3)priority(cid:3)for(cid:3)us.(cid:3)Growth(cid:3)in(cid:3)this(cid:3)area(cid:3)can(cid:3)drive(cid:3)
our(cid:3)direct(cid:3)revenues(cid:3)and(cid:3)build(cid:3)opportunities(cid:3)for(cid:3)new(cid:3)collaborations,(cid:3)which(cid:3)in(cid:3)turn(cid:3)lead(cid:3)the(cid:3)
potential(cid:3)to(cid:3)develop(cid:3)a(cid:3)companion(cid:3)diagnostic,(cid:3)which(cid:3)could(cid:3)be(cid:3)transformational(cid:3)for(cid:3)HTG.(cid:3)
Our(cid:3)third(cid:3)priority(cid:3)for(cid:3)2020(cid:3)is(cid:3)to(cid:3)continue(cid:3)advancing(cid:3)our(cid:3)product(cid:3)and(cid:3)technology(cid:3)
development(cid:3)pipeline(cid:3)through(cid:3)efforts(cid:3)being(cid:3)made(cid:3)in(cid:3)our(cid:3)Arizona(cid:3)and(cid:3)California(cid:3)technical(cid:3)
centers.(cid:3)Achieving(cid:3)key(cid:3)product(cid:3)development(cid:3)milestones(cid:3)promotes(cid:3)molecular(cid:3)profiling(cid:3)and(cid:3)
pharma(cid:3)partnerships(cid:3)and(cid:3)continues(cid:3)to(cid:3)move(cid:3)us(cid:3)toward(cid:3)building(cid:3)HTG(cid:3)proprietary(cid:3)RNA(cid:3)
diagnostics,(cid:3)starting(cid:3)with(cid:3)our(cid:3)comprehensive(cid:3)breast(cid:3)product,(cid:3)based(cid:3)upon(cid:3)our(cid:3)planned(cid:3)
whole(cid:3)transcriptome(cid:3)product.(cid:3)
Our(cid:3)technology(cid:3)is(cid:3)well(cid:3)positioned(cid:3)to(cid:3)help(cid:3)advance(cid:3)the(cid:3)field(cid:3)of(cid:3)RNA(cid:3)gene(cid:3)expression(cid:3)
biomarker(cid:3)development(cid:3)in(cid:3)oncology,(cid:3)autoimmune(cid:3)and(cid:3)other(cid:3)disease(cid:3)areas.(cid:3)We(cid:3)believe(cid:3)
the(cid:3)advantages(cid:3)of(cid:3)our(cid:3)HTG(cid:3)EdgeSeq(cid:3)technology,(cid:3)such(cid:3)as(cid:3)our(cid:3)small(cid:3)sample(cid:3)requirement(cid:3)
and(cid:3)simplified(cid:3)workflow,(cid:3)will(cid:3)continue(cid:3)to(cid:3)enable(cid:3)RNA(cid:3)to(cid:3)be(cid:3)fully(cid:3)exploited(cid:3)as(cid:3)a(cid:3)biomarker(cid:3)
and(cid:3)may(cid:3)lead(cid:3)to(cid:3)exciting(cid:3)market(cid:3)opportunities(cid:3)for(cid:3)us.(cid:3)(cid:3)
In(cid:3)closing,(cid:3)I(cid:3)want(cid:3)to(cid:3)thank(cid:3)our(cid:3)employees,(cid:3)customers(cid:3)and(cid:3)collaborators(cid:3)for(cid:3)their(cid:3)
commitment,(cid:3)tireless(cid:3)efforts,(cid:3)and(cid:3)support,(cid:3)especially(cid:3)through(cid:3)these(cid:3)challenging(cid:3)times.(cid:3)The(cid:3)
opportunities(cid:3)ahead(cid:3)for(cid:3)HTG(cid:3)are(cid:3)exciting,(cid:3)and(cid:3)I(cid:3)believe(cid:3)in(cid:3)our(cid:3)ability(cid:3)to(cid:3)move(cid:3)forward(cid:3)and(cid:3)
continue(cid:3)on(cid:3)our(cid:3)path(cid:3)for(cid:3)success.(cid:3)(cid:3)
(cid:3)
John(cid:3)Lubniewski(cid:3)
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
pa
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
(cid:3) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019
OR
(cid:4) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934
FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO
Commission File Number 001-37369
HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
3430 E. Global Loop, Tucson, AZ
(Address of principal executive offices)
86-0912294
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
85706
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (877) 289-2615
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
Trading Symbol(s)
HTGM
Name of each exchange on which registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES (cid:4) NO (cid:3)
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES (cid:4) NO (cid:3)
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES (cid:3) NO (cid:4)
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405
of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit
files). YES (cid:3) NO (cid:4)
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or
an emerging growth company. See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
(cid:4)
Non-accelerated filer
(cid:3)
Accelerated filer
(cid:4)
Smaller reporting company (cid:3)
Emerging growth company (cid:3)
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if he registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any
new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. (cid:3)
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES (cid:5) NO (cid:3)
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of the
shares of common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market on June 28, 2019, was $46,618,227.
The number of shares of Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of March 13, 2020 was 58,403,971.
Page
2
24
53
54
54
54
55
55
56
68
68
69
69
69
70
78
91
94
97
98
103
Table of Contents
Business
Risk Factors
PART I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Consolidated Results of Operations
PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 8.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
PART IV
Item 15.
Item 16.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary
i
Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “HTG,” “HTG Molecular Diagnostics,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to
PART I
HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.
Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the sections entitled “Business,” “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Consolidated Results of Operations,” may contain forward-looking statements. We may, in
some cases, use words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,”
“continue,” “seek,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” or the negative of those terms, and similar expressions that convey
uncertainty of future events or outcomes, to identify these forward-looking statements. Any statements contained herein that are not
statements of historical facts may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report
include, but are not limited to, statements about:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
our ability to successfully commercialize our products and services, including our HTG EdgeSeq assays and
corresponding automation systems;
our ability to generate sufficient revenue or raise additional capital to meet our working capital needs;
our ability to generate revenue from our products and services and drive revenue streams;
our ability to secure regulatory clearance or approval, domestically and internationally, for the clinical use of our
products;
our ability to develop new technologies to expand our product offerings, including direct-target sequencing for detection
of mutations in genomic DNA and/or expressed RNA (such as single-point mutations and gene rearrangements, including
gene fusions and insertions);
the activities anticipated to be performed by us and third parties under design and development projects and programs, and
the expected benefits and outcomes of such projects and programs;
the implementation of our business model and strategic plans for our business;
the regulatory landscape for our products, domestically and internationally;
our strategic relationships, including with holders of intellectual property relevant to our technologies, manufacturers of
next-generation sequencing (“NGS”) instruments and consumables, critical component suppliers, distributors of our
products, and third parties who conduct our clinical studies;
our intellectual property position;
our ability to comply with the restrictions of our debt facility and meet our debt obligations;
our expectations regarding the market size and growth potential for our life sciences and diagnostic businesses;
our expectations regarding trends in the demand for sample processing by our biopharmaceutical company customers;
the impact of the COVID-19 coronavirus pandemic on our business;
any estimates regarding expenses, future revenue and capital requirements; and
our ability to sustain and manage growth, including our ability to develop new products and enter new markets.
These forward-looking statements reflect our management’s beliefs and views with respect to future events and are based on
estimates and assumptions as of the filing date of this Annual Report and are subject to risks and uncertainties. We discuss many of
these risks in greater detail under “Risk Factors.” Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New
risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on
our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those
contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect
our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this
Annual Report, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited
or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all
potentially available relevant information. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking
statements. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a
result of new information, future events or otherwise.
1
Item 1. Business.
Overview
We are a commercial stage RNA platform-based life sciences company focused on advancing the promise of precision
medicine. Our product and service solutions are based on our proprietary next-generation HTG EdgeSeq technology that enables full
RNA profiling using a small amount of biological sample, in liquid or solid forms. Our menu of HTG EdgeSeq assays is automated on
our HTG EdgeSeq platform, which applies genomic sequencing tools that generate gene expression data in a timely manner utilizing a
simplified workflow for customers. We seek to leverage key business drivers in molecular profiling for biomarker analysis and
diagnostics, including the acceleration of precision medicine, the migration of molecular testing to NGS-based applications, the
movement to smaller and less invasive biopsies, the need for greater diagnostic sensitivity, the need to conform to challenging
healthcare economics and the need for automation and an easily deployable workflow, including simplified bioinformatics. For
example, these capabilities enable customers to extend the use of limited biological samples for retrospective analysis, gaining further
understanding of the molecular drivers of disease with the goal of developing biomarker-driven targeted therapies. We also believe
our HTG EdgeSeq technology can be used as a platform technology in clinical applications that will simplify, consolidate and reduce
the cost of NGS-based diagnostic workflows and in commercialized companion diagnostic (“CDx”) tests.
Our products include instruments, consumables, including assay kits, and software that, as an integrated system, automate
sample processing and can quickly, robustly and simultaneously profile tens, hundreds or thousands of molecular targets from samples
a fraction of the size required by many prevailing technologies. Our objective is to establish our solutions as the standard in molecular
profiling, companion diagnostic development and molecular diagnostics, and to make their benefits accessible to all molecular labs
from research to the clinic. We believe that our target customers desire high quality molecular profiling information in a multiplexed
panel format from increasingly smaller and less invasive samples, with the ability to test and the option to analyze such information
locally to minimize turnaround time and cost.
In 2014, we launched our HTG EdgeSeq technology solution, which generates a molecular profiling library for gene expression
profiling using NGS. Our HTG EdgeSeq assays are automated on our HTG EdgeSeq platform. Our innovative platform and menu of
molecular profiling panels are being utilized in two complimentary ways in advancing precision health. Biopharmaceutical companies
and other translational research centers utilize our technology to discover and validate biomarkers and develop molecular subtypes
which can identify patient populations most likely to respond to certain therapies. In addition to purchasing our technology for use in
customer facilities, customers can also obtain the advantages of our proprietary technology through our service offerings. Pre-clinical
services, including custom assay development and sample processing services provided by our Tucson-based VERI/O laboratory,
allow customers the ability to more efficiently identify and validate biomarker signatures across their drug portfolios or patient
cohorts. Our ISO 13485-2016 certified quality system and diagnostic development teams, in partnership with biopharmaceutical
company customers, develop, manufacture and commercialize companion diagnostics. Although our initial focus has been oncology,
we offer customers a full solution from biomarker discovery to deployment of CDx tests across numerous disease states. Utilizing
NGS as our method of detection provides our customers with the benefits of our highly multiplexed and extraction-free chemistry and
the sensitivity and dynamic range of the sequencers, providing a powerful value proposition and complete workflow.
Our HTG EdgeSeq platform is currently focused on RNA-based applications, which we believe is a large and growing market
with significant, unmet medical needs where we have demonstrated our competitive advantages. We believe that our platform
technology can enable gene expression profiling growth to accelerate as we make NGS-based gene expression analysis easier and
more sample sparing.
We have two primary sources of revenue: product and product-related services revenue from the sale of research use only
(“RUO”) and CE/IVD marked profiling products, sample processing services and custom assay development services to
biopharmaceutical companies, academic research centers and molecular testing laboratories; and revenue from collaborative
development services for companion diagnostic development programs for biopharmaceutical companies.
Profiling product and product-related services revenue includes customer purchases of our HTG EdgeSeq instrument and related
assay kits, development of custom RUO assay kits for customers and the use of our HTG EdgeSeq instrument and RUO assay kits to
process samples on the customer’s behalf in our VERI/O laboratory. In addition, as of December 31, 2019, we sell two internally
developed proprietary CE/IVD marked assays, including our HTG EdgeSeq DLBCL Cell of Origin Assay EU and HTG EdgeSeq
ALKPlus Assay EU. Several additional diagnostic tests are in early stage development in collaboration with our European customers.
Our team of field-based and support services employees throughout Europe facilitate our ability to generate product revenue in Europe
and to improve our responsiveness to customer needs in that region. While we have determined that we will no longer maintain an
applications laboratory in Sausheim, France, we will continue to perform sample processing and collaborative development services
for our global customer base in our VERI/O laboratory in the United States.
2
Collaborative development services revenue relates to services performed using our HTG EdgeSeq proprietary technology to
develop, seek regulatory approval for, and commercialize companion diagnostic assays for biopharmaceutical drug candidates and
corresponding therapeutics. Collaborative development services revenue generated to date has been generated primarily pursuant to
the Master Assay Development, Commercialization and Manufacturing Agreement between us and QIAGEN Manchester Limited
(“QML”) dated November 2016 (the “Governing Agreement”). These primary revenue sources are currently consumed by our
customers primarily through a services-oriented model. However, we anticipate that this will be a catalyst toward an emerging
product-based strategy as an increase in our menu of diagnostic panels is expected to result in increased demand for our instrument
and HTG EdgeSeq consumable products in individual laboratories and customer locations. In November 2019, we terminated the
Governing Agreement, effective immediately, as a result of QML’s material breach of the Governing Agreement, including QML’s
failure to develop an in vitro diagnostic (“IVD”) version of its GeneReader sequencing platform for development of PDP Assays. Our
termination of the Governing Agreement did not terminate active statements of work under the Governing Agreement. On a going-
forward basis, we expect to enter into additional collaborative development services arrangements directly with biopharmaceutical
company customers, which we believe will improve our economics from these arrangements.
In the first quarter of 2019, we announced the initiation of a program for the clinical development of a comprehensive breast
cancer molecular diagnostic assay. This program is headquartered in a new development facility in the San Carlos, California. This
technical center became operational in July 2019, is now fully functional, and was the result of an objective to access additional
collaboration partners and talent that we believe can best support the continued development and expansion of the capabilities of our
technology.
Our Strategy
Our objective is to establish our solutions as the standard in gene expression for molecular profiling, and to make their benefits
accessible to all molecular labs from research to the clinic. We believe HTG EdgeSeq technology is a platform that we can leverage
into three primary revenue verticals: RUO profiling, molecular diagnostics and companion diagnostic collaborations. The key
components of our strategy are:
•
•
•
Expand our position in translational medicine with our RUO molecular profiling products. We believe the market for
gene expression analysis for translational medicine is large and growing quickly. We have built targeted panels in
oncology, immuno-oncology, autoimmune and micro RNA that enable scientists to look at gene expression patterns to
identify molecular subtypes, study key pathways and to discover and validate biomarker hypotheses to help drive
precision medicine. We plan to add to the utility of these panels by adding new applications such as tumor inflammation,
cell proliferation rate and immunophenotyping and release these applications on our Reveal software. Lastly, we expect to
continue development of our whole transcriptome product for launch in 2021 which is expected to measure approximately
20,000 – 22,000 biomarkers. We are building this product for clinical use and believe it will serve as our foundational
product not only for RUO profiling, but also for our companion diagnostics and our own proprietary breast diagnostic
products. We also expect this product to expand our product offerings outside of oncology and autoimmune and into
markets such as transplant and diabetes.
Develop new proprietary molecular diagnostic panels with high medical utility. Our HTG EdgeSeq platform technology
was developed with features that we believe solve many of the challenges facing NGS-based assays and workflows. In our
technology center in California we have started the process to build a comprehensive NGS-based breast cancer diagnostic.
This product is being designed and built to cover a multitude of currently vexing treatment decisions being faced by
clinicians. We expect our whole transcriptome product in development will serve as the foundation for this assay. In
addition, we believe that by using our sample sparing HTG EdgeSeq technology we will be able to work with initial core
needle biopsies, thereby providing information back to the clinician more rapidly than if they need to wait for resected
tissue. We plan to also leverage our core HTG EdgeSeq technology and our clinical grade whole transcriptome product to
partner with other test developers and Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments (“CLIA”) labs.
Increase and strengthen companion diagnostics collaborations with biopharmaceutical companies. We believe
collaborations with biopharmaceutical companies with late stage drug development programs will lead to us generating
companion diagnostic consumables revenue. As of December 31, 2019, we had 88 active early stage development
programs across leading biopharmaceutical companies which are incorporating biomarkers and potentially companion
diagnostics in their drug development programs. We plan to develop novel RNA-based gene classifiers to help
biopharmaceutical companies and leading translational medicine researchers better understand and predict durable
response to immune checkpoint inhibitor drug candidates, such as anti-PD-L1 therapeutics, in mono and combination
therapies. We also plan to develop novel RNA profiling tests that can provide important biomarker information in
emerging areas of immuno-oncology, autoimmune and other disease areas. In addition, once available, we expect to
develop and market a clinical grade whole transcriptome product as a new universal CDx platform for gene expression
profiling to biopharma customers.
3
•
•
Establish our systems workflow as the best solution for RNA clinical sequencing. We intend to continue to establish our
technology as the best complimentary workflow with next-generation sequencers. We believe our differentiated HTG
EdgeSeq chemistry will accelerate adoption by leveraging the large and growing installed base of next-generation
sequencers. We are engaged with industry and corporate partners, including Illumina, Inc., Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.
and QML, to position our HTG EdgeSeq products as the benchmark for workflow in targeted sequencing applications.
Expand the addressable market of our technology through new applications and expansion into new disease states and
liquid biopsies. We have demonstrated technical feasibility for several new applications that we believe will allow us to
expand our HTG EdgeSeq technology into new applications. Customers are now using our platform technology in
autoimmune disorders and diabetes. We have also shown feasibility of being able to measure RNA in exosomes, which
we believe position us to expand into liquid biopsy applications. We will continue to strategically seek partners and
collaborators who may be interested in partnering with us to expand the utility of our platform technology to additional
areas outside of our core focus area of oncology in the future.
Our Market Opportunities
Cancer Molecular Profiling and Genomics in Life Science Research
Molecular profiling is the analysis of biomarkers, including DNA and RNA and protein, in biological samples, such as tissue,
cells, blood and other biofluids, to identify gene expression patterns or genomic changes. The HTG EdgeSeq technology coupled with
NGS is making it possible to perform these characterizations in unprecedented ways, resulting in a shift from the traditional approach
of looking at one target at a time to the simultaneous analysis of potentially tens, hundreds or thousands of targets.
Among what we believe are the most promising applications of molecular profiling is the targeted sequencing of RNA from
patient samples to identify gene expression patterns or molecular markers of disease that can aid in diagnosis, gauge patient prognosis
or predict response to an available therapy. These applications have launched a fundamental shift towards personalized medicine
where an individual patient’s molecular profile is used to guide treatment.
The supplier market for RNASeq is estimated to be approximately $1.0 billion and growing annually at 10-20%. The gene
expression component of that market is estimated to be approximately $820.0 million and growing at the same rate. With these metrics
in mind, we expect our target market, NGS-based gene expression profiling, to be between $1.3 billion and $2.0 billion by 2024.
Therapy Driven Diagnostics - Companion Diagnostics
The World Health Organization estimates that cancer will lead to the death of 11.5 million people by 2030. As a result,
biopharmaceutical companies are aggressively deploying biomarker driven strategies to improve the response rates to existing and
new drugs in development. These companies are looking for technology solutions that can more effectively identify the biological root
causes of disease and aid the discovery on biomarkers to better develop and target drugs to the right patients. The companion
diagnostic market is currently estimated at $2.6 billion and growing approximately 20% annually. We believe that the acceleration of
investment into immunotherapy drugs will also be a catalyst for future companion diagnostics for combination therapies where RNA
gene expression classification is expected to be important.
When a molecular biomarker panel is used for selection of patients in a Phase 2 or Phase 3 clinical trial to demonstrate safety
and efficacy of a new drug, the drug and biomarker test are often submitted to the applicable regulatory agency for approval together.
In the United States, upon U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) approval or clearance of the CDx test, the patient must be
tested with the CDx test prior to being treated with the drug. Companion diagnostic tests have a clear clinical utility which generally
supports favorable reimbursement decisions. We believe there are approximately 3,100 oncology clinical trials, approximately 24% of
which are interrogating RNA. This percentage has more than doubled since 2014, and we believe this percentage will approach 50%
by 2025.
Molecular Diagnostics – NGS-based Workflows
Complexities and Challenges of Molecular Diagnostics Today
Currently, molecular profiling typically is conducted in the clinical setting using a variety of profiling techniques and
instrumentation platforms across multiple laboratory departments, and, in many situations, sent to distant labs. These techniques
include immunohistochemistry (“IHC”), fluorescent in situ hybridization (“FISH”), polymerase chain reaction (“PCR”), gene
expression arrays (“GEA”) and NGS. This distributed profiling approach has accelerated the use of molecular profiling and increased
the need to make the process more accessible and routine. However, molecular profiling is also highly specialized because many
current technologies are complex, require multiple capital-intensive workflows, and are not economically scalable to the case volume
of the local laboratory. The fragmentation of methods, smaller sample sizes, sample logistics and information flow has created
significant challenges for labs, physicians and patients.
4
Our Solution
At the core of our solution is our proprietary chemistry known as quantitative nuclease protection (“qNPA”). Our qNPA-based
chemistries provide a sensitive and efficient method for analyzing RNA as it eliminates the need for nucleic acid extraction, reverse
transcription, complicated bioinformatics steps and other complex processes. We designed and developed our automation platforms
and software analysis tools to optimize the capabilities of our chemistries, provide fast turnaround time and enable ease of use to
molecular labs. Our chemistries and automation platforms are highly adaptable, so when molecular profiling needs change or emerge,
we expect to be able to efficiently add new applications to address these needs.
Our products and services are designed to work with many different biological sample types, can generate robust results from
very small samples, and obviate the need for many of the sample-preparation steps associated with traditional molecular techniques.
Our platforms and assays enable the simultaneous detection and quantitation of tens, hundreds or thousands of molecular targets and
are capable, now or in the future, of profiling multiple parameters such as RNA expression levels, RNA-expressed gene fusions and
insertions in a single testing workflow that can use NGS detection for quantitative measurement.
We believe most customers in our target markets would prefer to maintain control of their samples and perform the testing and
analysis internally but are challenged by limitations in available technologies. We believe we are well positioned to democratize
NGS-based molecular profiling with the following key product benefits:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Optimize sample utilization. Our systems can analyze as many as 2,500 genes from extremely small sample volumes such
as a single five-micron section of tissue or 15 microliters of plasma or serum. Our technology allows customers to do
more with less, which meets the needs of clinical or pre-clinical laboratories where today there is often not enough patient
sample to do all the testing desired. We believe providing customers the ability to work with extremely small sample will
be a significant driver of adoption of our technology and systems.
Compatibility with multiple sample types. Our HTG systems allow customers to profile and unlock molecular information
from a wide variety of biological samples such as formalin fixed paraffin embedded (“FFPE”) tissue, cells, blood serum
and plasma. We have successfully demonstrated the ability to profile these and other sample types and believe we
ultimately can profile most clinically relevant sample types, including cell-free circulating nucleic acids from tumors, a
rapidly developing area of investigation which is referred to as a liquid biopsy. We believe that the capabilities of our
system will allow us to efficiently expand applications, regardless of sample type.
Flexible and adaptable chemistry allows for use in multiple applications. We believe our proprietary chemistry provides
the ability to measure a variety of molecular targets in many necessary applications, including RNA expression levels and
expressed RNA gene rearrangements (such as gene fusions and insertions), and offers the ability to quantify these
applications on a variety of NGS platforms. This flexibility provides customers the ability to optimize their use of our
technologies based on their specific throughput, workflow and application needs. Our proprietary chemistry is
comparatively simple, with fewer steps than competing technologies. For example, compared to RT-quantitative PCR
(“RT-qPCR”), our chemistry does not require cDNA synthesis. Compared to traditional RNA sequencing, our chemistry
does not require extraction, cDNA synthesis, shearing, rRNA depletion, ligation, adenylation, or size selection. We
believe that the elimination of these steps helps prevent biases associated with these steps, sample degradation and
increased opportunities for technician error.
Robust data. Molecular profiling produces large amounts of information that is used, among other things, to make
important decisions, such as identifying potential drug targets or selecting a patient for a therapeutic treatment. This
information is valuable only to the extent it accurately represents the true biology of the test sample and the same answer
can be produced under many different conditions. Our chemistries are highly specific and sensitive, meaning they can
detect the right target even when very little is present in the sample. Our system produces consistent results on a replicate-
to-replicate, day-to-day and instrument-to-instrument basis.
Automation provides superior workflow and ease of use. Our technologies are designed with fewer workflow steps in part
due to the elimination of the need for complex sample-preparation processes such as extraction, cDNA synthesis, labeling,
selection, depletion and shearing. This enables customers to limit hands-on time and the need for specialized skills,
resulting in turnaround times of approximately 36 hours. Additionally, our HTG EdgeSeq system further integrates
sample preparation for targeted sequencing and greatly simplifies the data bioinformatics, so customers looking to
leverage their NGS instrument can seamlessly add this capability to their current workflows.
Simplified bioinformatics. Our HTG EdgeSeq Reveal software provides data in a simple and easy to use format through a
simple graphical user interface that is flexible enough for researchers yet structured enough for clinical laboratories. The
HTG EdgeSeq parser software, which processes the data generated from the NGS platform, is modular so that new
applications can be downloaded without any changes to hardware. We believe the simplicity of our bioinformatics
solution will help drive the adoption of our platform.
5
Our Competitive Advantages
We believe that our HTG EdgeSeq technology provides us with a number of competitive advantages that set us apart from
others in our industry and that will continue to drive new customers toward our solutions. Such advantages include:
•
•
•
•
Proprietary and patent-protected HTG EdgeSeq technology enabling researchers and clinical labs the ability to capture
information encompassing up to thousands of genes from extremely small sample sizes with the sensitivity and dynamic
range of next-generation sequencers;
Industry partnerships with leading NGS companies enabling the development and commercialization of next-generation
molecular diagnostics utilizing the combined power of HTG EdgeSeq and NGS technology;
Partnerships with leading biopharmaceutical companies and a fast-growing pipeline of early and late stage biomarker
programs expected to generate significant opportunities for companion diagnostic products; and
A highly experienced senior management team.
Current Commercial Panels Offered on the HTG EdgeSeq Platform
We currently market proprietary molecular profiling panels targeting late stage drug development programs with potential
breakthrough therapies, such as immuno-oncology. We market these panels to biopharmaceutical companies, with which we
collaborate in biomarker development programs. We believe these programs could facilitate our commercialization of companion
diagnostic tests. In addition, our panels are used in pre-clinical and clinical research areas, which, we also believe, will facilitate our
commercialization of diagnostic tests, including tumor classifiers and prognostic tests.
Our currently marketed panels are:
•
•
HTG EdgeSeq Oncology Biomarker Panel. This RNA expression panel measures the expression of up to 2,549 genes
implicated in cancer for profiling tumor tissues, analyzing cancer pathways and identifying new biomarkers across both
solid tumors and hematolymphoid neoplasms. We worked with key opinion leaders to identify the genes in this panel,
which we believe is a comprehensive list of genes targeting known signaling pathways and receptor gene families
implicated in cancer. Representative genes in this panel include EGFR, HER2, HER3, HER4, PD-1 and FGFR. When
paired with our HTG EdgeSeq miRNA Whole-Transcriptome Assay (below), we provide customers with a comprehensive
solution for profiling their large sample archives for novel expression signatures.
HTG EdgeSeq Precision Immuno-Oncology Panel. The NGS-based HTG EdgeSeq Precision Immuno-Oncology Panel is
designed to measure the immune response both inside the tumor and the surrounding microenvironment. By leveraging
the high sensitivity and dynamic range of NGS instrumentation, this powerful tool measures 1,392 genes from a single
section of FFPE tissue, extracted RNA or PAXgene samples.
6
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
HTG EdgeSeq miRNA Whole-Transcriptome Assay. Human microRNAs are short non-coding strands of RNA that are
believed to be used by the cell for gene regulation. The HTG EdgeSeq miRNA Whole-Transcriptome Assay enables the
simultaneous profiling of 2,083 microRNAs, allowing new, potentially clinically relevant miRNA profiles to be
discovered. Our ability to efficiently profile small FFPE samples is a significant differentiator in the rapidly growing
microRNA market.
HTG EdgeSeq DLBCL Cell of Origin Assay EU. The HTG EdgeSeq DLBCL Cell of Origin Assay EU is an IVD assay
that uses GEP to determine the cell of origin (“COO”) subtype of DLBCL tumors from FFPE tissue section. The gene
expression data are assessed by a classification algorithm and the tumor samples are determined to be of the ABC, GCB
or unclassified subtype. This product has obtained CE-marking in Europe where it is available for diagnostic use. It is not
for sale in North America.
HTG EdgeSeq DLBCL Cell of Origin Assay. DLBCL tumors are frequently classified into either the activated B-cell like
(“ABC”) or germinal center B-cell like (“GCB”) subtypes by measuring the molecular profile of the tumor. These two
subtypes display different clinical pathologies, as patients with the GCB subtype of DLBCL tend to respond differently
than those of the ABC subtype. With many of the large number of new DLBCL-targeting drugs appearing to have greater
efficacy in one of the subtypes, a need for a reliable, FFPE-based cell of origin classification assay has emerged. The HTG
EdgeSeq DLBCL Cell of Origin Assay is being utilized in numerous late stage drug programs to stratify these patients.
HTG Lung Fusions Assay. The HTG EdgeSeq Lung Fusions Assay detects fusions common in non-small cell lung cancer
(“NSCLC”). Using a single section of FFPE tissue, the automated, HTG EdgeSeq chemistry uses the dynamic range of the
Thermo Fisher Ion Torrent Ion S5 sequencer to detect fusions in small samples such as needle core biopsies.
HTG EdgeSeq ALKPlus Assay EU. The HTG EdgeSeq ALKPlus Assay EU is an IVD NGS-based assay sold in the EU
intended to measure and analyze mRNA ALK gene fusion events in FFPE lung tumor specimens from patients previously
diagnosed with NSCLC. This product has also obtained CE-marking in Europe where it is available for diagnostic use. It
is not for sale in North America.
HTG Autoimmune Panel. The HTG EdgeSeq Autoimmune Panel leverages the sensitivity and dynamic range of NGS to
measure genes implicated in a variety of autoimmune diseases. The panel measures 2,002 transcripts in a single well,
allowing users to obtain a broad profile of genes associated with autoinflammatory and autoimmune disease, and enables
multiplex profiling from PAXgene samples.
HTG EdgeSeq Immuno-Oncology Assay. One of the most promising areas of cancer therapy is immunotherapy or
immuno-oncology, where new classes of oncology drugs are thought to enable or boost the host immune response towards
tumors. Multiple drugs targeting the genes CTLA4, PD-1 and PD-L1 are on market with additional candidates moving into
late stage trials. Profiling samples for the genes targeted by these therapies may be predictive of drug response and aid in
the stratification of patients into responsive and non-responsive groups. The HTG EdgeSeq Immuno-Oncology Assay
measures the expression of 549 of these immuno-oncology-associated genes.
HTG Mouse mRNA Tumor Response Panel. The HTG EdgeSeq Mouse mRNA Tumor Response Panel measures 1,659
mouse mRNA targets to measure genes implicated in preclinical mouse models of human disease. Built around core
signaling pathways and immune response mechanisms in oncology and other disease states, the HTG EdgeSeq mRNA
Tumor Response Panel enables multiplex profiling from a variety of sample types, including FFPE, cell lines and
extracted RNA samples. Applications include modeling oncogenesis, studying the immune response to mouse and patent-
derived xenografts, and investigational therapeutic response studies.
7
Our Technology
HTG EdgeSeq Chemistry
Our HTG EdgeSeq chemistry is shown schematically in the figure below. Specifically, DNA nuclease protection probes, or
DNA protection probes, which include a target-specific region flanked by universal wing sequences are hybridized to targeted RNAs.
Target RNA can be both soluble and cross-linked in the biological matrix. Universal DNA wingmen probes are hybridized to the
wings to prevent S1 nuclease digestion. S1 nuclease is added to remove single-stranded nucleic acids, including unhybridized DNA
protection probes and RNA. Following S1 nuclease treatment, the only remaining DNA protection probes in the reaction are those
hybridized to targeted RNA and wingmen probes to form a hybridized complex. This produces an approximately 1:1 ratio of DNA
protection probes to the RNA targeted in the sample. Alkaline hydrolysis of the hybridized complexes releases the DNA protection
probes from such complexes. The released DNA protection probes are ready for quantitation. DNA protection probes are labeled with
sequencing adaptors and tags in a thermocycler. The labeled DNA protection probes are concentrated, pooled, and ready for
sequencing using standard NGS protocols. Data from the NGS instrument is processed and reported by the parser software provided
with the HTG EdgeSeq system.
Key Advantages of our HTG EdgeSeq Chemistry
•
•
Multiplexing tens, hundreds or thousands of targets. Measuring multiple genes in a single reaction can be challenging
with competitive technologies due to the complex interactions of reaction components. While we are currently marketing
a panel with our HTG EdgeSeq chemistry that can profile up to 2,560 genes in a sample, we have demonstrated feasibility
on working with panels as large as 15,000. The high level of gene multiplexing allows for significantly lower amounts of
tissue to be used per sample than in competitive low-plex profiling technologies.
No RNA extraction. Competitive technologies for assessing RNA generally require RNA that is isolated and purified from
other components found in the sample. These time-consuming steps may lead to some target loss and bias the test
outcome. In FFPE tissues, for example, it has been reported that a fraction of the RNA is lost in the purification process
because it cannot be separated from insoluble tissue components and the fixation and embedding process or long storage
times for FFPE tissue may damage the RNA and break it into smaller, more difficult to analyze fragments. This makes
molecular profiling of small FFPE tissues particularly challenging and can result in testing failures and loss of precious
samples due to insufficient RNA recovery. These biases introduced by RNA extraction cannot be overcome and may be
magnified throughout the subsequent analysis. Our proprietary chemistry does not require RNA extraction for FFPE
samples or most other sample types (we recommend extracting RNA from fresh-frozen tissue samples to prevent
processing variability) and improves utilization of precious samples, thereby improving workflow and reducing costs by
eliminating a step known to bias the data.
8
•
•
•
No cDNA synthesis. Many competitive technologies, most prominently RT-qPCR and traditional RNA sequencing,
require conversion of RNA into DNA for analysis. This process, called reverse transcription, requires an enzyme to move
along the extracted RNA to create a DNA copy of the molecule. When damaged and fragmented RNA is used, these small
RNA strands become increasingly difficult to convert into DNA in an accurate and reproducible manner. Our proprietary
chemistry does not require conversion of the RNA to DNA by reverse transcription, removing a technical difficulty
experienced with competitive technologies.
Short protection probes. Many samples contain RNA degraded by various combinations of heat, age, poor processing, and
fixation. In these samples, the RNA is damaged and fragmented into smaller strands. Utilizing short protection probes of
50 bases or less, we believe our proprietary chemistry is more efficient than competitive technologies that require longer
strands of RNA for quantitation.
Simplicity. Our proprietary chemistry is simple, with fewer steps than competing technologies. Compared to RT-qPCR,
our chemistry does not require extraction or cDNA synthesis. Compared to traditional RNA sequencing, our chemistry
does not require extraction, cDNA synthesis, shearing, rRNA depletion, ligation, adenylation, or size selection. We
believe that the accumulation of these steps required by other technologies results in amplification of biases, sample
degradation and increased opportunities for technician error.
HTG Instrument Platform
Our assays and instruments were developed internally and are manufactured in Tucson, AZ under ISO 13485:2016 guidelines
using our proprietary HTG EdgeSeq chemistry to simplify multiplexed nucleic acid testing in research and clinical laboratories. The
entire workflow from sample preparation to a molecular profiling report can be accomplished in as few as 36 hours for 96 samples.
With the speed, flexibility, sensitivity, and accuracy of our HTG EdgeSeq platform, combined with the system’s ability to work
effectively with small sample volumes, researchers can profile tens, hundreds or thousands of different genes per sample.
The HTG EdgeSeq platform (shown above) consists of a processor, a host computer and integrated software. The processor is a
fully automated instrument that prepares biological samples for quantitation using proprietary, electronically barcoded, single-use
consumables. The processor has barcode scanner units to process the two-dimensional barcodes printed on the consumables loaded
into the instrument. The barcoded consumables are single-use in order to reduce operator errors and provide chain of custody
traceability for the samples. The robotic systems within the instrument are engineered for reliable performance and low maintenance.
The walking path of the robot is programmed to minimize any chance of contamination of the reagents or samples. One host computer
supports up to six processors allowing laboratories to easily expand their capacity by adding processors.
Applications of our HTG EdgeSeq technology combine the HTG EdgeSeq processor with a NGS platform to enable the
quantitative analysis of tens, hundreds or thousands of targeted RNAs in a single panel. The sample is prepared for quantitation on the
processor, then labeled with molecular sequencing adaptors and tags. The labeled samples are concentrated, pooled, and sequenced on
a NGS platform using standard protocols. Data from the NGS instrument are processed and reported by the parser software included
with the system. HTG EdgeSeq assays currently are available to process sample batches ranging from eight to 96.
In addition to direct sales of our systems, we utilize several alternative arrangements to sell our systems. Our platform can be
purchased directly by our customers, who also then purchase HTG EdgeSeq assays and other consumables from us on an as-needed
basis. In some instances, we provide our instruments free of charge on a limited basis to facilitate customer evaluation. We also may
choose to install instruments for our customers at no cost, in exchange for an agreement to purchase assays and other consumables
from us at a stated price over the term of the agreement or allow customers to rent our instrument for a monthly fee. As of
December 31, 2019, we had an installed base of 61 instruments (consisting of 44 systems sold, four covered under reagent rental
agreements, six evaluation units and seven systems with key opinion leaders) and an additional three instruments installed at third-
party sites in support of companion diagnostic collaboration projects.
9
Opportunities for Comprehensive Molecular Profiling in Diagnostics
We are planning to develop a portfolio of molecular diagnostic products using our proprietary technology to provide a single,
efficient testing system for sample profiling that integrates seamlessly into a customer’s NGS testing workflow.
We are initially focused on areas where the diagnostic testing paradigm has significant inefficiencies. For example, many
leading medical institutions are shifting from a single-drug / single-test approach to a broader tumor profiling strategy for their
oncology practices. Rather than testing for single mutational analyses, such as KRAS mutations in colorectal cancer, these institutions
use their NGS platforms to assess the mutational status of 50 or more genes. In addition, the information a physician needs to make
clinical decisions often comes from tests conducted using various testing modalities such as IHC, FISH and NGS. These complexities
lead to a growing and unmet demand in clinical diagnostics for more comprehensive molecular profiles that can include RNA
expression, RNA fusions and rearrangements, DNA mutations and protein expression.
We completed the CE marking of the HTG EdgeSeq ALKPlus Assay EU in Europe in March 2017 as a companion diagnostic
for ALK positive therapies in NSCLC lung cancer cases. Information on the ROS1, RET, NTRK1 and HER2 gene rearrangements
included in the ALKPlus Assay panel is provided with RUO status. After obtaining the appropriate exemption(s), we believe the
ROS1, RET, NTRK1 and HER2 gene rearrangements detected with the ALKPlus Assay could also be used for investigational use
only for certain late stage drug development trials, and, as appropriate, receive FDA approval in the future. Our Premarket Approval
(“PMA”) application for the HTG EdgeSeq AlkPlus Assay in the U.S. market, which we initiated in 2016, is currently on hold as we
evaluate additional medical content for this assay. We also CE/IVD marked our HTG EdgeSeq DLBCL COO EU test in October
2015, which is utilized to differentiate the two main subtypes of DLBCL, ABC and GCB.
We have also initiated early development on a comprehensive whole transcriptome assay intended to allow for breast cancer
prognosis and prediction. Over the past decade, significant molecular information and understanding of breast cancer biology has
emerged, which we believe has created a substantial opportunity to develop a broader and more comprehensive set of markers and
signatures to support clinical decision making using a single panel. We estimate that this type of panel could serve a target market of
nearly 1,000,000 patients in Europe and North America, alone; an available market of $1.5 billion assuming current reimbursement
rates and a potential for up to 50% market capture for us.
We are leveraging our platform to develop comprehensive molecular profiling panels across an increasing set of molecular
applications, with initial focus in immuno-oncology and the identification of pathologies through molecular profiling (“next-
generation pathology”). In conjunction with our biopharmaceutical collaborators, we plan to develop novel RNA-based gene panels
and possibly classifiers that can provide information about inflammation signatures and the molecular classification of tumors.
Separately, we also plan to develop novel RNA-based gene panels designed for expanded applications in immune health monitoring
and prescreening, detection of hyper-progression and predicting patient response to combination therapies. We believe that we will
need to develop, refine and implement new panel protocols and make changes or adjustments to our chemistry and software to
optimize these planned applications and panels for use with our HTG EdgeSeq system. We expect this to require substantial effort
from our research scientists and the use of various laboratory equipment, supplies and materials, which all together represent the most
significant costs that we expect to incur in connection with the development of these applications and profiling panels.
Research and Development
We have committed, and expect to commit, significant resources to developing new technologies and products, improving
product performance and reliability and reducing costs. We have assembled an experienced research and development team with the
scientific, engineering, software and process talent that we believe is required to successfully grow our business. As of December 31,
2019, our research and development team consisted of 35 employees across the disciplines of research and development scientist,
platform development and bioinformatics. As a result of fewer collaborative development programs in 2019 and into early 2020, our
research and development team was reduced to 28 employees in January 2020.
Our development team is responsible for clinical assay development services being performed for biopharmaceutical company
customers. We believe these programs have the potential to generate future revenue through the sale of HTG EdgeSeq instruments and
test kit annuities associated with a successfully approved companion diagnostic test as the related drug gains adoption. Our research
efforts are currently focused on the expansion of our technology into new immune-oncology applications as well as other applications
in solid and liquid biopsies, while working to continuously improve assay performance and probe design.
10
Sales and Marketing
We distribute our instruments and consumables via direct sales in the United States and Europe and through distributors in parts
of Europe and other countries. As of December 31, 2019, our U.S. sales and marketing organization consisted of 18 employees
including seven in direct sales or sales management, seven in sales support and four in marketing. In addition to our U.S. sales team,
as of December 31, 2019, we had 11 direct sales and support employees in Europe and distribution agreements in several additional
countries. This sales model provides us with direct sales coverage in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Switzerland, Belgium
and the Nordic countries, with distributors in Spain, Portugal, Italy and Israel.
Our sales and marketing efforts target biopharmaceutical companies, clinical research centers and clinical diagnostic labs
focused on sample profiling for translational research, biomarker/companion assay development and lab-developed diagnostic testing.
We intend to promote adoption of our HTG EdgeSeq system, sample profiling panels and future molecular diagnostic assays upon
marketing clearance or approval by the FDA, by expanding our U.S. sales force, building a greater direct sales presence in Europe,
expanding international distribution and continuing to collaborate with key opinion leaders to validate our platform and to influence
utilization of our products.
Manufacturing and Suppliers
We primarily manufacture our products within our facility in Tucson, AZ. External resources are leveraged for their specific
expertise in either producing components for our HTG EdgeSeq instrument and raw materials for our consumables in accordance with
our designs or based on their catalog products which are utilized as is within our designs. We manufacture HTG EdgeSeq instruments
and reagent kits at our Tucson, Arizona facility, which has been certified to ISO 13485:2016 standards. We believe that our existing
manufacturing capacity is sufficient to meet our needs for at least the next several years.
Instruments
We assemble our HTG EdgeSeq instruments at our Tucson, Arizona facility. Instrument component vendors are qualified under
our quality system and reviewed regularly to ensure that manufacturing standards are met and maintained. We award contracts for
estimated annual quantities of components and, considering the replenishment lead times of our vendors, take delivery of batches
covering approximately one month of demand at a time.
Consumables
We manufacture our HTG EdgeSeq consumables at our Tucson, Arizona facility. Raw material vendors are selected using
precise standards and are reviewed regularly for compliance with our specific quality requirements. We purchase raw material stock in
quantities that often exceed projected annual demand. We complete batches of finished goods approximating quarterly demand and
supervise inventory on a minimum/maximum basis to ensure that we are replenishing our finished goods and raw material ahead of
demand.
Competition
We have categorized known competition into:
•
•
•
Other molecular platform offerings, such as PCR-based technologies, microarrays and next-generation sequencers from
companies such as Agilent Technologies, Inc., ArcherDx, Inc., BioRad Laboratories, Fluidigm Corporation, Illumina,
Inc., Abbott Molecular, Luminex Corporation, Affymetrix, Inc., NanoString Technologies, Inc., entities owned and
controlled by QIAGEN N.V., Roche Diagnostics, a division of the Roche Group of companies, Personal Genome
Diagnostics and Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc.;
Centralized CLIA certified labs offering molecular profiling and gene expression tests as laboratory-developed tests
(“LDTs”) such as Foundation Medicine, Inc., Caris, Inc., NeoGenomics, Inc., Trovagene, Inc., Guardant Health, Inc.
Exact Sciences, Inc. and Personalis, Inc.; and
Decentralized CLIA labs developing LDTs locally such as major cancer centers.
We believe that the principal competitive factors in all of our target markets include:
•
•
•
accuracy and reproducibility of results;
flexibility and ease-of-use;
compatibility with existing laboratory processes, tools and methods;
11
•
•
•
•
reputation among customers;
cost of capital equipment;
cost of consumables and supplies; and
innovation in product offerings.
We believe that additional competitive factors specific to the diagnostics market include:
•
•
•
•
breadth of clinical decisions that can be influenced by information generated by tests;
volume, quality, and strength of clinical and analytical validation data;
availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement for testing services; and
economic benefit accrued to customers based on testing services enabled by product.
We believe the automation afforded by our HTG EdgeSeq system coupled with fast turnaround time, high multiplexing
capability, lysis only/no extraction protocol and low sample requirement gives us numerous competitive advantages in our target
markets, as discussed in more detail elsewhere in this report.
While we believe that we compete favorably based on the factors described above, many of our competitors are more highly
capitalized and/or have been in existence for a longer period, and enjoy several competitive advantages over us, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Greater name and brand recognition, financial and human resources;
Broader product lines;
Larger sales forces and more established distributor networks;
Substantial intellectual property portfolios;
Larger and more established customer bases and relationships; and
Better established, larger scale and lower cost manufacturing capabilities.
Intellectual Property
Our success depends in part on our ability to develop and maintain intellectual property rights relating to key aspects of the
technology employed in our HTG EdgeSeq platform and assays, maintain any strategic licenses to use intellectual property owned by
third parties, preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and operate without infringing the valid and enforceable patents and other
proprietary rights of third parties. We rely upon certain patents, registered and common law trademarks, trade secrets, know-how,
invention and patent assignment agreements and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive
position. We intend to aggressively protect, defend and extend the intellectual property rights in our technology.
Patents and Patent Applications
As of December 31, 2019, our patent portfolio included 13 patent families that, collectively, consisted of seven issued U.S.
patents, 49 granted foreign patents (variously in Australia, Canada, China, Japan, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, and United
Kingdom), and 19 patent applications pending in the United States and foreign jurisdictions (including one allowed in Canada). This
portfolio is directed to our nuclease-protection-based technologies, other nucleic-acid detection methods, and to methods for DLBCL
and distinguishing indeterminate nevi from melanoma. Our patent portfolio will help us maintain an exclusive position in key areas of
our business, including targeted nuclease-protection based sequencing, and DLBCL cell-of-origin applications of our technology. In
addition, this portfolio may provide out-licensing opportunities, such as, for methods of detecting melanoma or detection of single-
nucleotide changes. There were 10 granted patents, including one U.S. patent, directed to our novel HTG EdgeSeq methods in the
portfolio as of December 31, 2019. The HTG EdgeSeq method patents will expire in April 2032. Our portfolio also included 19
applications as of December 31, 2019, including six for our direct-target sequencing (V2) HTG EdgeSeq methods, six for our DLBCL
subtyping methods, and a provisional application directed to detecting DNA and RNA in the same sample.
12
Trade Secrets
We also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information to maintain our
competitive position. We seek to protect these trade secrets, in part, by entering into nondisclosure and confidentiality agreements
with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, contract
manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into invention or patent assignment agreements with our
employees and consultants that obligate them to assign to us any inventions developed in the course of their work for us. We cannot
provide any assurance, however, that we have entered into such agreements with all relevant parties, or that these parties will abide by
the terms of these agreements. Despite measures taken to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties might copy or
commercially exploit aspects of our technology or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary.
For additional information relating to the risks associated with our intellectual property position see “Risk Factors – Risks
Related to our Intellectual Property.”
Agreements with Third Parties
Asset Purchase Agreement with NuvoGen Research, LLC
We entered into an asset purchase agreement dated January 9, 2001, as amended in November 2003, September
2004, November 2012 and February 2014, with NuvoGen Research, LLC (“NuvoGen”) to acquire certain intellectual property from
NuvoGen. The acquired technology generally relates to our former array-based nuclease protection panels. Pursuant to the terms of the
agreement, in exchange for the acquired technology, we initially paid NuvoGen 5,587 shares of our common stock, fixed payments of
$740,000 over the first two years of the agreement and, thereafter, agreed to pay NuvoGen the greater of $400,000 per year or 6% of
our annual revenue, until the total aggregate cash compensation paid to NuvoGen under the agreement equals $15,000,000. Beginning
in 2018, on an annual basis we became obligated to pay the greater of $400,000 or 6% of our annual revenue, until the total aggregate
cash compensation paid to NuvoGen under the agreement totals $15,000,000. As of January 1, 2019, and continuing until the
remaining obligation has been paid in full, interest on the remaining unpaid obligation has been accrued and compounds annually at a
rate of 2.5% per year. Accrued interest on this unpaid obligation is payable on the date that the remaining obligation is paid in full.
In a transaction related to the foregoing acquisition, NuvoGen also received a non-exclusive, royalty free license under the
acquired technology pursuant to an agreement dated September 15, 2004. The license is limited to NuvoGen’s own internal service-
oriented efforts and activities to accelerate the development of targeted drugs and other pharmaceutical compounds and agents as part
of NuvoGen’s grant funded or other basic research and development of drugs intended for the treatment of cancer. Pursuant to the
agreement, if NuvoGen produces revenue through the sale of cancer drugs developed through use of the license for entities other than
for-profit and other commercial drug-research and development service ventures, NuvoGen will pay us a royalty in the mid-single
digit range percentage of such revenue for the quarter. This agreement may be terminated by either party in case of a breach by the
other party, and we may terminate the agreement by giving written notice if NuvoGen files for bankruptcy or performs other similar
actions.
MidCap Credit Facility
On March 26, 2018 (“MidCap Closing Date”) we entered into a Credit and Security Agreement (Term Loan) (the “MidCap
Term Loan”) and a Credit and Security Agreement (Revolving Loan) (the “MidCap Revolving Loan” and together with the MidCap
Term Loan (the “MidCap Credit Facility”) with MidCap Financial Trust, as agent. MidCap Financial Trust subsequently assigned its
rights and obligations as agent to MidCap Funding IV Trust.
The MidCap Term Loan provides a secured term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $20.0 million. We
borrowed the first advance of $7.0 million (“MidCap Tranche 1”) on the closing date. Under the terms of the MidCap Term Loan, the
second advance of $13.0 million (“MidCap Tranche 2”) was to be available to us on or before September 30, 2019, subject to our
satisfaction of certain conditions described in the MidCap Term Loan. As we did not satisfy these conditions, MidCap Tranche 2 was
not made available to us for borrowing.
MidCap Tranche 1 was used to repay in full all outstanding amounts and fees due under our Loan and Security Agreement dated
August 2014 with Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank (the “Growth Term Loan”). The proceeds remaining from MidCap
Tranche 1 are being used for working capital and general corporate purposes.
MidCap Tranche 1 bears interest at a floating rate equal to 7.25% per annum, plus the greater of (i) 1.25% or (ii) the one-month
LIBOR. Interest on MidCap Tranche 1 is due and payable monthly in arrears and was calculated at a rate of 8.9% for interest accrued
as of December 31, 2019. Principal on this term loan advance was payable in 36 equal monthly installments beginning April 1, 2020
until paid in full on March 1, 2023 prior to the Amendment (described below). Prepayments of the term loan under the MidCap Term
Loan, in whole or in part, will be subject to early termination fees in an amount equal to 2.0% of principal prepaid if prepayment
occurs after the first anniversary of the MidCap Closing Date but on or prior to the second anniversary of the MidCap Closing Date,
and 1.0% of principal prepaid if prepayment occurs after the second anniversary of the MidCap Closing Date and prior to or on the
third anniversary of the MidCap Closing Date. In connection with execution of the MidCap Term Loan, we paid MidCap a $100,000
origination fee. Upon termination of the MidCap Term Loan, we are required to pay an exit fee equal to 4.50% of the principal amount
of all term loans advanced to us under the MidCap Term Loan.
13
The MidCap Term Loan also required that we deliver subordination documents with respect to the QNAH Convertible Note, or
that the QNAH Convertible Note otherwise be converted or prepaid, on or before June 30, 2018, and required us to deposit
approximately $3.3 million into an escrow account by July 15, 2018 if neither event occurred by such date. As neither event occurred
prior to June 30, 2018, we deposited approximately $3.3 million into an escrow account on July 11, 2018. Such escrowed funds will
be released to us upon subsequent delivery of the requisite subordination documents or conversion of the QNAH Convertible Note, or
as permitted under the terms of the Amendment (described below). If neither delivery of the subordination documents or conversion of
the QNAH Convertible Note occurs or the escrowed funds are not provided to us in accordance with the terms of the Amendment,
such funds will be applied by the escrow agent to repay in full the QNAH Convertible Note at maturity (or in connection with a
prepayment at the direction of the Company after September 1, 2020), subject to (i) our having at least $18.0 million of unrestricted
cash and cash equivalents and (ii) there being no default under the MidCap Credit Facility.
The MidCap Revolving Loan provides a secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $2.0 million.
We may request an increase in the total commitments under the MidCap Revolving Loan by up to an additional $8.0 million, subject
to agent and lender approval and the satisfaction of certain conditions. Availability of the revolving credit facility under the MidCap
Revolving Loan will be based upon a borrowing base formula and periodic borrowing base certifications valuing certain of our
accounts receivable and inventory, as reduced by certain reserves, if any. The proceeds of any loans under the MidCap Revolving
Loan may be used for working capital and general corporate purposes.
Loans under the MidCap Revolving Loan accrue interest at a floating rate equal to 4.25% per annum, plus the greater of (i)
1.25% or (ii) the one-month LIBOR. Accrued interest on the revolving loans will be paid monthly and revolving loans may be
borrowed, repaid and re-borrowed until March 1, 2023, when all outstanding amounts must be repaid. Subject to certain exceptions,
termination or permanent reductions of the revolving loan commitment under the MidCap Revolving Loan will be subject to
termination fees in an amount equal to 2.0% of the commitment amount terminated or reduced if such termination or reduction occurs
after the first anniversary of the MidCap Closing Date but on or prior to the second anniversary of the MidCap Closing Date, and
1.0% of the commitment amount terminated or reduced if such termination or reduction occurs after the second anniversary of the
MidCap Closing Date and prior to or on the third anniversary of the MidCap Closing Date.
In connection with the MidCap Revolving Loan, we are required to pay customary fees, including an origination fee of 0.50% of
the original commitment amount at closing (and an equivalent origination fee with respect to any increased commitments at the time
of the applicable increase), a monthly unused line fee of 0.50% per annum based upon the average daily unused portion of the
revolving credit facility and a monthly collateral management fee of 0.50% per annum based upon the average daily used portion of
the revolving credit facility. We are also required to maintain a minimum drawn balance of not less 20% of availability under the
revolving line. If we do not maintain such minimum drawn balance, it is required to pay monthly interest and fees as if an amount
equal to 20% of availability had been drawn down under the revolving line.
Our obligations under the MidCap Credit Facility are secured by a security interest in substantially all of our assets, including
intellectual property. Additionally, our future subsidiaries may be required to become co-borrowers or guarantors under the MidCap
Credit Facility.
The MidCap Credit Facility contains customary affirmative covenants and customary negative covenants limiting our ability
and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things, dispose of assets, undergo a change in control, merge or consolidate, make
acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase stock and make investments, in each case subject to certain exceptions.
The MidCap Credit Facility also contains customary events of default relating to, among other things, payment defaults,
breaches of covenants, a material adverse change, delisting of our common stock, bankruptcy and insolvency, cross defaults with
certain material indebtedness and certain material contracts, judgments, and inaccuracies of representations and warranties. Upon an
event of default, agent and the lenders may declare all or a portion of our outstanding obligations to be immediately due and payable
and exercise other rights and remedies provided for under the agreement. During the existence of an event of default, interest on the
obligations could be increased by 3.0%.
In March 2018, we granted the lender ten-year warrants to purchase 18,123 shares of our common stock at $7.73 per share as a
result of Tranche 1. The fair value of the warrants on the date of issuance was approximately $74,000, determined using the Black-
Scholes option-pricing model, and was recorded as a discount to the MidCap Term Loan.
In February 2020, we entered into an amendment to the MidCap Credit Facility (the “Amendment”). The Amendment extended
the interest-only payments on the term loan advances by an additional 11 months, with principal on each term loan advance payable in
25 equal monthly installments beginning March 1, 2021, until paid in full on March 1, 2023. The Amendment also allows for the
extension of the interest-only period by an additional four months, with principal on each term loan advance then payable in 21 equal
monthly installments beginning July 1, 2021, if certain revenue milestones are achieved for the 12-month period ending on December
31, 2020.
14
In addition to the extension of the interest-only period, the Amendment (i) permits the use of the $3.3 million of escrowed funds
previously deposited for repayment of the QNAH Convertible Note, subject to such repayment not being made before September 1,
2020, us having at least $18.0 million of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and there being no default under the MidCap Term
Loan or the MidCap Revolving Loan and (ii) includes a grant of a security interest in our intellectual property, effective as of the date
of the Amendment.
The London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”), which is the basic rate of interest used in lending between banks on the London
interbank market and is widely used as a reference for setting the interest rate on loans globally, is currently scheduled to be phased
out in 2021. Before LIBOR is phased out, we will need to amend the MidCap Credit Facility to replace LIBOR with a new reference
rate, which has yet to be established. The consequences of this amendment cannot be entirely predicted but could result in higher
interest rates on our borrowings under the MidCap Credit Facility.
Development and Component Supply Agreement with Illumina, Inc.
In June 2017, we entered into an Amended and Restated Development and Component Supply Agreement with Illumina, Inc.
(“Illumina”), effective May 31, 2017 (the “Restated Agreement”), which amended and restated our IVD Test Development and
Component Supply Agreement originally entered into with Illumina in October 2014 (the “Original Agreement”). The Restated
Agreement provides for the development and worldwide commercialization by the Company of nuclease-protection-based RNA or
DNA profiling tests (“IVD test kits”) for use with Illumina’s MiSeqDx sequencer in the field of diagnostic oncology testing in humans
(the “Field”). In addition, we have agreed to pay Illumina a single digit percentage royalty on net sales of any IVD test kits that we
commercialize pursuant to the Restated Agreement.
In April 2019, we entered into the First Amendment to the Restated Agreement (the “First Amendment”) with Illumina,
effective April 3, 2019. The First Amendment expands the scope of the Field defined in the Restated Agreement to include diagnostic
testing in humans for (i) autoimmune disorders and diseases, (ii) cardiovascular disorders and diseases, and (iii) fibrosis disorders and
diseases ((i)-(iii) together, the “Other Fields”). We have continued the development plans that have been previously entered into under
the Restated Agreement, and we may, at our discretion, submit additional development plans for IVD test kits in the Field to Illumina
for its approval, not to be unreasonably withheld. In addition, Illumina will consider requests for additional development plans for
IVD test kits in the Other Fields in good faith, but Illumina may accept or reject such requests in its sole and absolute discretion.
Absent earlier termination, the Restated Agreement will expire in May 2027; however, Illumina is no longer obligated to notify
us of changes in its products that may affect our IVD test kits after May 31, 2023. We may terminate the Restated Agreement at any
time upon 90 days’ written notice and may terminate any development plan under the Restated Agreement upon 30 days’ prior written
notice. Illumina may terminate the Restated Agreement upon 30 days’ prior written notice if we undergo certain changes of control,
subject to a transition period of up to 12 months for then-ongoing development plans. Either party may terminate the Restated
Agreement upon the other party’s material breach of the Restated Agreement that remains uncured for 30 days, or upon the other
party’s bankruptcy.
QIAGEN Agreements
Governing Agreement
In November 2016, we entered the Governing Agreement with QML. The Governing Agreement created a framework for the
companies to combine their technological and commercial strengths to offer biopharmaceutical companies a complete NGS-based
solution for the development, manufacture and commercialization of companion diagnostic assays. Under the Governing Agreement,
the parties jointly sought companion diagnostic programs with biopharmaceutical companies, whereby QML entered into sponsor
project agreements with interested biopharmaceutical companies for specified projects, and we and QML entered into statements of
work, that set forth the rights and obligations of each party with respect to each project. We entered into three statements of work
under the Governing Agreement since its initiation, of which two remained active as of December 31, 2019.
In November 2019, we terminated the Governing Agreement, effective immediately, as a result of QML’s material breach of the
Governing Agreement. Our termination of the Governing Agreement did not terminate active statements of work under the Governing
Agreement. For additional information relating to the statements of work associated with our Governing Agreement, see Item 8,
“Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”
QNAH Convertible Note Agreement
In October 2017, we issued a subordinated convertible promissory note (the “QNAH Convertible Note”) to QNAH in the
principal amount of $3.0 million against receipt of cash proceeds equal to such principal amount. The QNAH Convertible Note bears
simple interest at the rate of 3.0% per annum and matures on October 26, 2020. QNAH may elect to convert all or any portion of the
outstanding principal balance of the QNAH Convertible Note and all unpaid accrued interest thereon at any time prior to the maturity
date into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $3.984 per share.
15
Third-Party Coverage and Reimbursement
Clinical laboratories acquire our instrumentation through a capital purchase, capital lease or reagent purchasing agreement.
These laboratories offer their customers a menu of testing services using our IVD test kits or their LDTs, which they may develop
using components they purchase from us, or a combination of both. Our customers generate revenue for these testing services by
collecting payments from third-party payors, including public and private payors, as well as patient co-payments.
United States
In the United States, molecular testing laboratories have multiple options for reimbursement coding, but we expect that the
primary codes used will be the Genomic Sequencing Procedure codes. We are also monitoring the Protecting Access to Medicare Act
implementation as well as the recent National Coverage Determination for NGS testing by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid
Services (“CMS”).
Genomic Sequencing Procedures.
The American Medical Association (“AMA”) created codes for Genomic Sequencing Procedures (“GSPs”) and other Molecular
Multianalyte Assays as part of its calendar year 2015 update to the clinical laboratory fee schedule. AMA has since modified the GSP
codes to clarify the definition to include DNA and RNA. Our customers may use these codes to seek reimbursement for diagnostic
multi-analyte test offerings, such as:
•
•
•
Gene expression classifiers for hematolymphoid neoplasms, such as the determination of ABC or GCB subtypes of
diffuse large B-cell lymphomas;
Gene rearrangements in solid tumors and hematolymphoid neoplasms; and
Mutations in solid tumors and hematolymphoid neoplasms.
Payments for Tier 1 and Tier 2 Molecular Pathology Procedures and GSPs may be sought from both public and private payors.
Claims for Medicare coverage are processed by private Medicare Administrative Contractors (“MACs”) such as Novitas and Cahaba,
and coverage for specific test codes are specified in Local Coverage Determinations (“LCDs”) issued by individual MACs or National
Coverage Determinations (“NCDs”) which apply to all MACs. Private payors issue their own coverage determinations that are largely
reflective of the CMS LCDs and NCDs. HTG closely monitors trends in coverage through interactions with customers, industry
associations such as the College of American Pathologists (“CAP”) and the Association for Molecular Pathology (“AMP”) and
industry consultants; these trends are key considerations in our product development plans.
Our customers may use our products, if approved, and subject to regulatory limitations, to offer testing services that provide an
analysis of 5-50 genes as well as 51 or more genes. In October 2014, CMS released its preliminary determinations regarding the
method for determining 2015 payment rates for new codes under the clinical laboratory fee schedule. CMS recommended that
payment rates for GSPs be determined through a process known as gapfill rather than by crosswalking to allow CMS and its
contractors to gather information about the manner in which the tests are performed and the resources necessary to provide them, so
that ultimately CMS can set an appropriate payment rate for these tests. In the gapfill process, the local MACs determine the
appropriate fee schedule amounts in the first year, and CMS calculates a national payment rate based on the median of these local fee
schedule amounts in the second year. Gapfill pricing for CPTs 81445 and 81450 for the assessment of 5-50 genes in solid and liquid
tumors, respectively, is set at $598 and $692, respectively, as of December 31, 2019. CPT 81455 for the assessment of 51 or more
genes in solid and liquid tumors is $2,920.
In 2018, CMS released its NCD for reimbursement of CDx tests in oncology. We believe this was a very important event as
many of the diagnostic assays that we are in the process of developing are expected to be oncology CDx tests which would be
addressed in this NCD.
We believe that establishment of the aforementioned reimbursement codes specific to genomic sequencing procedures such as
our CDx tests currently in development is an important factor in expanding access to our products. In addition, coverage and
reimbursement of our tests by government and private payors is essential to our commercial success. Accordingly, our strategy
includes efforts to encourage third-party payors to establish coverage, coding and payment that will facilitate access to our tests as we
seek FDA approval for these tests and expand our commercialization efforts in the United States. Our success in these efforts depends
in part on the extent to which governmental authorities, private health insurers and other third-party payors provide coverage for and
establish adequate reimbursement levels for tests using our technology. Failure by our customers who use our tests to obtain coverage
and sufficient reimbursement from healthcare payors or adverse changes in government and private third-party payors’ policies would
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects.
16
Outside the United States
Our target markets outside of the United States are Europe and Asia/Pacific. Our diagnostic product menu plans for Europe and
Asia/Pacific consist primarily of NGS-based test kits that will satisfy existing or emerging testing demand, and we expect to be
competing based on testing efficiency, quality and price.
In Europe, coverage for molecular diagnostic testing is varied. Countries with statutory health insurance (e.g., Germany, France,
The Netherlands) tend to be more progressive in technology adoption with favorable reimbursement for molecular diagnostic testing.
In countries such as the United Kingdom with tax-based insurance, adoption and reimbursement for molecular diagnostic testing is not
uniform and is influenced by local budgets.
Failure by our ex-U.S. customers to obtain sufficient coverage and reimbursement for our diagnostic products from healthcare
payors or adverse changes in government and private payors’ policies would have a material adverse effect on our ex-U.S. growth
prospects and our overall business, financial condition and results of operations.
Government Regulation – Medical Device Regulations
United States
Our products and operations are subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the FDA and other federal, state, local and
foreign authorities. Currently we are limited to marketing our products in the United States for research use only, which means that we
cannot make any diagnostic or clinical claims. However, we intend to seek regulatory clearances or approvals in the United States and
other jurisdictions to market certain assays for diagnostic purposes. The companion diagnostic tests under development by HTG are
classified as “medical devices” under the United States Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”). The FDA regulates, among other
things, the research, development, testing, manufacturing, approval, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, advertising, promotion and
marketing, distribution, post approval monitoring and reporting and import and export of medical devices in the United States to
assure the safety and effectiveness of such products for their intended use.
Unless an exemption applies, each new or significantly modified medical device we seek to commercially distribute in the
United States will require either a premarket notification to the FDA requesting permission for commercial distribution under
Section 510(k) of the FDCA, also referred to as a 510(k) clearance, or approval from the FDA of a PMA application. Both the 510(k)
clearance and PMA submission can be expensive, and lengthy, and require payment of significant user fees, unless an exemption is
available.
Device Classification
Under the FDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes – Class I, Class II or Class III – depending on the
degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of control needed to provide reasonable assurances with respect to
safety and effectiveness.
Class I devices are those for which safety and effectiveness can be reasonably assured by adherence to a set of regulations,
referred to as General Controls, which require compliance with the applicable portions of the FDA’s Quality System Regulation
(“QSR”) facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse events and malfunctions, and appropriate, truthful and non-
misleading labeling and promotional materials. Most Class I products are exempt from the premarket notification requirements.
Class II devices are those that are subject to the General Controls, as well as Special Controls, which can include performance
standards, guidelines and post market surveillance. Most Class II devices are subject to premarket review and clearance by the FDA.
Premarket review and clearance by the FDA for Class II devices is accomplished through the 510(k) premarket notification process.
Under the 510(k) process, the manufacturer must submit to the FDA a premarket notification, demonstrating that the device is
“substantially equivalent,” to either:
•
•
a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976, the date upon which the Medical Device Amendments of 1976
were enacted; or
another commercially available, similar device that was cleared through the 510(k) process.
To be “substantially equivalent,” the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have
the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different
questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data are sometimes required to support substantial equivalence.
17
After a 510(k) notice is submitted, the FDA determines whether to accept it for substantive review. If it lacks necessary
information for substantive review, the FDA will refuse to accept the 510(k) notification. If it is accepted for filing, the FDA begins a
substantive review. By statute, the FDA is required to complete its review of a 510(k) notification within 90 days of receiving the
510(k) notification. As a practical matter, clearance often takes longer, and clearance is never assured. Although many 510(k)
premarket notifications are cleared without clinical data, the FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a
determination regarding substantial equivalence, which may significantly prolong the review process. If the FDA agrees that the
device is substantially equivalent, it will grant clearance to commercially market the device.
After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that
would constitute a new or major change in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification,
could require a PMA application. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but the FDA can review
any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination
regarding whether a new premarket submission is required for the modification of an existing device, the FDA can require the
manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA application is
obtained. If the FDA requires us to seek 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA application for any modifications to a previously
cleared product, we may be required to cease marketing or recall the modified device until we obtain this clearance or approval. In
addition, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties for failure to submit the requisite PMA
application(s). In addition, the FDA is currently evaluating the 510(k) process and may make substantial changes to industry
requirements.
The PMA Process
If the FDA determines that the device is not “substantially equivalent” to a predicate device, or if the device is classified into
Class III, the device sponsor must then fulfill the much more rigorous premarketing requirements of the PMA process, or seek
reclassification of the device through the de novo process. A manufacturer can also submit a petition for direct de novo review if the
manufacturer is unable to identify an appropriate predicate device and the new device or new use of the device presents a moderate or
low risk.
Class III devices include devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk such as life-supporting or life-sustaining devices,
or implantable devices, in addition to those deemed not substantially equivalent following the 510(k) process. The safety and
effectiveness of Class III devices cannot be reasonably assured solely by the General Controls and Special Controls described above.
Therefore, these devices are subject to the PMA application process, which is generally costlier and more time consuming than the
510(k) process. Through the PMA application process, the applicant must submit data and information demonstrating reasonable
assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use to the FDA’s satisfaction. Accordingly, a PMA application
typically includes, but is not limited to, extensive technical information regarding device design and development, pre-clinical and
clinical study data, manufacturing information, labeling and financial disclosure information for the clinical investigators in device
studies. The PMA application must provide valid scientific evidence that demonstrates to the FDA’s satisfaction reasonable assurance
of the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use.
In the United States, absent certain limited exceptions, human clinical studies intended to support medical device clearance or
approval require an Investigational Device Exemption (“IDE”) application. Some types of studies deemed to present “non-significant
risk” are deemed to have an approved IDE once certain requirements are addressed and Institutional Review Board approval is
obtained. If the device presents a “significant risk” to human health, as defined by the FDA, the sponsor must submit an IDE
application to the FDA and obtain IDE approval prior to commencing the human clinical studies. The IDE application must be
supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and
that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number
of subjects. Generally, clinical studies for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA and
the study protocol and informed consent are approved by appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical study sites. There can
be no assurance that submission of an IDE will result in the ability to commence clinical studies, and although the FDA’s approval of
an IDE allows clinical testing to go forward for a specified number of subjects, it does not bind the FDA to accept the results of the
trial as sufficient to prove the product’s safety and efficacy, even if the trial meets its intended success criteria.
Following receipt of a PMA application, the FDA conducts an administrative review to determine whether the application is
sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review. If it is not, the agency will refuse to file the PMA. If the PMA application is
determined to be sufficiently complete, the FDA will accept the application for filing and begin the review. The FDA, by statute and
by regulation, has 180 days to review a filed PMA application, although the review of an application more often occurs over a
significantly longer period. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information
already provided, and the FDA may issue a major deficiency letter to the applicant, requesting the applicant’s response to deficiencies
communicated by the FDA. The FDA considers a PMA or PMA supplement to have been voluntarily withdrawn if an applicant fails
to respond to an FDA request for information (e.g. major deficiency letter) within a total of 360 days. Before approving or denying a
PMA, an FDA advisory panel may be convened to review the PMA and provide the FDA with the committee’s recommendation on
whether the FDA should approve the submission, approve it with specific conditions, or not approve it. This advisory panel may also
involve a public meeting if FDA determines public input is required. Prior to approval of a PMA, the FDA may conduct a bioresearch
monitoring inspection of the clinical study data and clinical study sites, and a QSR inspection of the manufacturing facility and
processes. Overall, the FDA review of a PMA application generally takes between one and three years, but may take significantly
longer.
18
If the FDA evaluation of a PMA is favorable, the FDA will issue either an approval letter, or an approvable letter, which usually
contains several conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the PMA. When and if those conditions have been
fulfilled to the satisfaction of the FDA, the agency will issue a PMA letter authorizing commercial marketing of the device, subject to
the conditions of approval and the limitations established in the approval letter. If the FDA’s evaluation of a PMA application or
manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. The FDA also may
determine that additional analytical studies or clinical studies are necessary, in which case approval of the PMA submission may be
delayed for several months or years while the analytical studies and/or trials are conducted and data are submitted in an amendment to
the PMA.
New PMA applications or PMA supplements may be required for modification to the manufacturing process, labeling, device
specifications, materials or design of a device that has been approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require
submission of the same type of information as an initial PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed
to support any changes from the device covered by the approved PMA application and may or may not require as extensive technical
or clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel, depending on the nature of the proposed change.
In approving a PMA application, the FDA may also require some form of post market studies or post market surveillance,
whereby the applicant follows certain patient groups for several years and makes periodic reports to the FDA on the clinical status of
those patients when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device. FDA
may also require post market surveillance for certain devices cleared under a 510(k) notification, such as implants or life-supporting or
life-sustaining devices used outside a device user facility. The FDA may also approve a PMA application with other post-approval
conditions intended to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device, such as, among other things, restrictions on labeling,
promotion, sale, distribution and use.
Post-Approval Requirements
After the FDA permits a device to enter commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include, but
are not limited to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the registration and listing regulation, which requires manufacturers to register all manufacturing facilities and list all
medical devices placed into commercial distribution;
the QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow elaborate design, testing,
production, control, supplier/contractor selection, complaint handling, documentation and other quality assurance
procedures during the manufacturing process;
labeling regulations and unique device identification requirements;
advertising and promotion requirements;
restrictions on sale, distribution or use of a device;
PMA annual reporting requirements;
the FDA’s general prohibition against promoting products for unapproved or “off-label” uses;
the Medical Device Reporting (“MDR”) regulation, which requires that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device
may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or
contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to reoccur;
medical device correction and removal reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field
corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a
violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health;
recall requirements, including a mandatory recall if there is a reasonable probability that the device would cause serious
adverse health consequences or death;
an order of repair, replacement or refund;
device tracking requirements; and
post-approval study and post market surveillance requirements.
19
Our facilities, records and manufacturing processes are subject to periodic unscheduled inspections by the FDA. Failure to
comply with the applicable United States medical device regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, warning letters,
untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees, civil penalties, unanticipated expenditures, repairs, replacements, refunds, recalls or
seizures of products, operating restrictions, total or partial suspension of production, the FDA’s refusal to issue certificates to foreign
governments needed to export products for sale in other countries, the FDA’s refusal to grant future premarket clearances or
approvals, withdrawals or suspensions of current product clearances or approvals and criminal prosecution.
Research Use Only
An RUO product is one that is not intended for clinical diagnostic use and must be labeled “For Research Use Only. Not for use
in diagnostic procedures.” Products that are intended for research use only and are properly labeled as RUO are exempt from
compliance with the FDA requirements discussed above, including the approval or clearance and most QSR requirements. A product
labeled RUO but intended to be used diagnostically may be viewed by the FDA as adulterated and misbranded under the FDC Act and
is subject to FDA enforcement activities. The FDA may consider the totality of the circumstances surrounding distribution and use of
an RUO product, including how the product is marketed, when determining its intended use. In November 2013 the FDA issued a
guidance document entitled “Distribution of In Vitro Diagnostic Products Labeled for Research Use Only or Investigational Use
Only” (the “RUO Guidance”) which highlights the FDA’s interpretation that distribution of RUO products with any labeling,
advertising or promotion that suggests that clinical laboratories can validate the test through their own procedures and subsequently
offer it for clinical diagnostic use as a laboratory developed test is in conflict with RUO status. The RUO Guidance further articulates
the FDA’s position that any assistance offered in performing clinical validation or verification, or similar specialized technical
support, to clinical laboratories, conflicts with RUO status.
European Union
The European Union (“EU”) has also adopted requirements that affect our products. These requirements include establishing
standards that address creating a certified quality system as well as several directives that address specific product areas. The most
significant of these currently effective directives is the In Vitro Diagnostic Medical Device Directive (“IVDD”) which includes:
•
•
•
Essential Requirements. The IVDD specifies “essential requirements” that all medical devices must meet. The
requirements are similar to those adopted by the FDA relating to quality systems and product labeling.
Conformity Assessment. Unlike United States regulations, which require virtually all devices to undergo some level of
premarket review by the FDA, the IVDD currently allows manufacturers to bring many devices to market using a process
in which the manufacturer certifies that the device conforms to the essential requirements of the IVDD for that device. A
small number of products must go through a more formal premarket review process. Devices that comply with the
requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear the CE conformity marking, indicating that the device
conforms to the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly, can be marketed throughout the EU
and European Economic Area.
Vigilance. The IVDD also specifies requirements for post market reporting similar to those adopted by the FDA.
On May 26, 2017, the EU released a new regulatory framework, the In Vitro Diagnostic Medical Device Regulation (“IVDR”)
which is expected to replace IVDD. Our products in the EU will have to comply with the IVDR requirements after May 26, 2022.
Until that time, our CE/IVD products must continue to meet the requirements of IVDD for commercialization in the EU.
Other International
Several other countries, including Australia, Canada, China and Japan, have adopted or are in the process of adopting standards
for medical devices sold in those countries. Many of these standards are loosely patterned after those adopted by the EU, but with
elements unique to each country. Although there is a trend towards harmonization of quality system standards, regulations in each
country may vary substantially, which can affect timelines of introduction. We routinely monitor these developments and address
compliance with the various country requirements as new standards are adopted.
Government Regulation – Fraud and Abuse and Other Healthcare Regulation
We may be subject to various federal and state healthcare laws, including, but not limited to, anti-kickback, false claims, data
privacy and security, and transparency laws. Penalties for violations of these healthcare laws include, but are not limited to, significant
criminal, civil and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid
and other federal healthcare programs, additional reporting requirements and/or oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity
agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws and the curtailment or restructuring of
operations.
20
Federal Anti-Kickback Statute
The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or
paying any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in-kind, in exchange for or to induce either the referral
of an individual, or the furnishing, arranging for or recommending a good or service, or for the purchasing, leasing, ordering, or
arranging for or recommending, any good, facility, service or item for which payment may be made in whole or in part under federal
healthcare programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many
arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. The term “remuneration” expressly
includes kickbacks, bribes, or rebates and has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including for example, gifts,
discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash, waivers of payments, ownership interests
and providing anything at less than its fair market value.
There are several statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain business arrangements from prosecution
under the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute. These statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors set forth provisions that, if all their
applicable requirements are met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they may not be prosecuted under the Federal
Anti-Kickback Statute. Such statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors are drawn narrowly. The failure of a transaction or
arrangement to fit precisely within one or more applicable statutory exceptions or regulatory safe harbors does not necessarily mean
that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy all
requirements of an applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities and will be
evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all of its facts and circumstances. Additionally, the intent standard
under the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute was amended under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the
Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, (collectively the “ACA”) to a stricter standard such that a person or entity no longer
needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Further, the intent
to induce referrals need only be “one purpose” of the remuneration for violations of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The ACA
provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Federal Anti-
Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act which is discussed below.
Federal Civil False Claims Act
The federal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from
knowingly presenting or causing to be presented a false or fraudulent claim to, or the knowing use of false statements to obtain
payment from or approval by the Federal Government. Suits filed under the federal civil False Claims Act, known as “qui tam”
actions, can be brought by any individual on behalf of the government. These individuals, sometimes known as “relators” or, more
commonly, as “whistleblowers,” may share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. If an entity is
determined to have violated the federal civil False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages
sustained by the government, plus significant civil penalties for each separate false claim. Many comparable state laws are broader in
scope and apply to all payors, and therefore, are not limited to only those claims submitted to the Federal Government.
Federal Physician Self-Referral Prohibition
We are also subject to the federal physician self-referral prohibitions, commonly known as the Stark Law, which prohibits,
among other things, physicians who have a financial relationship, including an investment, ownership or compensation relationship
with an entity, from referring Medicare and Medicaid patients to the entity for designated health services, which include clinical
laboratory services, unless an exception applies. Similarly, entities may not bill Medicare, Medicaid or any other party for services
furnished pursuant to a prohibited referral. Many states have their own self-referral laws as well, which in some cases apply to all
third-party payors, not just Medicare and Medicaid.
Federal Civil Monetary Penalties Statute
The Federal Civil Monetary Penalties Statute, among other things, imposes fines against any person or entity who is determined
to have presented, or caused to be presented, claims to a federal healthcare program that the person knows, or should know, is for an
item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent.
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996
The Federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”) created several additional federal crimes, including
healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully
executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors. The false statements statute
prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or
fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.
21
In addition, HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”) and
their implementing regulations established uniform standards for covered entities, which are certain healthcare providers, health plans
and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as their business associates that perform services for them that involve the creation, use,
maintenance or disclosure of, individually identifiable health information, governing the conduct of specified electronic healthcare
transactions and protecting the security and privacy of protected health information. Among other things, HITECH also created four
new tiers of civil monetary penalties and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in
federal courts to enforce federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. The EU
has established its own data security and privacy legal framework, including but not limited to Directive 95/46/EC (“Data Protection
Directive”). The Data Protection Directive was replaced in May 2018 with the recently adopted European General Data Protection
Regulation (“GDPR”), which contains new provisions specifically directed at the processing of health information, higher sanctions
and extra-territoriality measures intended to bring non-EU companies under the regulation. Over time we may expand our business
operations to include additional operations in the EU. With such expansion, we would be subject to increased governmental
regulation, including the GDPR, in the EU countries in which we operate.
The Federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act
The Federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies
for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with certain exceptions, to
report annually to CMS, information related to “payments or other transfers of value” provided to physicians (defined to include
doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, and applicable manufacturers and group
purchasing organizations to report annually to CMS ownership and investment interests held by physicians, as defined above, and
their immediate family members. Beginning in 2022, applicable manufacturers also will be required to report such information
regarding payments and transfers of value provided, as well as ownership and investment interests held, during the previous year to
physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified nurse anesthetists and certified nurse-midwives. Failure to
submit timely, accurately and completely the required information for all payments, transfers of value and ownership or investment
interests may result in significant civil monetary penalties.
State Law Equivalents
Many states have also adopted laws similar to each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws,
which may be broader in scope and apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers, as
well as laws that restrict our marketing activities with health care professionals and entities, and require us to track and report
payments and other transfers of value, including consulting fees, provided to healthcare professionals and entities. Some states
mandate implementation of compliance programs to ensure compliance with these laws. We also are subject to foreign fraud and
abuse laws, which vary by country. We may be subject to certain state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health
information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA,
thus complicating compliance efforts.
California recently enacted legislation that has been dubbed the first “GDPR-like” law in the United States. Known as the
California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), it creates new individual privacy rights for consumers (as that word is broadly defined in
the law) and places increased privacy and security obligations on entities handling personal data of consumers or households. The
CCPA became effective January 1, 2020, and requires covered companies to provide new disclosures to California consumers, provide
such consumers new ways to opt-out of certain sales of personal information, and allows for a new cause of action for data breaches.
Healthcare Reform
In March 2010, President Obama enacted the ACA, which is substantially changing healthcare financing and delivery by both
governmental and private insurers and is significantly impacting the medical device industry. The ACA’s provisions of importance to
our business include, but are not limited to, a deductible 2.3% excise tax on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices
offered for sale in the United States, with limited exceptions, which since has been permanently eliminated by the 2020 federal
spending package.
22
There remain judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, as well as efforts by the Trump
administration to repeal or replace certain aspects of the ACA. Since January 2017, President Trump has signed two Executive Orders
and other directives designed to delay the implementation of certain provision of the ACA and otherwise circumvent some of the
requirements for health insurance mandated by the ACA. Concurrently, Congress has considered legislation that would repeal or
repeal and replace all or part of the ACA. While Congress has not passed comprehensive repeal legislation, two bills affecting the
implementation of certain taxes under the ACA have been signed into law. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”)
includes a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain
individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual
mandate”. Additionally, the 2020 federal spending package permanently eliminated, effective January 1, 2020, the ACA-mandated
medical device tax and “Cadillac” tax on high-cost employer-sponsored health coverage and, effective January 1, 2021, also
eliminates the health insurer tax. On December 14, 2018, a Texas U.S. District Court Judge ruled that ACA is unconstitutional in its
entirety because the “individual mandate” was repealed by Congress as part of the Tax Act. Additionally, on December 18, 2019, the
U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit upheld the District Court ruling that the individual mandate was unconstitutional and
remanded the case back to the District Court to determine whether the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. It is
unclear how this decision, future decisions, subsequent appeals, and other efforts to repeal and replace ACA will impact ACA.
In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011,
President Obama signed into law the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, created the Joint Select Committee on
Deficit Reduction to recommend to Congress proposals in spending reductions. The Joint Select Committee did not achieve a targeted
deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several
government programs. This includes reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on
April 1, 2013, and, following the passage of other legislative amendments, including the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, will stay in
effect through 2029 unless additional Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, President Obama signed into law the
American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers,
including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to
recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.
The full impact of the ACA, its possible repeal, and any legislation passed to replace the ACA, as well as other laws and reform
measures that may be proposed and adopted in the future, remains uncertain, but may continue the downward pressure on medical
device pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs, which could
have a material adverse effect on our business operations.
The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act
The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, or authorizing
payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of
influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA
also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring the company
to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries,
and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.
Employees
Our ability to retain current talent and recruit new employees into our Company is a critical factor in our continued growth and
performance improvement. We continue to initiate programs to promote our organizational culture and to identify the best possible
new talent as the organization grows and new positions are made available. As of December 31, 2019, we had 108 full-time and four
part-time employees, of which 18 are employed in administration, 25 in manufacturing and operations, 35 in research and
development, five in regulatory and quality affairs, and 29 in sales and marketing. Of these employees, 11 were located in Europe and
all others were located in the United States. We believe that our success will depend, in part, on our ability to attract and retain
qualified personnel. We have never experienced a work stoppage due to labor difficulties and believe that our relations with our
employees are good. None of our U.S. employees are represented by labor unions. Collective bargaining is established by law in
France. We and our French employees have agreed to the terms of the applicable collective bargaining agreements.
Corporate Information
We were originally incorporated in Arizona in October 1997 as “High Throughput Genomics, Inc.” In December 2000, we
reincorporated in Delaware as “HTG, Inc.” and in March 2011 we changed our name to “HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.” Our
principal executive offices are located at 3430 E. Global Loop, Tucson, AZ 85706, and our telephone number is (877) 289-2615. Our
corporate website address is www.htgmolecular.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this
report, and the inclusion of our website address in this report is an inactive textual reference only.
23
This report contains references to our trademarks, including VERI/O and HTG EdgeSeq, and to trademarks belonging to other
entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this report, including logos, artwork and other visual
displays, may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not
assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.
We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names or trademarks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or
sponsorship of us by, any other companies.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. We will remain an
emerging growth company until December 31, 2020. We refer to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K as the “JOBS Act,” and references to “emerging growth company” have the meaning associated with it in the
JOBS Act.
We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and have
elected to take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies.
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
An investment in shares of our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk
factors, as well as the other information in this report, and in our other public filings, before deciding to purchase, hold or sell shares
of our common stock. The occurrence of any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operations and future growth prospects or cause our actual results to differ materially from those contained in
forward-looking statements we have made in this report and those we may make from time to time. In these circumstances, the market
price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. You should consider all of the risk factors
described when evaluating our business.
Risks Related to our Business and Strategy
We have incurred losses since our inception and expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future. We cannot be certain that we will
achieve or sustain profitability.
We have incurred losses since our inception and expect to incur losses in the future. We incurred net losses of $19.3 million and
$16.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, we had an accumulated
deficit of $170.3 million. We expect that our losses will continue for the foreseeable future as we will be required to invest significant
additional funds to support product development, including development of new proprietary HTG EdgeSeq panels and products, and
the commercialization of our HTG EdgeSeq system and proprietary consumables. We also expect that our selling, general and
administrative expenses will continue to increase due to the additional costs associated with market development activities and
expanding our staff to sell and support our products and services. Our ability to achieve or, if achieved, sustain profitability is based
on numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including the market acceptance of our products and services,
competitive product development and our market penetration and margins. We may never be able to generate sufficient revenue to
achieve or, if achieved, sustain profitability.
We have limited experience in marketing and selling our products, and if we are unable to successfully commercialize our
products, our business may be adversely affected.
We have limited experience marketing and selling our products. Our HTG Edge system was introduced for sale in the life
sciences research market in the third quarter of 2013. Our HTG EdgeSeq chemistry was introduced for sale in the life sciences
research market in the third quarter of 2014. Our dedicated HTG EdgeSeq system was introduced for sale in the life sciences research
market in the fourth quarter of 2015 and has been our primary product focus since 2016. Our VERI/O service laboratory was
announced in June 2016. Our first diagnostic assay, based on our HTG EdgeSeq chemistry and automated in our HTG EdgeSeq
system, was introduced for sale in Europe in July 2016. We currently market our products through our own sales force in the United
States and Europe and have distributors in parts of Europe and the Middle East. We intend to expand our sales and support teams in
the United States and in Europe and to establish additional distributor and/or third-party contract sales team relationships in other parts
of the world. However, we may not be able to market and sell our products effectively. Our sales of life science research products,
diagnostic products and potential future products will depend in large part on our ability to successfully increase the scope of our
marketing efforts and establish and maintain a sales force commensurate with our then applicable markets. Because we have limited
experience in marketing and selling our products in the life science research market and in marketing and selling our products in the
diagnostic market, our ability to forecast demand, the infrastructure required to support such demand and the sales cycle to customers
is unproven. If we do not build an efficient and effective sales force and distributor relationships targeting these markets, our business
and operating results will be adversely affected.
24
If our HTG EdgeSeq system and proprietary profiling panels fail to achieve and sustain sufficient market acceptance, or we are
not able to continue to expand our service or collaborative relationships with biopharmaceutical customers, either directly or
through a collaboration partner, we will not generate expected revenue, and our prospects may be harmed.
We are currently focused on selling our HTG EdgeSeq system and profiling panels within the life sciences research market and,
where approved, in the diagnostic market. We plan to develop panels for many different disease states including companion
diagnostics to determine the proper course of treatment for those diseases. We may experience reluctance, or refusal, on the part of
physicians to order, and third-party payors to cover and provide adequate reimbursement for, our panels if the results of our research
and clinical studies, and our sales and marketing activities relating to communication of these results, do not convey to physicians,
third-party payors and patients that the HTG EdgeSeq system and related profiling panels provide equivalent or better diagnostic
information than other available technologies and methodologies. We believe our panels represent an emerging methodology in
diagnosing disease states, and we may have to overcome resistance among physicians to adopting it for the marketing of our products
to be successful. Even if we are able to obtain regulatory approval from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) or other
applicable regulatory authorities, the use of our panels may not become the standard diagnostic tool for those diseases on which we
plan to focus our efforts.
In addition, a key component of our strategy is to develop diagnostic tools in conjunction with biopharmaceutical companies’
drug development programs, to help assess the proper course of treatment for specific diseases. Even if we are successful in
developing those diagnostic tools and receive regulatory approval, we still may not be successful in marketing those diagnostic tests.
Furthermore, the decision to advance an underlying drug candidate through clinical trials and ultimately to commercialization is at the
discretion of biopharmaceutical companies with which we collaborate. Our biopharmaceutical partners may take certain actions that
could negatively impact the utility and marketability of our diagnostic tests. For example, our biopharmaceutical partners could:
•
•
•
•
determine not to actively pursue the development or commercialization of an applicable drug candidate, including due to
the failure to demonstrate sufficient efficacy, the occurrence of safety or tolerability issues, or any number of other
reasons;
fail to obtain necessary regulatory approval of an applicable drug candidate;
obtain regulatory approval for a drug candidate in a manner that neither requires nor recommends the use of a companion
diagnostic test prior to its use; or
choose alternative diagnostic tests to market with their products instead of ours.
To the extent that we develop diagnostic assays for a biopharmaceutical company in collaboration with a collaboration partner,
we may not have responsibility for some or all aspects of developing, marketing or commercializing any resulting diagnostic tests. In
addition to this biopharmaceutical partner risk, a collaboration partner may take certain actions that could negatively impact the
development, utility and marketability of the applicable diagnostic tests. For example, a collaboration partner could fail to satisfy or
fall behind in its obligations to us or to the biopharmaceutical company for which we develop a companion diagnostic test, which may
delay development, regulatory approvals, market development and/or commercialization of the applicable companion diagnostic test.
As a result of our termination of the Governing Agreement in November 2019, we no longer have a commercialization partner
for the development, manufacture and commercialization of companion diagnostics for biopharmaceutical companies. Although the
termination of the Governing Agreement does not preclude us from working with QML in the future, either party may be unwilling to
partner with the other, and we may be unable to establish a partnering relationship with another suitable company for the development,
manufacture, marketing and/or commercialization of companion diagnostic assays on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to
establish such a relationship with another company, our efforts to develop, manufacture and commercialize companion diagnostic
assays may be significantly delayed and limited in scale, or may not occur at all. In addition, we do not know whether we will be able
to enter into new collaborative arrangements with biopharmaceutical company customers on an independent basis. Any of these events
could limit our diagnostic test sales and revenues and have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial
condition.
Our financial results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter or may fall below the expectations of investors or securities
analysts, each of which may adversely affect our stock price.
Investors should consider our business and prospects considering the risks and difficulties we expect to encounter in the new,
uncertain and rapidly evolving markets in which we compete. Because these markets are new and evolving, predicting their future
growth and size is difficult. We expect that our visibility into future sales of our products, including volumes, prices and product mix
between instruments, consumables and services, will continue to be limited and could result in unexpected fluctuations in our
quarterly and annual operating results.
25
Numerous other factors, many of which are outside our control, may cause or contribute to significant fluctuations in our
quarterly and annual operating results. For example, three customers accounted for 24%, 22% and 19% of our revenue, respectively,
for the year ended December 31, 2019, and three customers accounted for 29%, 26% and 10% of our accounts receivable balance as
of December 31, 2019. If orders from our top customers are discontinued and we are unable to establish new collaboration projects
with biopharmaceutical companies, our revenue in future periods may materially decrease. Fluctuations in our operating results may
make financial planning and forecasting difficult. In addition, these fluctuations may result in unanticipated decreases in our available
cash, which could negatively affect our business and prospects. Factors that may contribute to fluctuations in our operating results
include many of the risks described under the caption “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy” of this report. In
addition, one or more of such factors may cause our revenue or operating expenses in one period to be disproportionately higher or
lower relative to the others. Our products involve a significant capital commitment from our customers or may depend on customer
studies that have variable or indefinite timelines and accordingly, involve a lengthy sales cycle. We may expend significant effort in
attempting to make a particular sale, which may be deferred by the customer or never occur. Accordingly, comparing our operating
results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful, and investors should not rely on our past results as an indication of our
future performance. If such fluctuations occur or if our operating results deviate from our expectations or the expectations of investors
or securities analysts, our stock price may be adversely affected.
Our sales cycle is lengthy and variable, which makes it difficult for us to forecast revenue and other operating results.
Our sales process involves numerous interactions with multiple individuals within any given organization, and often includes in-
depth analysis by potential customers of our products (where in some instances we will provide a demonstration unit for their use and
evaluation), performance of proof-of-principle studies, preparation of extensive documentation and a lengthy review process. As a
result of these factors, the capital investment required in purchasing our instrument and the budget cycles of our customers, the time
from initial contact with a customer to our receipt of a purchase order can vary significantly and be up to 12 months or longer. Given
the length and uncertainty of our sales cycle, we have in the past experienced, and likely will in the future experience, fluctuations in
our product and product-related services revenue on a period-to-period basis. In addition, any failure to meet customer expectations
could result in customers choosing to retain their existing systems or service providers or to purchase systems or services other than
ours. The revenue that we expect to earn from our collaborative development services are also subject to an extended, variable
timeline based on each project agreement, which will likely result in fluctuations in our collaborative development services revenue on
a period-to-period basis as well.
We may not be able to develop new products or enhance the capabilities of our systems to keep pace with rapidly changing
technology and customer requirements, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Our success depends on our ability to develop new products and applications for our technology in existing and new markets,
while improving the performance and cost-effectiveness of our systems. New technologies, techniques or products could emerge that
might offer better combinations of price and performance than our current or future products and systems. Existing or future markets
for our products, including gene expression analysis, liquid-based specimen analysis (e.g., plasma, blood and urine) and single-cell
analysis, as well as potential markets for our diagnostic product candidates, are characterized by rapid technological change and
innovation. It is critical to our success that we anticipate changes in technology and customer requirements and successfully introduce
new, enhanced and competitive technologies to meet our customers’ and prospective customers’ needs on a timely and cost-effective
basis. At the same time, however, we must carefully manage the introduction of new products. If customers believe that such products
will offer enhanced features or be sold for a more attractive price, they may delay purchases until such products are available. We may
also have excess or obsolete inventory of older products as we transition to new products and our experience in managing product
transitions is very limited. If we do not successfully innovate and introduce new technology into our product lines or effectively
manage the transitions to new product offerings, our revenues and results of operations will be adversely impacted.
Competitors may respond more quickly and effectively than we do to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or
customer requirements. We anticipate that we will face increased competition in the future as existing companies and competitors
develop new or improved products and as new companies enter the market with new technologies.
If we do not successfully manage the development and launch of new products, our financial results could be adversely affected.
We face risks associated with launching new products and with undertaking to comply with regulatory requirements for certain
types of our products (i.e. IVDs). If we encounter development or manufacturing challenges, adjust our product development
priorities, or discover deficiencies during our product development cycle, the product launch date(s) may be delayed or certain product
development projects may be terminated. The expenses or losses associated with unsuccessful product development or launch
activities or lack of market acceptance of our new products could adversely affect our business or financial condition.
26
Our future success is dependent upon our ability to expand our customer base and introduce new applications.
Our current customer base is primarily composed of biopharmaceutical companies (including those contracted by QML
pursuant to the Governing Agreement), academic institutions and molecular labs that perform analyses using or directly or indirectly
obtain services based on our HTG EdgeSeq system and consumables for research use only, which means that the products or data
from services may not be used for clinical diagnostic purposes. In July 2016, we obtained CE marking in Europe for our
HTG EdgeSeq system and HTG EdgeSeq DLBCL Cell of Origin Assay EU. In March 2017, we obtained CE marking in Europe for
our HTG EdgeSeq ALKPlus Assay EU. These products may be used by customers for diagnostic purposes in Europe. Currently, we
do not intend to and, where applicable, do not have appropriate licenses or permits to conduct diagnostic testing services. Our success
will depend, in part, upon our ability to increase our market penetration among our customer bases and to expand our market by
developing and marketing new companion diagnostic tests and RUO applications (whether product or service). We may not be able to
successfully complete development of or commercialize any of our planned future tests and applications. To achieve these goals, we
will need to conduct substantial research and development, conduct clinical validation studies, expend significant funds, expand and
scale-up our research, development, service and manufacturing processes and facilities, enter into service and collaborative
development services arrangements with biopharmaceutical company customers, expand and train our sales force; and seek and obtain
regulatory clearance or approvals of our new tests and applications, as required by applicable regulations. Additionally, we must
demonstrate to laboratory directors, physicians and third-party payors that our current and any future diagnostic products are effective
in obtaining clinically relevant information that can inform treatment decisions, and that our HTG EdgeSeq system and related panels
can enable an equivalent or superior approach than other available technology. Furthermore, we expect that a combination of
increasing the installed base of our HTG EdgeSeq systems and entering into additional service and custom RUO assay design
agreements with biopharmaceutical customers will drive increased demand for our relatively high margin panels. If we are not able to
successfully increase our installed base and biopharmaceutical customer relationships, then sales of our products and services, and our
margins for these revenue items may not meet expectations. Attracting new customers and introducing new products and services
requires substantial time and expense. Any failure to expand our existing customer base, or launch new products, including diagnostic
products or services, would adversely affect our ability to improve our operating results.
The development of future products is dependent on new methods and/or technologies that we may not be successful in developing.
We have initiated early development of a comprehensive whole transcriptome assay, which we are building for clinical use and
which we believe will serve as our anchor product not only for RUO profiling but also for our proprietary breast diagnostic products.
In addition, we believe this product will serve as a universal CDx platform for gene expression profiling for our biopharmaceutical
company customers. Moreover, we believe this product will allow us to expand our product offerings outside of oncology and
autoimmune into markets such as transplant and diabetes. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to successfully develop a
comprehensive whole transcriptome assay or that it will have the benefits that we anticipate. If we are unsuccessful at developing this
assay or it does not provide the benefits that we anticipate, we may be limited in the breadth of additional products we can offer in the
future, which could impact our future revenue and profits.
Our HTG EdgeSeq product portfolio requires the use of NGS instrumentation and reagents and could be adversely affected by
actions of third-party NGS product manufacturers over whom we have no control.
A key element of our strategy is to establish our HTG EdgeSeq system as the best sample and library preparation method for
clinical applications of next-generation sequencers. We depend at least in part on the availability of NGS instrumentation and
reagents, and the ability of our HTG EdgeSeq products to operate seamlessly with NGS instrumentation. Any significant interruption
or delay in the ability of our HTG EdgeSeq products to operate on or with NGS instrumentation could reduce demand for our products
and result in a loss of customers.
Our reputation, and our ability to continue to establish or develop our technology for clinical applications of next-generation
sequencers, are dependent upon the availability of NGS instrumentation and the reliable performance of our products with NGS
instrumentation. We are not able to control the providers of NGS instrumentation, which increases our vulnerability to interoperability
problems with the products that they provide. For example, providers of NGS instruments may discontinue existing products, or
introduce new NGS instrumentation products with little or no notice to us. This may cause some of our products not to be operable
with one or more NGS instruments or may adversely affect regulatory approvals of our future IVD HTG EdgeSeq products,
potentially for extended periods of time. Any interruption in the ability of our products to operate on NGS instruments could harm our
reputation or decrease market acceptance of our products, and our business, financial condition and operating results may be
materially and adversely affected. We also could experience additional expense in developing new products or changes to existing
products to meet developments in NGS instrumentation, including fees charged by our development partners to access new
technology, and our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.
27
Current medical device regulation in the United States and other jurisdictions requires manufacturers of IVD molecular profiling
tests that use NGS detection, referred to as NGS IVD tests, to include in regulatory submissions, technical information about the NGS
products that are required for performance of, but are not supplied with, the NGS IVD test. These regulatory agencies also require that
the NGS instrumentation have “locked” software for the detection of the NGS IVD test results. Thus, to obtain regulatory approval for
NGS IVD tests, manufacturers like us, currently must have arrangements with NGS product manufacturers to gain access to technical
information and NGS instrument software. We currently have agreements with two NGS product manufacturers that grant us rights to
develop, manufacture and sell future HTG EdgeSeq NGS IVD tests in specified fields, subject to, among other things, the NGS
product manufacturers’ rights to terminate such agreements and discontinue products or implement product design changes that could
adversely affect our HTG EdgeSeq NGS IVD tests. There can be no assurance that our agreements with these NGS product
manufacturers, or any future NGS product manufacturers that we contract with, will not be terminated earlier than we currently
expect, that a NGS product manufacturer will perform its contractual duties to us, or that we will otherwise receive the benefits we
anticipate receiving under those agreements. In addition, if regulatory agencies do not change their requirements for NGS IVD test
approval or clearance and the NGS instrument manufacturers close their systems to third-party NGS IVD test development (in general
or with specific NGS IVD test manufacturers) and we are not able to maintain or enforce our agreements with such manufacturers, we
may not be able to meet our commercial goals and our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially and
adversely affected.
If we do not achieve, sustain or successfully manage our anticipated growth, our business and growth prospects will be harmed.
Our current personnel, systems and facilities may not be adequate to support our business plan and future growth. Our need to
effectively manage our operations, growth and various projects requires that we, among other things:
•
•
•
•
•
continue to improve our operational, financial, management and regulatory compliance controls and reporting systems and
procedures;
attract and retain sufficient numbers of talented employees;
manage our commercialization activities effectively and in a cost-effective manner;
manage our relationship with third parties related to the commercialization of our products; and
manage our development efforts effectively while carrying out our contractual obligations to contractors and other third
parties.
Moreover, growth will place significant strains on our management and our operational and financial systems and processes. For
example, expanded market penetration of our HTG EdgeSeq system and related proprietary panels, and future development and
approval of diagnostic products, are key elements of our growth strategy that will require us to hire and retain additional sales and
marketing, regulatory, manufacturing and quality assurance personnel. If we do not successfully forecast the timing and cost of the
development of new panels and diagnostic products, the regulatory clearance or approval for product marketing of any future
diagnostic products or the demand and commercialization costs of such products, or manage our anticipated expenses accordingly, our
operating results will be harmed.
If regulatory limitations are placed on our diagnostic products our business and growth will be harmed.
In many jurisdictions, including the United States, we are currently limited to marketing our HTG EdgeSeq system and
proprietary profiling panels for research use only, which means that we cannot make any diagnostic or clinical claims for those
products in those jurisdictions.
We obtained the right to CE mark the HTG EdgeSeq DLBCL Cell of Origin Assay EU and the HTG EdgeSeq ALKPlus Assay
EU for sale as IVDs in Europe, in July 2016 and March 2017, respectively. If we are unable to maintain CE marking or achieve
appropriate ex-U.S. approvals on any of our products for their intended commercial uses on a timely basis or at all, or if clinical
diagnostic laboratories or other customers outside the United States do not accept our tests, our ability to grow our business outside of
the United States could be compromised.
28
Clinical studies of any product candidate that we intend to market as an IVD kit may not be successful. If we are unable to
successfully complete non-clinical and clinical studies of our product candidates or experience significant delays in doing so, our
business will be materially harmed.
Our clinical diagnostic business prospects in the United States and other applicable jurisdictions will depend on our ability to
successfully complete clinical studies for product candidates that we intend to market as IVD kits. A failure of one or more clinical
studies can occur at any stage of testing. The outcome of non-clinical studies may not be predictive of the success of clinical studies,
and interim results, if any, of a clinical study do not necessarily predict final results. Moreover, non-clinical and clinical data are often
susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed
satisfactorily in non-clinical and clinical studies have nonetheless failed to obtain premarketing clearance or approval for their
products. Completion of clinical studies, announcement of results of the studies and our ability to obtain regulatory approvals could be
delayed for a variety of reasons, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
unsatisfactory results of any clinical study, including failure to meet study objectives;
the failure of our principal third-party investigators to perform our clinical studies on our anticipated schedules;
imposition of a clinical hold following an inspection of our clinical study operations or trial sites by the FDA or other
regulatory authorities;
our inability to adhere to clinical study requirements directly or with third parties, such as contract research organizations;
different interpretations of our non-clinical and clinical data, which could initially lead to inconclusive results; and
delays in obtaining suitable patient samples for use in a clinical study.
Our development costs will increase if we have material delays in any clinical study or if we need to perform more or larger
clinical studies than planned. If the delays are significant, or if any of our products do not prove to be equivalent to a predicate device
or safe or effective, as applicable, or do not receive required regulatory approvals, our financial results and the commercial prospects
for our product candidates will be harmed. Furthermore, our inability to complete our clinical studies in a timely manner could
jeopardize our ability to obtain regulatory approval.
Our strategy of developing companion diagnostic products may require large investments in working capital and may not generate
any revenues.
A key component of our strategy is the development of companion diagnostic products designed to determine the appropriate
patient population for administration of a particular therapeutic to more successfully treat a variety of illnesses. Prior to the
termination of the Governing Agreement in November 2019, we had an exclusive arrangement with QML to develop certain
companion diagnostic products for biopharmaceutical companies under the Governing Agreement. We may now choose to develop
companion diagnostic products independently or with a collaboration partner. Successfully developing a companion diagnostic
product depends both on regulatory approval for administration of the therapeutic, as well as regulatory approval of the associated
diagnostic product. Even if we are successful in developing products that would be useful as companion diagnostic products, and
potentially receive regulatory approval for such products, the biopharmaceutical companies that develop the corresponding
therapeutics may ultimately be unsuccessful in obtaining regulatory approval for any such therapeutic, or, even if successful, select a
competing technology to use in their regulatory submission instead of ours. The development, especially the independent
development, of companion diagnostic products requires a significant investment of working capital which may not result in any
future income. This could require us to raise additional funds which could dilute our current investors or could impact our ability to
continue our operations in the future.
We expect to generate a portion of our revenue internationally and are subject to various risks relating to our international
activities which could adversely affect our operating results.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, approximately 34% of our revenue was generated from sales originated by customers
located outside of the United States, compared to 69% for year ended December 31, 2018. We expect that a percentage of our future
revenue will continue to come from international sources, and we expect to expand our overseas operations and develop opportunities
in additional areas. Engaging in international business involves a number of difficulties and risks, including:
•
•
•
•
required compliance with existing and changing foreign regulatory requirements and laws;
required compliance with anti-bribery laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and U.K. Bribery Act, data
privacy requirements, labor laws and anti-competition regulations;
export and import restrictions;
various reimbursement, pricing and insurance regimes;
29
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
laws and business practices favoring local companies;
longer payment cycles and difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal
systems;
political and economic instability;
potentially adverse tax consequences, tariffs, customs charges, bureaucratic requirements and other trade barriers,
including transfer pricing, value added and other tax systems, double taxation and restrictions and/or taxation on
repatriation of earnings;
tariffs, customs charges, bureaucratic requirements and other trade barriers;
difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations, including difficulties and costs associated with foreign
employment laws;
increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities; and
difficulties protecting, procuring, or enforcing intellectual property rights, including from reduced or varied protection for
intellectual property rights in some countries.
As we expand internationally our results of operations and cash flows will become increasingly subject to fluctuations due to
changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Historically, most of our revenue has been denominated in U.S. dollars, although we have
sold our products and services in local currency outside of the United States, principally the Euro. Our expenses are generally
denominated in the currencies in which our operations are located, which is primarily in the United States. As our operations in
countries outside of the United States grows, our results of operations and cash flows will increasingly be subject to fluctuations due to
changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which could negatively impact our results of operations in the future. For example, if the
value of the U.S. dollar increases relative to foreign currencies, in the absence of an offsetting change in local currency prices, our
revenue could be adversely affected as we convert revenue from local currencies to U.S. dollars.
If we dedicate significant resources to our international operations and are unable to manage these risks effectively, our
business, operating results and prospects will suffer. Moreover, we cannot be certain that the investment and additional resources
required in establishing operations in other countries will produce desired levels of revenue or profitability.
In addition, any failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could negatively impact us in a variety of
ways that include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment of
individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments and restrictions on certain business activities.
If the utility of our HTG EdgeSeq system, proprietary profiling panels, services and solutions in development is not supported by
studies published in peer-reviewed medical publications, the rate of adoption of our current and future products and the rate of
reimbursement of our future products by third-party payors may be negatively affected.
We anticipate that we will need to maintain a continuing presence in peer-reviewed publications to promote adoption of our
products by biopharmaceutical companies, academic institutions and molecular labs and to promote favorable coverage and
reimbursement decisions. We believe that peer-reviewed journal articles that provide evidence of the utility of our current and future
products or the technology underlying the HTG EdgeSeq system, consumables and services are important to our commercial success.
It is critical to the success of our sales efforts that we educate a sufficient number of clinicians and administrators about our
HTG EdgeSeq system, our current panels and services and our future solutions, and demonstrate the research and clinical benefits of
these solutions. Our customers may not adopt our current and future solutions, and third-party payors may not cover or adequately
reimburse our future products, unless they determine, based on published peer-reviewed journal articles and the experience of other
researchers and clinicians, that our products provide accurate, reliable, useful and cost-effective information. Peer-reviewed
publications regarding our products and solutions may be limited by many factors, including delays in the completion of, poor design
of, or lack of compelling data from studies that would be the subject of the article. If our current and future product and product-
related service solutions or the technology underlying such products and services do not receive sufficient favorable exposure in peer-
reviewed publications, the rate of research and clinical adoption and positive coverage and reimbursement decisions could be
negatively affected.
We provide our HTG EdgeSeq system and profiling panels free of charge or through other arrangements to customers or key
opinion leaders through evaluation agreements or reagent rental programs, and these programs may not be successful in
generating recurring revenue from sales of our systems and proprietary panels.
We sell our HTG EdgeSeq system and profiling panels under different arrangements to expand our installed base and facilitate
the adoption of our platform.
30
In some instances, we provide equipment free of charge under evaluation agreements for a limited period of time to permit the
user to evaluate the system for their purposes in anticipation of a decision to purchase the system. We retain title to the equipment
under such arrangements unless the evaluator purchases the equipment, and in most cases, require evaluation customers to purchase a
minimum quantity of consumables during the evaluation period.
When we place a system under a reagent rental agreement, we install equipment in the customer’s facility without a fee and the
customer agrees to purchase consumable products at a stated price over the term of the agreement. While some of these agreements
did not historically contain a minimum purchase requirement, we have included a minimum purchase requirement in all current
reagent rental agreements and will continue to do so in the future. We retain title to the equipment and such title is transferred to the
customer at no additional charge at the end of the initial arrangement. The cost of the instrument under the agreement is expected to be
recovered in the fees charged for consumables, to the extent sold, over the term of the agreement.
Other arrangements might include a research agreement whereby an academic collaborator agrees to provide biological samples
in exchange for the use of an HTG EdgeSeq system at no cost in furtherance of the collaborator’s professional goals and/or the
educational or research objectives of an applicable institution.
Any of the foregoing arrangements could result in lost revenues and profit and potentially harm our long-term goal of achieving
profitable operations. In addition, we require customers who receive systems that we continue to own to carry insurance sufficient to
protect us against any equipment losses, we cannot guarantee that they will maintain such coverage, which may expose us to a loss of
the value of the equipment in the event of any loss or damage.
There are instances where we provide our systems to key opinion leaders free of charge, to gather data and publish the results of
their research to assist our marketing efforts. We have no control over some of the work being performed by these key opinion leaders,
or whether the results will be satisfactory. It is possible that the key opinion leader may generate data that is unsatisfactory and could
potentially harm our marketing efforts. In addition, customers may from time to time create negative publicity about their experience
with our systems, which could harm our reputation and negatively affect market perception and adoption of our platform.
Placing our HTG EdgeSeq systems under evaluation agreements, under reagent rental agreements or with our key opinion
leaders without receiving payment for the instruments could require substantial additional working capital to provide additional units
for sale to our customers.
The life sciences research and diagnostic markets are highly competitive. We face competition from enhanced or alternative
technologies and products, which could render our products and/or technologies obsolete. If we fail to compete effectively, our
business and operating results will suffer.
We face significant competition in the life sciences research and diagnostics markets. We currently compete with both
established and early stage life sciences research companies that design, manufacture and market instruments and consumables for
gene expression analysis, liquid-based specimen analysis (e.g., plasma, blood and urine), single-cell analysis, PCR, digital PCR, other
nucleic acid detection and additional applications. These companies use well-established laboratory techniques such as microarrays or
qPCR as well as newer technologies such as next-generation sequencing. We believe our principal competitors in the life sciences
research market are Agilent Technologies, Inc., ArcherDx, Inc., BioRad Laboratories, Fluidigm Corporation, Illumina, Inc., Abbott
Molecular, Luminex Corporation, Affymetrix, Inc., NanoString Technologies, Inc., entities owned and controlled by QIAGEN N.V.,
Roche Diagnostics, a division of the Roche Group of companies, Personal Genome Diagnostics and Thermo Fisher Scientific, Inc. In
addition, there are several other market entrants in the process of developing novel technologies for the life sciences market. One or
more of our competitors could develop a product that is superior to a product we offer or intend to offer, or our technology and
products may be rendered obsolete or uneconomical by advances in existing technologies.
Within the diagnostic market, there are competitors that manufacture systems for sales to hospitals and laboratories and other
competitors that offer tests conducted through CLIA laboratories. We will also compete with commercial diagnostics companies. Most
of our current competitors are either publicly traded, or are divisions of publicly traded companies, and enjoy a number of competitive
advantages over us, including:
•
•
•
•
greater name and brand recognition, financial and human resources;
broader product lines;
larger sales forces and more established distributor networks;
substantial intellectual property portfolios;
31
•
•
larger and more established customer bases and relationships; and
better established, larger scale, and lower cost manufacturing capabilities.
We believe that the principal competitive factors in all of our target markets include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
cost of capital equipment;
cost of consumables and supplies;
reputation among customers;
innovation in product offerings;
flexibility and ease-of-use;
accuracy and reproducibility of results; and
compatibility with existing laboratory processes, tools and methods.
We believe that additional competitive factors specific to the diagnostics market include:
•
•
•
•
breadth of clinical decisions that can be influenced by information generated by tests;
volume, quality, and strength of clinical and analytical validation data;
availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement for testing services; and
economic benefit accrued to customers based on testing services enabled by products.
Our products may not compete favorably, and we may not be successful in the face of increasing competition from new
products and technologies introduced by our existing competitors or new companies entering our markets. In addition, our competitors
may have or may develop products or technologies that currently or in the future will enable them to produce competitive products
with greater capabilities or at lower costs than ours. Any failure to compete effectively could materially and adversely affect our
business, financial condition and operating results.
Our current business depends on levels of research and development spending by academic and governmental research institutions
and biopharmaceutical companies, a reduction in which could limit demand for our products and adversely affect our business
and operating results.
Our revenue is currently derived from sales of our HTG EdgeSeq system and related proprietary panels, the design of custom
RUO assays and sample processing for research applications to biopharmaceutical companies, academic institutions and molecular
labs, predominantly in the United States and Europe, and collaborative development services. The demand for our products and
services will depend in part upon the research and development budgets of these customers, which are impacted by factors beyond our
control, such as:
•
•
•
•
•
•
changes in government programs that provide funding to research institutions and companies;
macroeconomic conditions and the political climate;
changes in the regulatory environment;
differences in budgetary cycles;
market-driven pressures to consolidate operations and reduce costs; and
market acceptance of relatively new technologies, such as ours.
We believe that any uncertainty regarding the availability of research funding may adversely affect our operating results and
may adversely affect sales to customers or potential customers that rely on government funding. In addition, academic, governmental
and other research institutions that fund research and development activities may be subject to stringent budgetary constraints that
could result in spending reductions, reduced allocations or budget cutbacks, which could jeopardize the ability of these customers to
purchase our products or services. Our operating results may fluctuate substantially due to reductions and delays in research and
development expenditures by these customers. Any decrease in our customers’ budgets or expenditures, or in the size, scope or
frequency of capital or operating expenditures, could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial
condition.
32
As part of our current business model, we intend to seek to enter into strategic development collaborations and licensing
arrangements with third parties to develop diagnostic tests.
We have relied, and expect to continue to rely, on strategic development collaborations and licensing agreements with third
parties to develop or in-license technologies based on which products or services we may develop or offer. We have entered into
agreements with third parties to facilitate or enable our development of assays, and ultimately diagnostic tests, to aid in the diagnosis
of oncology diseases, such as breast cancer and melanoma, and other diseases. We intend to enter into additional similar agreements
with life sciences companies, biopharmaceutical companies and other researchers for future diagnostic products. However, we cannot
guarantee that we will enter into any additional agreements. In particular, our life sciences research or biopharmaceutical customers
are not obligated to collaborate with us or license technology to us, and they may choose to develop diagnostic products themselves or
collaborate with our competitors. Establishing development collaborations and licensing arrangements is difficult and time-
consuming. Discussions may not lead to development collaborations or licenses on favorable terms, or at all. Potential collaborators or
licensors may elect not to work with us based upon their assessment of our financial, regulatory or intellectual property position. To
the extent that we enter new collaborative development or licensing agreements, they may never result in the successful development
or commercialization of future tests or other products for a variety of reasons, including because our collaborators may not succeed in
performing their obligations or may choose not to cooperate with us. We cannot control the amount and timing of our collaborators’
resources that will be devoted to performing their responsibilities under our agreements with them. Moreover, to the extent we agree
to work exclusively with a party in a given area, our opportunities to collaborate with others would be limited. Even if we establish
new relationships, they may never result in the successful development or commercialization of future tests or other products.
Disputes with our collaborators could also impair our reputation or result in development delays, decreased revenues and litigation
expenses.
Our research and development efforts will be hindered if we are not able to contract with third parties for access to archival patient
samples.
Our future development of products for clinical indications will require access to archival patient samples for which data
relevant to the clinical indication of interest is known. We rely on our ability to secure access to these archived patient samples,
including FFPE tissue, plasma, serum, whole blood preserved in PAXgene, or various cytology preparations, together with the
information pertaining to the clinical outcomes of the patients from which the samples were taken. Owners or custodians of relevant
samples may be difficult to identify and/or identified samples may be of poor quality or limited in number or amount. Additionally,
others compete with us for access to these samples for both research and commercial purposes. Even when an appropriate cohort of
samples is identified, the process of negotiating access to these samples can be lengthy because it typically involves numerous parties
and approval levels to resolve complex issues such as usage rights, institutional review board approval, privacy rights, publication
rights, and intellectual property ownership. In addition, in some instances the cost to acquire samples can be prohibitively expensive.
If we are not able to negotiate access to archived patient samples on a timely basis and on acceptable terms, or at all, or if our
competitors or others secure access to these samples before us, our ability to research, develop and commercialize future products will
be limited or delayed.
We are dependent on a single third-party supplier for a certain subcomponent of our systems and the loss of this supplier could
harm our business.
We currently rely on a single supplier to supply a subcomponent used in our HTG EdgeSeq processors. While we periodically
forecast our needs for this subcomponent, our contract with this supplier, which may be a standard purchase order, does not commit
them to carry inventory or make available any particular quantities, and the supplier may give other customers’ needs higher priority
than ours and we may not be able to obtain adequate supplies in a timely manner or on commercially reasonable terms. If we were to
lose this supplier, we may not be able to identify or enter into agreements with alternative suppliers on a timely basis on acceptable
terms, or at all. If we should encounter delays or difficulties in securing the quality and quantity of subcomponent we require for our
processors, our supply chain would be interrupted which would adversely affect our sales. A loss of this supplier could significantly
delay the delivery of our HTG EdgeSeq processor, which in turn would materially affect our ability to generate revenue. If any of
these events occur, our business and operating results could be materially harmed.
We may encounter manufacturing difficulties that could impede or delay production of our HTG EdgeSeq systems.
We began manufacturing our HTG EdgeSeq system internally in 2016. We have limited experience with manufacturing the
system and our internal manufacturing operations may encounter difficulties involving, among other things, scale-up of manufacturing
processes, production efficiency and output, regulatory compliance, quality control and quality assurance, and shortages of qualified
personnel. Any failure in our planned internal manufacturing operations could cause us to be unable to meet demand for these
systems, delay the delivery of the system to customers, and harm our business relationships and reputation.
33
If we encounter difficulties in our planned internal manufacturing operations, we may need to engage a third-party supplier,
provided we cannot be sure we will be able to do so in a timely manner, or at all, or on favorable terms.
Any of these factors could cause us to delay or suspend production of our HTG EdgeSeq system, entail unplanned additional
costs and materially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our business operations might be disrupted or adversely affected by catastrophic events.
We manufacture our consumable products and our HTG EdgeSeq system and perform our RUO profiling and collaborative
development services in our Tucson, Arizona facilities. In addition, our Tucson facilities are the center for order processing, receipt of
critical components of our HTG EdgeSeq instrument and shipping products to customers. We do not have redundant facilities.
Damage or the inability to utilize our Tucson facilities and the equipment we use to perform research, development or services and
manufacture our products could be costly, and we would require substantial lead-time to repair or replace this facility and equipment.
The Tucson facilities may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including flooding, wind damage,
power spikes and power outages, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to perform these critical functions for some period
of time. The inability to manufacture consumables or instruments, process customer samples, perform development services or ship
products to customers for even a short period of time may result in the loss of customers or harm our reputation, and we may be
unable to regain those customers in the future. Although we possess insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our
business, this insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on
acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, natural disasters or other catastrophic events in various parts of the world, including
interruptions in the supply of natural resources, political and governmental changes, disruption in transportation networks or delivery
services, severe weather conditions, wildfires and other fires, explosions, actions of animal rights activists, terrorist attacks,
earthquakes, wars and public health issues could disrupt our operations or those of our collaborators, contractors and vendors or
contribute to unfavorable economic or other conditions that could adversely impact us.
Public health epidemics, pandemics or outbreaks, including the recent coronavirus pandemic, could adversely affect our business.
Our business, including our workforce, supply chain and customer base, may be adversely affected by the effects of health
epidemics, including the recent outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) which has been declared a pandemic. As a
result of health epidemics, including COVID-19, businesses may be shut down, supply chains can be interrupted, slowed, or rendered
inoperable, and individuals can become ill, quarantined, or otherwise unable to work and/or travel due to health reasons or
governmental restrictions.
The outbreak of COVID-19 has caused several countries to implement quarantines and/or significant restrictions on travel. In
addition, certain affected regions, including several states within the United States, have implemented work restrictions that prohibit
many employees from going to work. Moreover, the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in business closures and a substantial reduction
in economic activity in the United States and worldwide.
Governmental mandates may require forced shutdowns of our facilities for extended or indefinite periods. In addition, these
widespread outbreaks of illness could adversely affect our workforce resulting in serious health issues and absenteeism. Pandemic
outbreaks, including the coronavirus, could also substantially interfere with general commercial activity related to our supply chain
and customer base, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, business, or prospects.
Restrictions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic may disrupt our supply chain or limit our ability to obtain sufficient materials for
our consumables or instruments and may disrupt our ability to process customer samples or perform collaborative development
services. Further, if our customers’ businesses are similarly affected, they might delay or reduce purchases from us or collaborative
development projects with us, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
While significant uncertainty remains as to the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations, and on the global
economy as a whole, we believe it is likely that the COVID-19 outbreak will have a negative impact on our product and
product-related services revenue and collaborative development services revenue in 2020. We believe this negative impact will be
primarily demand-side driven as our customers experience disruptions in their own businesses from the pandemic. However, it is
possible that the COVID-19 pandemic will also impact our workforce, supply chains or distribution networks or otherwise impact our
ability to conduct sample processing services and custom assay development services and our ability to provide collaborative
development services for companion diagnostic development programs.
The ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic or a similar health epidemic is highly uncertain and subject to change. We do
not yet know the full extent of potential delays or impacts on our business, our customers’ businesses, healthcare systems or the global
economy as a whole. However, these effects could have a material adverse impact on our operations, financial position and liquidity.
34
We rely on distributors for sales of our products in several markets outside of the United States.
We have established exclusive and non-exclusive distribution agreements for our HTG EdgeSeq platform and related profiling
panels within parts of Europe and the Middle East. We intend to continue to grow our business internationally, and to do so, in
addition to expanding our own direct sales and support team, we plan to attract additional distributors and sales partners to maximize
the commercial opportunity for our products. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in attracting desirable distribution and
sales partners or that we will be able to enter into such arrangements on favorable terms. Distributors and sales partners may not
commit the necessary resources to market and sell our products to the level of our expectations or may favor marketing the products of
our competitors. If current or future distributors or sales partners do not perform adequately, or we are unable to enter into effective
arrangements with distributors or sales partners in particular geographic areas, we may not realize long-term international revenue
growth.
Limitations in the use of our products could harm our reputation or decrease market acceptance of our products; undetected
errors or defects in our products could harm our reputation, decrease market acceptance of our products or expose us to product
liability claims.
Our products are subject to the limitations set forth in the product labeling, which may not satisfy the needs of all customers. For
example, in the past we have introduced new panels that initially were intended to be used with specific sample types. Because our
customers desire that our panels be broadly applicable to many biological sample types, these initial limitations could harm our
reputation or decrease market acceptance of our products. If that occurs, we may incur significant costs, the attention of our key
personnel could be diverted, or other significant customer relations problems may arise, which could harm our business and operating
results.
Similarly, our products may contain undetected errors or defects when first introduced or as new versions are released. Since our
current customers use our products for research and, if cleared or approved for diagnostic applications, disruptions or other
performance problems with our products may damage our customers’ businesses and could harm our reputation. If that occurs, we
may incur significant costs, the attention of our key personnel could be diverted, or other significant customer relations problems may
arise. We may also be subject to warranty and liability claims for damages related to errors or defects in our products. A material
liability claim or other occurrence that harms our reputation or decreases market acceptance of our products could harm our business
and operating results.
The sale and use of products or services based on our technologies, or activities related to our research and clinical studies,
could lead to the filing of product liability claims if someone were to allege that one of our products contained a design or
manufacturing defect which resulted in the failure to adequately perform the analysis for which it was designed. A product liability
claim could result in substantial damages and be costly and time consuming to defend, either of which could materially harm our
business or financial condition. We cannot assure investors that our product liability insurance could adequately protect our assets
from the financial impact of defending a product liability claim. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit,
could increase our product liability insurance rates or prevent us from securing insurance coverage in the future.
We may need to raise additional capital to fund our operations in the future. If we are unsuccessful in attracting new capital, we
may not be able to continue operations or may be forced to sell assets to do so. Alternatively, capital may not be available to us on
favorable terms, or if at all. If available, financing terms may lead to significant dilution of our stockholders’ equity.
We are not profitable and have had negative cash flow from operations since our inception. To fund our operations and develop
and commercialize our products, we have relied primarily on equity and debt financings and revenue generated from the sale of our
HTG EdgeSeq systems, proprietary consumables, related services and collaborative development service arrangements with
biopharmaceutical company customers (directly or indirectly via the Governing Agreement). We currently anticipate that our cash and
cash equivalents will be sufficient to enable us to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. We may need to obtain
additional funds to finance our operations in the future if our estimates of the amount of cash necessary to fund our operations and
development and commercialization activities prove to be wrong, and we could spend our available financial resources much faster
than we currently expect. Additional capital may not be available at such times or amounts as needed by us. Even if capital is
available, it might be available only on unfavorable terms. Any additional equity or convertible debt financing into which we enter
could be dilutive to our existing stockholders. Any future debt financing into which we enter may impose covenants upon us that
restrict our operations, including limitations on our ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase our stock, make
certain investments and engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. Any debt financing or additional equity that
we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and
licensing arrangements with third parties, we may need to relinquish rights to our technologies or our products, or grant licenses on
terms that are not favorable to us. If access to sufficient capital is not available as and when needed, our business will be materially
impaired, and we may be required to cease operations, curtail one or more product development or commercialization programs, or
significantly reduce expenses, sell assets, seek a merger or joint venture partner, file for protection from creditors or liquidate all of
our assets. Any of these factors could harm our operating results.
35
Payments under the instruments governing our indebtedness may reduce our working capital. In addition, a default under our
MidCap Credit Facility could cause a material adverse effect on our financial position.
Pursuant to the terms of an asset purchase agreement with NuvoGen, we agreed to annually pay NuvoGen the greater of
$400,000 or 6% of our yearly revenue until the total aggregate cash compensation paid to NuvoGen under the agreement equals $15.0
million. To date, we have paid NuvoGen approximately $9.4 million. Payments to NuvoGen will result in a reduction in our working
capital as we continue to make payments on this obligation
Pursuant to the terms of the $3.0 million QNAH Convertible Note that we issued in October 2017, we will be required to repay
the entire outstanding principal amount of the QNAH Convertible Note and unpaid accrued interest thereon in October 2020, subject
potentially to the terms of a future subordination agreement between QNAH and our senior lenders, provided QNAH may, at its
election, convert all or any portion of the outstanding principal balance of the QNAH Convertible Note and unpaid accrued interest at
any time prior to the maturity date into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $3.984 per share. Repayment of this note
and unpaid accrued interest thereon at maturity would result in a reduction in our working capital, which could be significant
depending on our cash position on the maturity date.
Under the MidCap Credit Facility, our interest rate on borrowed amounts is dependent on LIBOR. LIBOR, which is the basic
rate of interest used in lending between banks on the London interbank market and is widely used as a reference for setting the interest
rate on loans globally, is currently scheduled to be phased out in 2021. Before LIBOR is phased out, we may need to renegotiate the
MidCap Credit Facility to replace LIBOR with a new reference rate, which has yet to be established. The consequences of these
developments cannot be entirely predicted, but could result in higher interest rates on our loans under the MidCap Credit Facility. We
cannot provide assurance that future interest rate changes will not have a material negative impact on our business, financial position,
or operating results.
Further, the MidCap Credit Facility requires us, and any debt arrangements we may enter into in the future may require us, to
comply with various covenants that limit our ability to, among other things:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
dispose of assets;
complete mergers or acquisitions;
incur indebtedness or modify existing debt agreements;
amend or modify certain material agreements;
engage in additional lines of business;
encumber assets;
pay dividends or make other distributions to holders of our capital stock;
make specified investments;
change certain key management personnel or organizational documents; and
engage in transactions with our affiliates.
These restrictions could inhibit our ability to pursue our business strategies. If we default under our obligations under the
MidCap Term Loan, the lender could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure our indebtedness or declare all
obligation under the MidCap Term Loan to be due and payable. In certain circumstances, procedures by the lender could result in a
loss by us of all of our equipment, inventory and intellectual property, which are included in the collateral granted to the lender. In
addition, upon any distribution of assets pursuant to any liquidation, insolvency, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding, the
holders of secured indebtedness will be entitled to receive payment in full from the proceeds of the collateral securing our secured
indebtedness before the holders of other indebtedness or our common stock will be entitled to receive any distribution with respect
thereto.
Changes in tax laws or regulations that are applied adversely to us or our customers may have a material adverse effect on our
business, cash flow, financial condition or results of operations.
New income, sales, use or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be enacted at any time, which could
adversely affect our business operations and financial performance. Further, existing tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances
could be interpreted, changed, modified or applied adversely to us. For example, the Tax Act enacted many significant changes to the
U.S. tax laws. Future guidance from the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities with respect to the Tax Act may affect us,
and certain aspects of the Tax Act could be repealed or modified in future legislation. In addition, it is uncertain if and to what extent
various states will conform to the Tax Act or any newly enacted federal tax legislation. Changes in corporate tax rates, the realization
of net deferred tax assets relating to our operations, the taxation of foreign earnings, and the deductibility of expenses under the Tax
Act or future reform legislation could have a material impact on the value of our deferred tax assets, could result in significant one-
time charges, and could increase our future U.S. tax expense.
36
Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributed may be limited.
As of December 31, 2019, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) to offset future taxable income of
approximately $158.2 million, of which $121.8 million will begin to expire in 2021 if not utilized, while the remainder can be carried
forward indefinitely. A lack of future taxable income would adversely affect our ability to utilize these NOLs. Under the Tax Act,
federal NOLs incurred in taxable years ending after December 31, 2017, may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of
federal NOLs generated in tax years beginning before January 1, 2018, is limited. It is uncertain if and to what extent various states
will conform to the Tax Act. In addition, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “IRC”),
and corresponding provisions of state law, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than
50% change, by value, in its equity ownership over a three-year period) is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-
ownership change NOL carryforwards and certain other pre-ownership change tax attributes to offset post-ownership change income
or taxes. We believe we may have already experienced one or more ownership changes and may in the future experience one or more
additional ownership changes, and thus, our ability to utilize pre-ownership change NOL carryforwards and other pre-ownership
change tax attributes to offset post-ownership change income or taxes may be limited. Such limitations may cause a portion of our
NOL and credit carryforwards to expire before we are able to utilize them. In addition, at the state level, there may be periods during
which the use of NOL carryforwards is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes
owed. We have recorded a full valuation allowance related to our NOLs and other deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty of the
ultimate realization of the future benefits of those assets.
Acquisitions or joint ventures could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our stockholders and otherwise harm our business.
We may acquire other businesses, products or technologies as well as pursue strategic alliances, joint ventures, technology
licenses or investments in complementary businesses. We have limited experience with respect to business, product or technology
acquisitions or the formation of collaborations, strategic alliances and joint ventures or investing in complementary businesses. Any of
these transactions could be material to our financial condition and operating results and expose us to many risks, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
disruption in our relationships with customers, distributors or suppliers as a result of such a transaction;
unanticipated liabilities related to acquired companies;
difficulties integrating acquired personnel, technologies and operations into our existing business;
diversion of management time and focus from operating our business to acquisition integration challenges;
increases in our expenses and reductions in our cash available for operations and other uses; and
possible write-offs or impairment charges relating to acquired businesses.
Foreign acquisitions involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of
operations across different cultures and languages, currency risks and the particular economic, political and regulatory risks associated
with specific countries. Also, the anticipated benefit of any acquisition may not materialize. Future acquisitions or dispositions could
result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses or
write-offs of goodwill, any of which could harm our financial condition. We cannot predict the number, timing or size of future joint
ventures or acquisitions, or the effect that any such transactions might have on our operating results.
If any members of our management team were to leave us or we are unable to recruit, train and retain key personnel, we may not
achieve our goals.
Our future success depends on our ability to recruit, train, retain and motivate key personnel, including our senior management,
research and development, manufacturing, service and sales and marketing personnel. If we were to lose one or more of our key
employees, we may experience difficulties in competing effectively, developing our technologies and implementing our business
strategies. Competition for qualified personnel is intense, and we may not be able to attract talent. Our growth depends, in part, on
attracting, retaining and motivating highly trained sales personnel with the necessary scientific background and ability to understand
our systems at a technical level to effectively identify and sell to potential new customers, including new biopharmaceutical company
customers. In particular, the commercialization of our HTG EdgeSeq system and related panels requires us to continue to establish and
maintain sales and support teams to optimize the markets for research tools and, where approved, diagnostic assays, and to fully
optimize a broad array of diagnostic market opportunities as we receive approval for any future diagnostic products. We do not
maintain fixed term employment contracts or key man life insurance relating to any of our employees. Because of the complex and
technical nature of our products and the dynamic market in which we compete, any failure to retain our management team or to attract,
train, retain and motivate other qualified personnel could materially harm our operating results and growth prospects.
37
Our operating results may be harmed if we are required to collect sales, services or other related taxes for our products and
services in jurisdictions where we have not historically done so.
We do not believe that we are required to collect sales, use, services or other similar taxes from our customers in certain
jurisdictions. However, one or more countries or states may seek to impose sales, use, services, or other tax collection obligations on
us, including for past sales. A successful assertion by one or more jurisdictions that we should collect sales or other taxes on the sale
of our products and services could result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales and decrease our ability to compete for future sales.
Each country and each state has different rules and regulations governing sales and use taxes and these rules and regulations are
subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. We review these rules and regulations periodically and, when we believe
sales and use taxes apply in a particular jurisdiction, voluntarily engage tax authorities in order to determine how to comply with their
rules and regulations. We cannot assure you that we will not be subject to sales and use taxes or related penalties for past sales in
jurisdictions where we presently believe sales and use taxes are not due.
Providers of goods or services are typically held responsible by taxing authorities for the collection and payment of any
applicable sales and similar taxes. If one or more taxing authorities determines that taxes should have, but have not, been paid with
respect to our products and services, we may be liable for past taxes in addition to being required to collect sales or similar taxes in
respect of our products and services going forward. Liability for past taxes may also include substantial interest and penalty charges.
Our customer contracts provide that our customers must pay all applicable sales and similar taxes. Nevertheless, customers may be
reluctant to pay back taxes and may refuse responsibility for interest or penalties associated with those taxes or we may determine that
it would not be feasible to seek reimbursement. If we are required to collect and pay back taxes and the associated interest and
penalties and if our customers do not reimburse us for all or a portion of these amounts, we will have incurred unplanned expenses that
may be substantial. Moreover, imposition of such taxes on our products and services going forward will effectively increase the cost
of such products and services to our customers.
Many states are also pursuing legislative expansion of the scope of goods and services that are subject to sales and similar taxes
as well as the circumstances in which a vendor of goods and services must collect such taxes. Furthermore, legislative proposals have
been introduced in Congress that would provide states with additional authority to impose such taxes. Accordingly, it is possible that
either federal or state legislative changes may require us to collect additional sales and similar taxes from our customers in the future.
Our insurance policies are expensive and protect us only from some business risks, which may leave us exposed to significant
uninsured liabilities.
We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Some of the policies we currently maintain
include general liability, foreign liability, employee benefits liability, property, automobile, umbrella, workers’ compensation, crime
(including cybercrime), fiduciary, products liability, pollution, errors and omissions and directors’ and officers’ insurance. We do not
know, however, if we will be able to maintain existing insurance with adequate levels of coverage. Any significant uninsured liability
may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our cash position and results of operations.
Performance issues, service interruptions or price increases by our shipping carriers could adversely affect our business and harm
our reputation and ability to provide our services on a timely basis.
Expedited, reliable shipping is essential to our operations. We rely heavily on providers of transport services for reliable and
secure point-to-point transport of our HTG EdgeSeq systems and consumables to our customers and, as applicable, customers’
samples to our laboratory, and for enhanced tracking of these shipments. Should a carrier encounter delivery performance issues such
as loss, damage or destruction of any instrumentation, consumables or samples, it would be costly to replace such instrumentation or
consumables in a timely manner and may be difficult to replace customers’ samples lost or damaged in shipping, and such occurrences
may damage our reputation and lead to decreased demand for our products and increased cost and expense to our business. In
addition, any significant increase in shipping rates could adversely affect our operating margins and results of operations. Similarly,
strikes, severe weather, natural disasters or other service interruptions affecting delivery services we use would adversely affect our
ability to process orders for our products or receive recipient samples on a timely basis.
Changes in funding for the FDA, the SEC and other government agencies could hinder their ability to hire and retain key
leadership and other personnel, prevent new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner or
otherwise prevent those agencies from performing normal functions on which the operation of our business may rely, which could
negatively impact our business.
The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget
and funding levels, ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept payment of user fees, and statutory, regulatory, and policy
changes. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of the SEC
38
and other government agencies on which our operations may rely, including those that fund research and development activities is
subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.
Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new drugs to be reviewed and/or approved by
necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, over the last several years, the U.S.
government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA and the SEC, have had to furlough
critical FDA, SEC and other government employees and stop critical activities. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, it could
significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material
adverse effect on our business. Further, future government shutdowns could impact our ability to access the public markets and obtain
necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.
The withdrawal of the United Kingdom, from the European Union, commonly referred to as “Brexit,” may adversely impact our
ability to obtain regulatory approvals of our product candidates in the European Union, result in restrictions or imposition of taxes
and duties for importing our product candidates into the European Union, and may require us to incur additional expenses in
order to develop, manufacture and commercialize our product candidates in the European Union.
Following the result of a referendum in 2016, the United Kingdom left the European Union on January 31, 2020, commonly
referred to as Brexit. Pursuant to the formal withdrawal arrangements agreed between the United Kingdom and the European Union,
the United Kingdom will be subject to a transition period until December 31, 2020, or the Transition Period, during which EU rules
will continue to apply. Negotiations between the United Kingdom and the European Union are expected to continue in relation to the
customs and trading relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union following the expiry of the Transition Period.
Since a significant proportion of the regulatory framework in the United Kingdom applicable to our business and our product
candidates is derived from EU directives and regulations, Brexit, following the Transition Period, could materially impact the
regulatory regime with respect to the development, manufacture, importation, approval and commercialization of our product
candidates in the United Kingdom or the European Union. For example, as a result of the uncertainty surrounding Brexit, the EMA
relocated to Amsterdam from London. Following the Transition Period, the United Kingdom will no longer be covered by the
centralized procedures for obtaining EU-wide marketing authorization from the EMA and, unless a specific agreement is entered into,
a separate process for authorization of drug products, including our product candidates, will be required in the United Kingdom, the
potential process for which is currently unclear. Any delay in obtaining, or an inability to obtain, any marketing approvals, as a result
of Brexit or otherwise, would prevent us from commercializing our product candidates in the United Kingdom or the European Union
and restrict our ability to generate revenue and achieve and sustain profitability. In addition, we may be required to pay taxes or duties
or be subjected to other hurdles in connection with the importation of our product candidates into the European Union, or we may
incur expenses in establishing a manufacturing facility in the European Union in order to circumvent such hurdles. If any of these
outcomes occur, we may be forced to restrict or delay efforts to seek regulatory approval in the United Kingdom or the European
Union for our product candidates, or incur significant additional expenses to operate our business, which could significantly and
materially harm or delay our ability to generate revenues or achieve profitability of our business. Any further changes in international
trade, tariff and import/export regulations as a result of Brexit or otherwise may impose unexpected duty costs or other non-tariff
barriers on us. These developments, or the perception that any of them could occur, may significantly reduce global trade and, in
particular, trade between the impacted nations and the United Kingdom.
We face risks related to handling of hazardous materials and other regulations governing environmental safety.
Our operations are subject to complex and stringent environmental, health, safety and other governmental laws and regulations
that both public officials and private individuals may seek to enforce. Our activities that are subject to these regulations include,
among other things, our use of hazardous materials and the generation, transportation and storage of waste. We could discover that we
or an acquired business is not in material compliance with these regulations. Existing laws and regulations may also be revised or
reinterpreted, or new laws and regulations may become applicable to us, whether retroactively or prospectively, that may have a
negative effect on our business and results of operations. It is also impossible to eliminate completely the risk of accidental
environmental contamination or injury to individuals. In such an event, we could be liable for any damages that result, and any
liability could exceed our resources or any applicable insurance coverage we may have, which events could adversely affect our
business.
Cyber security risks and the failure to maintain the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our computer hardware, software,
internet applications and related tools and functions could result in damage to our reputation and/or subject us to costs, fines or
lawsuits.
Our business requires manipulating, analyzing and storing large amounts of data. In addition, we rely on an enterprise software
system to operate and manage our business. We also maintain personally identifiable information about our employees. Our business
therefore depends on the continuous, effective, reliable and secure operation of our computer hardware, software, networks, Internet
servers and related infrastructure. To the extent that our hardware and software malfunction or access to our data by internal personnel
is interrupted, our business could suffer. The integrity and protection of our employee and company data is critical to our business and
employees have a high expectation that we will adequately protect their personal information. The regulatory environment governing
information, security and privacy laws is increasingly demanding and continues to evolve. Maintaining compliance with applicable
39
security and privacy regulations may increase our operating costs. Although our computer and communications software are protected
through physical and software safeguards, it is still vulnerable to natural or man-made hazards, such as fire, storm, flood, power loss,
wind damage, telecommunications failures, physical or software break-ins, software viruses and similar events. We have experienced
specific instances of cyber breaches in the past, and there could be unauthorized access, disclosure and use of non-public information
in the future. The techniques used by criminal elements to attack computer systems are sophisticated, change frequently and may
originate from less regulated and remote areas of the world. As a result, we may not be able to address these techniques proactively or
implement adequate preventative measures. If our computer systems are compromised, we could be subject to fines, damages,
litigation and enforcement actions, and we could lose trade secrets, the occurrence of which could harm our business. In addition, any
sustained disruption in internet access provided by other companies could harm our business.
Risks Related to Government Regulation and Diagnostic Product Reimbursement
Approval and/or clearance by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities for any diagnostic tests will take significant time and
require significant research, development and clinical study expenditures and ultimately may not succeed.
Before we begin to label and market our products for use as clinical diagnostics in the United States, including as companion
diagnostics, unless an exemption applies, we will be required to obtain either 510(k) clearance or PMA from the FDA. In addition, we
may be required to seek FDA clearance for any changes or modifications to our products that could significantly affect their safety or
effectiveness or would constitute a change in intended use. The 510(k) clearance processes can be expensive, time-consuming and
uncertain. In addition to the time required to conduct clinical studies, if necessary, it generally takes from four to twelve months from
submission of an application to obtain 510(k) clearance; however, it may take longer and 510(k) clearance may never be obtained.
Even if the FDA accepts a 510(k) submission for filing, the FDA may request additional information or clinical studies during its
review. Our ability to obtain additional regulatory clearances for new products and indications may be significantly delayed or may
never be obtained. In addition, we may be required to obtain PMAs for new products or product modifications. The requirements of
the more rigorous PMA process could delay product introductions and increase the costs associated with FDA compliance. As with all
IVD products, the FDA reserves the right to redefine the regulatory path at the time of submission or during the review process and
could require a more burdensome approach. Even if we were to obtain regulatory approval or clearance, it may not be for the uses we
believe are important or commercially attractive, in which case we would not be permitted to market our product for those uses.
A 510(k) clearance or PMA submission for any future medical device product would likely place substantial restrictions on how
the device is marketed or sold, and we will be required to continue to comply with extensive regulatory requirements, including, but
not limited to Quality System Regulations (“QSRs”), registering manufacturing facilities, listing the products with the FDA, and
complying with labeling, marketing, complaint handling, adverse event and medical device reporting requirements and corrections and
removals. We cannot assure you that we will successfully maintain the clearances or approvals we may receive in the future. In
addition, any clearances or approvals we obtain may be revoked if any issues arise that bring into question our products’ safety or
effectiveness. Any failure to maintain compliance with FDA regulatory requirements could harm our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
Sales of our diagnostic products outside the United States will be subject to foreign regulatory requirements governing clinical
studies, vigilance reporting, marketing approval, manufacturing, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement. These regulatory
requirements vary greatly from country to country. As a result, the time required to obtain approvals outside the United States may
differ from that required to obtain FDA approval and we may not be able to obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis or at
all. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries, and approval by one foreign regulatory
authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities could
require additional testing. In addition, the FDA regulates exports of medical devices. Failure to comply with these regulatory
requirements or obtain required approvals could impair our ability to commercialize our diagnostic products outside of the United
States.
Our research use only products for the life sciences market could become subject to regulation as medical devices by the FDA or
other regulatory agencies in the future which could increase our costs and delay our commercialization efforts, thereby materially
and adversely affecting our life sciences business and results of operations.
In the United States, our products are currently labeled and sold for research use only, and not for the diagnosis or treatment of
disease, and are sold to a variety of parties, including biopharmaceutical companies, academic institutions and molecular labs.
Because such products are not intended for use in clinical practice in diagnostics, and the products cannot include clinical or
diagnostic claims, they are exempt from many regulatory requirements otherwise applicable to medical devices. In particular, while
the FDA regulations require that RUO products be labeled, “For Research Use Only. Not for use in diagnostic procedures,” the
regulations do not otherwise subject such products to the FDA’s pre- and post-market controls for medical devices.
A significant change in the laws governing RUO products or how they are enforced may require us to change our business
model in order to maintain compliance. For instance, in November 2013 the FDA issued a guidance document entitled “Distribution
of In Vitro Diagnostic Products Labeled for Research Use Only or Investigational Use Only” (the “RUO Guidance”) which highlights
40
the FDA’s interpretation that distribution of RUO products with any labeling, advertising or promotion that suggests that clinical
laboratories can validate the test through their own procedures and subsequently offer it for clinical diagnostic use as a laboratory
developed test is in conflict with RUO status. The RUO Guidance further articulates the FDA’s position that any assistance offered in
performing clinical validation or verification, or similar specialized technical support, to clinical laboratories, conflicts with RUO
status. If we engage in any activities that the FDA deems to be in conflict with the RUO status held by the products that we sell, we
may be subject to immediate, severe and broad FDA enforcement action that would adversely affect our ability to continue operations.
Accordingly, if the FDA finds that we are distributing our RUO products in a manner that is inconsistent with its regulations or
guidance, we may be forced to stop distribution of our RUO tests until we are in compliance, which would reduce our revenues,
increase our costs and adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the FDA’s
proposed implementation for a new framework for the regulation of laboratory developed tests (“LDTs”) may negatively impact the
LDT market and thereby reduce demand for RUO products.
If the FDA requires marketing authorization of our RUO products in the future, there can be no assurance that the FDA will
ultimately grant any clearance or approval requested by us in a timely manner, or at all.
We expect to rely on third parties to conduct any future studies of our diagnostic products that may be required by the FDA or
other regulatory authorities, and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily.
We do not have the ability to independently conduct the clinical studies or other studies that may be required to obtain FDA and
other regulatory clearance or approval for our diagnostic products, including the HTG EdgeSeq system and related proprietary panels.
Accordingly, we expect to rely on third parties, such as medical institutions and clinical investigators, and providers of NGS
instrumentation, to conduct such studies and/or to provide information necessary for our submissions to regulatory authorities. Our
reliance on these third parties for clinical development activities or information will reduce our control over these activities. These
third-parties may not complete activities on schedule or conduct studies in accordance with regulatory requirements or our study
design. Similarly, providers of NGS instrumentation may not place the same importance on our regulatory submissions as we do. Our
reliance on third parties that we do not control will not relieve us of any applicable requirement to prepare, and ensure compliance
with, the various procedures requires under good clinical practices, or the submission of all information required in connection with
requested regulatory approvals. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or regulatory obligations or
meet expected deadlines if the third parties need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due
to their failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our studies may be extended,
delayed, suspended or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for our diagnostic products.
Even if we are able to obtain regulatory approval or clearance for our diagnostic products, we will continue to be subject to
ongoing and extensive regulatory requirements, and our failure to comply with these requirements could substantially harm our
business.
If we receive regulatory approval or clearance for our diagnostic products, we will be subject to ongoing FDA obligations and
continued regulatory oversight and review, such as compliance with QSRs, inspections by the FDA, continued adverse event and
malfunction reporting, corrections and removals reporting, registration and listing, and promotional restrictions, and we may also be
subject to additional FDA post-marketing obligations. If we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may not be permitted
to market our diagnostic products and/or may be subject to fines, injunctions, and civil penalties; recall or seizure of products;
operating restrictions; and criminal prosecution. In addition, we may be subject to similar regulatory compliance actions of foreign
jurisdictions.
If Medicare and other third-party payors in the United States and foreign countries do not approve coverage and adequate
reimbursement for our future clinical diagnostic tests enabled by our technology, the commercial success of our diagnostic
products would be compromised.
We plan to develop, obtain regulatory approval for and sell clinical diagnostics products for a number of different indications.
Successful commercialization of our clinical diagnostic products depends, in large part, on the availability of coverage and adequate
reimbursement for testing services using our diagnostic products from third-party payors, including government insurance plans,
managed care organizations and private insurance plans. There is significant uncertainty surrounding third-party coverage and
reimbursement for the use of tests that incorporate new technology, such as the HTG EdgeSeq system and related applications and
assays. Reimbursement rates have the potential to fluctuate depending on the region in which the testing is provided, the type of
facility or treatment center at which the testing is done, and the third-party payor responsible for payment. If our customers are unable
to obtain positive coverage decisions from third-party payors approving reimbursement for our tests at adequate levels, the
commercial success of our products would be compromised, and our revenue would be significantly limited. Even if we do obtain
favorable reimbursement for our tests, third-party payors may withdraw their coverage policies, review and adjust the rate of
41
reimbursement, require co-payments from patients or stop paying for our tests, which would reduce revenue for testing services based
on our technology and demand for our diagnostic products.
The American Medical Association Current Procedural Terminology (“CPT”) Editorial Panel created new CPT codes that could
be used by our customers to report testing for certain large-scale multianalyte genomic sequencing procedures (“GSPs”), including our
diagnostic products, if approved. Effective January 1, 2015, these codes allow for uniform reporting of broad genomic testing panels
using technology similar to ours. While these codes standardize reporting for these tests, coverage and payment rates for GSPs remain
uncertain and we cannot guarantee that coverage and reimbursement for these tests will be provided in the amounts we expect, or at
all. Initially, industry associations recommended that payment rates for GSPs be cross-walked to existing codes on the clinical
laboratory fee schedule. On October 27, 2014, Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) issued preliminary
determinations for 29 new molecular pathology codes, including the GSPs, of gapfill rather than crosswalking as recommended by the
Association for Molecular Pathology. This means that local private Medicare Administrative Contractors, such as Palmetto, Novidian,
Novitas and Cahaba, were instructed to determine the appropriate fee schedule amounts in the first year, and CMS calculated a
national payment rate based on the median of those local fee schedule amounts in the second year. This process may make it more
difficult for our customers to obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement for testing services using our diagnostic products. We
cannot assure that CMS and other third-party payors will establish reimbursement rates sufficient to cover the costs incurred by our
customers in using our clinical diagnostic products, if approved. On September 22, 2017, gapfill pricing was set for three CPT codes
which our customers may potentially utilize to obtain reimbursement, subject to regulatory limitations, for the use of our products.
CPTs 81445 and 81450, for the assessment of 5-50 genes in solid and liquid tumors, respectively, were set at $602 and $760,
respectively, and remains the same as of December 31, 2019. Additionally, CPT 81455 for the assessment of 51 or more genes in solid
and liquid tumors was set at $2,920.
Even if we are able to establish coverage and reimbursement codes for our clinical diagnostic products in development, we will
continue to be subject to significant pricing pressure, which could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and
prospects.
Third-party payors, including managed care organizations as well as government payors such as Medicare and Medicaid, have
increased their efforts to control the cost, utilization and delivery of healthcare services, which may include decreased coverage or
reduced reimbursement. From time to time, Congress has considered and implemented changes to the Medicare fee schedules in
conjunction with budgetary legislation, and pricing and payment terms, including the possible requirement of a patient co-payment for
Medicare beneficiaries for laboratory tests covered by Medicare, and are subject to change at any time. Reductions in the
reimbursement rate of third-party payors have occurred and may occur in the future. Reductions in the prices at which testing services
based on our technology are reimbursed in the future could result in pricing pressures and have a negative impact on our revenue. In
many countries outside of the United States, various coverage, pricing and reimbursement approvals are required. We expect that it
will take several years to establish broad coverage and reimbursement for testing services based on our products with payors in
countries outside of the United States, and our efforts may not be successful.
We may be subject, directly or indirectly, to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and other federal and state
healthcare laws applicable to our business and marketing practices. If we are unable to comply, or have not complied, with such
laws, we could face substantial penalties.
Our operations may be, and may continue to be, directly, or indirectly through our customers, subject to various federal and state
fraud and abuse laws, including, without limitation, the federal and state anti-kickback statutes, false claims statutes, civil monetary
penalties laws, patient data privacy and security laws, physician transparency laws and marketing compliance laws. These laws may
impact, among other things, our proposed sales and marketing and education programs.
42
The laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
The Federal Anti-kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving,
offering or paying any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly,
in cash or in-kind, to induce, or in return for, either the referral of an individual, or the purchase, lease, order or
recommendation of any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a
federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs; a person or entity does not need to have actual
knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation, rather, if one purpose of the
remuneration is to induce referrals, the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute is violated.
The federal physician self-referral prohibition, commonly known as the Stark Law, which prohibits, among other things,
physicians who have a financial relationship, including an investment, ownership or compensation relationship with an
entity, from referring Medicare and Medicaid patients to that entity for designated health services, which include clinical
laboratory services, unless an exception applies. Similarly, entities may not bill Medicare, Medicaid or any other party for
services furnished pursuant to a prohibited referral. Unlike the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the Stark Law is a strict
liability statute, meaning that all of the requirements of a Stark Law exception must be met in order to be compliant with
the law.
Federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the federal civil False Claims Act, and civil monetary penalties
laws, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented,
claims for payment or approval from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental third-party payors that are false or
fraudulent, knowingly making a false statement material to an obligation to pay or transmit money to the Federal
Government or knowingly concealing or knowingly and improperly avoiding or decreasing an obligation to pay money to
the Federal Government, which may apply to entities that provide coding and billing advice to customers; the Federal
Government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Federal Anti-Kickback
Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act.
HIPAA, which created additional federal civil and criminal statutes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or
attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent
pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any
healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private) and knowingly and willfully falsifying,
concealing, or covering up by any trick or device a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection
with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters; similar to the
Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the healthcare fraud statute or
specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation.
HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which impose requirements on covered
entities, which include certain healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses as well as their respective
business associates that perform services for them that involve the use, maintenance, or disclosure of individually
identifiable health information, relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health
information. In addition, the EU has established its own data security and privacy legal framework, including but not
limited to the recently adopted General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679 (“GDPR”), which contains new
provisions specifically directed at the processing of health information, higher sanctions and extra-territoriality measures
intended to bring non-EU companies under the regulation. Over time we may expand our business operations to include
additional operations in the EU. With such expansion, we would be subject to increased governmental regulation,
including the GDPR, in the EU countries in which we operate.
California recently enacted legislation that has been dubbed the first “GDPR-like” law in the United States. Known as the
California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), it creates new individual privacy rights for consumers (as that word is
broadly defined in the law) and places increased privacy and security obligations on entities handling personal data of
consumers or households. The CCPA requires covered companies to provide new disclosures to California consumers,
provides such consumers new ways to opt-out of certain sales of personal information, and allows for a new cause of
action for data breaches.
43
•
•
The Federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which require certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologicals and
medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program
(with certain exceptions) to report annually to CMS information related to payments or other transfers of value made to
physicians, as defined by such law, and teaching hospitals, as well as applicable manufacturers and group purchasing
organizations to report annually to CMS certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their
immediate family members.
State law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback, self-referral, and false claims laws which
may apply to our business practices, including but not limited to, research, distribution, sales and marketing arrangements
as well as submitting claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including
commercial insurers; state laws that require device companies to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance
guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the Federal Government that otherwise restricts
payments that may be made to healthcare providers; state laws that require device manufacturers to file reports with states
regarding marketing information, such as the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensations and other remuneration and
items of value provided to healthcare professionals and entities (compliance with such requirements may require
investment in infrastructure to ensure that tracking is performed properly, and some of these laws result in the public
disclosure of various types of payments and relationships, which could potentially have a negative effect on our business
and/or increase enforcement scrutiny of our activities); and state laws governing the privacy and security of health
information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways, with differing effects.
Promotional activities for FDA-regulated products have been the subject of significant enforcement actions brought under
healthcare reimbursement laws, fraud and abuse laws, and consumer protection statutes, among other theories. Advertising and
promotion of medical devices are also regulated by the Federal Trade Commission and by state regulatory and enforcement
authorities. In addition, under the Federal Lanham Act and similar state laws, competitors and others can initiate litigation relating to
advertising claims.
In addition, the approval and commercialization of any of our product candidates outside the United States will also likely
subject us to foreign equivalents of the healthcare laws mentioned above, among other foreign laws.
Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors available under
such laws, it is possible that some of our business activities, including our relationships with physicians and other health care
providers, and our evaluation, reagent rental and collaborative development agreements with customers, and sales and marketing
efforts could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws.
If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that
apply to us, we may be subject to significant penalties, including administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines,
imprisonment, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, contractual
damages, reputational harm, additional reporting requirements and/or oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity
agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, and the curtailment or restructuring of our
operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.
Our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, consultants, commercial partners and vendors may engage in
misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements.
We are exposed to the risk of fraud or other misconduct by our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators,
consultants, commercial partners and vendors. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless or negligent failures to,
among other things: (i) comply with the regulations of the FDA, CMS, the Department of Health and Human Services Office of
Inspector General (“OIG”) and other similar foreign regulatory bodies; (ii) provide true, complete and accurate information to the
FDA and other similar regulatory bodies; (iii) comply with manufacturing standards we have established; (iv) comply with healthcare
fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States and similar foreign fraudulent misconduct laws; or (v) report financial
information or data accurately, or disclose unauthorized activities to us. These laws may impact, among other things, our activities
with collaborators and key opinion leaders, as well as our sales, marketing and education programs. In particular, the promotion, sales,
marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent
fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing,
discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Such
misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical studies, which could result in
regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. We currently have a code of conduct applicable to all of our employees,
but it is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and our code of conduct and the other precautions we take to
detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses, or in protecting us from
44
governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such
actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a
significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages,
monetary fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal
healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, additional reporting
requirements and/or oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of
non-compliance with these laws, and curtailment of our operations. Any of these actions or investigations could result in substantial
costs to us, including legal fees, and divert the attention of management from operating our business.
Healthcare policy changes, including recently enacted legislation reforming the United States healthcare system, may have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
On April 1, 2014, the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014 (“PAMA”) was signed into law, which, among other things,
significantly altered the current payment methodology under the Medicare Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule (“CLFS”). Effective
January 1, 2018, the CLFS is based on weighted median private payor rates as required by PAMA. Under the law, starting January 1,
2016 and every three years thereafter (or annually in the case of advanced diagnostic lab tests), applicable clinical laboratories must report
laboratory test payment data for each Medicare-covered clinical diagnostic lab test that it furnishes. The most recent data collection
period was from January 1, 2019, through June 30, 2019 and was followed by a six-month validation period from July 1, 2019 through
December 31, 2019. Thereafter, applicable laboratories will report their data between January 1, 2020 and March 31, 2020. The
reported data must include the payment rate (reflecting all discounts, rebates, coupons and other price concessions) and the volume of
each test that was paid by each private payor (including health insurance issuers, group health plans, Medicare Advantage plans and
Medicaid managed care organizations). This data collection and data reporting cycle will be used to determine the CLFS payment rates
for 2021 through 2023. The payment rate applies to laboratory tests furnished by a hospital laboratory if the test is separately paid under
the hospital outpatient prospective payment system. It is still too early to predict the full impact on reimbursement for our products in
development.
Also under PAMA, CMS is required to adopt temporary billing codes to identify new tests and new advanced diagnostic
laboratory tests that have been cleared or approved by the FDA. For an existing test that is cleared or approved by the FDA and for
which Medicare payment is made as of April 1, 2014, CMS is required to assign a unique billing code if one has not already been
assigned by the agency. In addition to assigning the code, CMS was required to publicly report payment for the tests. We cannot
determine at this time the full impact of the law, including its implementing regulations, on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
The ACA made changes that significantly impacted the biopharmaceutical and medical device industries and clinical
laboratories. For example, the ACA imposes a multifactor productivity adjustment to the reimbursement rate paid under Medicare for
certain clinical diagnostic laboratory tests, which may reduce payment rates. These or any future proposed or mandated reductions in
payments may apply to some or all of the clinical laboratory tests that our diagnostics customers use our technology to deliver to
Medicare beneficiaries, and may reduce demand for our diagnostic products.
Other significant measures contained in the ACA include, for example, coordination and promotion of research on comparative
clinical effectiveness of different technologies and procedures, initiatives to revise Medicare payment methodologies, such as
bundling of payments across the continuum of care by providers and physicians, and initiatives to promote quality indicators in
payment methodologies. The ACA also includes significant new fraud and abuse measures, including required disclosures of financial
arrangements with physician customers, lower thresholds for violations and increasing potential penalties for such violations.
However, the future of the ACA is uncertain. There remain judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, as
well as efforts by the Trump administration to repeal or replace certain aspects of the ACA. As a result, there have been delays in the
implementation of, and action taken to repeal or replace, certain aspects of the ACA. Since January 2017, President Trump has signed
two Executive Orders and other directives designed to delay the implementation of certain provisions of the ACA or otherwise
circumvent some of the requirements for health insurance mandated by the ACA. Concurrently, Congress has considered legislation
that would repeal or repeal and replace all or part of the ACA. While Congress has not passed comprehensive repeal legislation, it has
enacted laws that modify certain provisions of the ACA. For example, the Tax Act includes a provision repealing, effective January 1,
2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health
coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate”. In addition, the 2020 federal spending
package permanently eliminated, effective January 1, 2020, the ACA-mandated medical device tax and “Cadillac” tax on high-cost
employer-sponsored health coverage and, effective January 1, 2021, also eliminates the health insurer tax. On December 14, 2018, a
Texas U.S. District Court Judge ruled that the ACA is unconstitutional in its entirety because the “individual mandate” was repealed
by Congress as part of the Tax Act. Additionally, on December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit upheld the
District Court ruling that the individual mandate was unconstitutional and remanded the case back to the District Court to determine
whether the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. It is unclear how this decision, future decisions, subsequent appeals,
45
and other efforts to repeal and replace ACA will impact ACA and our business. We continue to evaluate the effect that the ACA and
its possible repeal and replacement has on our business.
In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011, then-
President Obama signed into law the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, created the Joint Select Committee on
Deficit Reduction to recommend to Congress proposals in spending reductions. The Joint Select Committee did not achieve a targeted
deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several
government programs. This includes reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on
April 1, 2013, and, following the passage of other legislative amendments, including the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, will stay in
effect through 2029 unless additional Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, then-President Obama signed into law the
American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers,
including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to
recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.
Various healthcare reform proposals have also emerged from federal and state governments. Changes in healthcare law or
policy, such as the creation of broad test utilization limits for diagnostic products in general or requirements that Medicare patients
pay for portions of clinical laboratory tests or services received, could substantially impact the sales of our tests, increase costs and
divert management’s attention from our business. In addition, sales of our tests outside of the United States will subject us to foreign
regulatory requirements, which may also change over time.
We cannot predict whether future healthcare initiatives will be implemented at the federal or state level or in countries outside of
the United States in which we may do business, or the effect any future legislation or regulation will have on us. The full impact of the
ACA, as well as other laws and reform measures that may be proposed and adopted in the future, remains uncertain, but may continue
the downward pressure on medical device pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory
burdens and operating costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business operations.
Risks Related to Intellectual Property
If we are unable to protect our intellectual property effectively, our business will be harmed.
We rely on patent protection as well as trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property rights protection and
contractual restrictions to protect our proprietary technologies, all of which provide limited protection and may not adequately protect
our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. Our U.S. and foreign patent and patent application portfolio relates
to our nuclease-protection-based technologies as well as to lung cancer and melanoma and DLBCL biomarker panels discovered using
our nuclease-protection-based technology. We have exclusive or non-exclusive licenses to multiple U.S. and foreign patents and
patent applications covering technologies that we may elect to utilize in developing diagnostic tests for use on our HTG EdgeSeq
system. Those licensed patents and patent applications cover technologies related to the diagnosis of breast cancer and melanoma.
If we fail to protect our intellectual property, third parties may be able to compete more effectively against us and we may incur
substantial litigation costs in our attempts to recover or restrict use of our intellectual property.
We cannot assure investors that any of our currently pending or future patent applications will result in issued patents, and we
cannot predict how long it will take for such patents to be issued. Further, we cannot assure investors that other parties will not
challenge any patents issued to us or that courts or regulatory agencies will hold our patents to be valid or enforceable. We cannot
guarantee investors that we will be successful in defending challenges made against our patents. Any successful third-party challenge
to our patents could result in the unenforceability or invalidity of such patents.
The patent positions of life sciences companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for
which important legal principles remain unresolved. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in such companies’
patents has emerged to date in the United States. Furthermore, in the biotechnology field, courts frequently render opinions that may
adversely affect the patentability of certain inventions or discoveries, including opinions that may adversely affect the patentability of
methods for analyzing or comparing nucleic acids molecules, such as RNA or DNA.
46
The patent positions of companies engaged in development and commercialization of molecular diagnostic tests are particularly
uncertain. Various courts, including the U.S. Supreme Court, have recently rendered decisions that impact the scope of patentability of
certain inventions or discoveries relating to molecular diagnostics. Specifically, these decisions stand for the proposition that patent
claims that recite laws of nature (for example, the relationships between gene expression levels and the likelihood of risk of recurrence
of cancer) are not themselves patentable unless those patent claims have sufficient additional features that provide practical assurance
that the processes are genuine inventive applications of those laws rather than patent drafting efforts designed to monopolize the law
of nature itself. What constitutes a “sufficient” additional feature is uncertain. Accordingly, this evolving case law in the United States
may adversely impact our ability to obtain new patents and may facilitate third-party challenges to our existing owned and licensed
patents.
The laws of some non-U.S. countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United
States, and many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending such rights in foreign jurisdictions.
The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other
intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology, which could make it difficult for us to stop the
infringement of our patents. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert
our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.
Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States or other countries may diminish the
value of our intellectual property. We cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or in third-
party patents. For example:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
We might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by each of our patents and pending patent applications.
We might not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions.
Others may independently develop similar or alternative products and technologies or duplicate any of our products and
technologies.
It is possible that none of our pending patent applications will result in issued patents, and even if they issue as patents,
they may not provide a basis for commercially viable products, may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or
may be challenged and invalidated by third parties.
We may not develop additional proprietary products and technologies that are patentable.
The patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business.
We apply for patents covering our products and technologies and uses thereof, as we deem appropriate. However, we may
fail to apply for patents on important products and technologies in a timely fashion or at all.
In addition to pursuing patents on our technology, we take steps to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology
by entering into confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with our employees, consultants,
corporate partners and, when needed, our advisors. Such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful
protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the
agreements, and we may not be able to prevent such unauthorized disclosure. Monitoring unauthorized disclosure is difficult, and we
do not know whether the steps we have taken to prevent such disclosure are, or will be, adequate. If we were to enforce a claim that a
third-party had illegally obtained and was using our trade secrets, it would be expensive and time consuming, and the outcome would
be unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States may be less willing to protect trade secrets.
In addition, competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we
derive from our development efforts, willfully infringe our intellectual property rights, design around our protected technology or
develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside of our intellectual property rights. If our intellectual property is not
adequately protected so as to protect our market against competitors’ products and methods, our competitive position could be
adversely affected, as could our business.
We have not yet registered certain of our trademarks, including “HTG Edge,” “HTG EdgeSeq,” “VERI/O,” and “qNPA,” in all
of our potential markets. If we apply to register these trademarks, our applications may not be allowed for registration, and our
registered trademarks may not be maintained or enforced. In addition, opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our
trademark applications and registrations, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. If we do not secure registrations for
our trademarks, we may encounter more difficulty in enforcing them against third parties than we otherwise would.
47
To the extent our intellectual property, including licensed intellectual property, offers inadequate protection, or is found to be
invalid or unenforceable, we would be exposed to a greater risk of direct competition. If our intellectual property does not provide
adequate protection against our competitors’ products, our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business.
Both the patent application process and the process of managing patent disputes can be time consuming and expensive.
We may need to depend on certain technologies that are licensed to us. We do not control these technologies and any loss of our
rights to them could prevent us from selling some of our products.
We have entered into several license agreements with third parties for certain licensed technologies that are, or may become
relevant to the products we market, or plan to market. In addition, we may in the future elect to license third-party intellectual property
to further our business objectives and/or as needed for freedom to operate for our products. We do not and will not own the patents,
patent applications or other intellectual property rights that are a subject of these licenses. Our rights to use these technologies and
employ the inventions claimed in the licensed patents, patent applications and other intellectual property rights are or will be subject to
the continuation of and compliance with the terms of those licenses.
We might not be able to obtain licenses to technology or other intellectual property rights that we require. Even if such licenses
are obtainable, they may not be available at a reasonable cost or multiple licenses may be needed for the same product (e.g., stacked
royalties). We could therefore incur substantial costs related to royalty payments for licenses obtained from third parties, which could
negatively affect our margins. Further, we could encounter delays in product introductions, or interruptions in product sales, as we
develop alternative methods or products.
In some cases, we do not or may not control the prosecution, maintenance, or filing of the patents or patent applications to
which we hold licenses, or the enforcement of these patents against third parties. As a result, we cannot be certain that drafting or
prosecution of the licensed patents and patent applications by the licensors have been or will be conducted in compliance with
applicable laws and regulations or will result in valid and enforceable patents and other intellectual property rights.
Certain of the U.S. patent rights we own, have licensed or may license relate to technology that was developed with U.S.
government grants, in which case the U.S. government has certain rights in those inventions, including, among others, march-in
license rights. In addition, federal regulations impose certain domestic manufacturing requirements with respect to any products within
the scope of those U.S. patent claims.
We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patent or other proprietary rights, to determine the scope, coverage and
validity of others’ patent or other proprietary rights, or to defend against third-party claims of intellectual property infringement,
any of which could be time-intensive and costly and may adversely impact our business or stock price.
We may from time to time receive notices of claims of infringement and misappropriation or misuse of other parties’ proprietary
rights, including with respect to third-party trade secrets, infringement by us of third-party patents and trademarks or other rights, or
challenges to the validity or enforceability of our patents, trademarks or other rights. Some of these claims may lead to litigation. We
cannot assure investors that such actions will not be asserted or prosecuted against us or that we will prevail in any or all such actions.
Litigation may be necessary for us to enforce our patent and other proprietary rights or to determine the scope, coverage and
validity of the proprietary rights of others. The outcome of any litigation or other proceeding is inherently uncertain and might not be
favorable to us. In addition, any litigation that may be necessary in the future could result in substantial costs, even if we were to
prevail, and diversion of resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.
As we move into new markets and applications for our products, incumbent participants in such markets may assert their patents
and other proprietary rights against us as a means of slowing our entry into such markets or as a means to extract substantial license
and royalty payments from us. Our competitors and others may now and in the future have significantly larger and more mature patent
portfolios than we currently have. In addition, future litigation may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners
who have no relevant product revenue and against whom our own patents may provide little or no deterrence or protection. Therefore,
our commercial success may depend in part on our non-infringement of the patents or proprietary rights of third parties. Numerous
significant intellectual property issues have been litigated, and will likely continue to be litigated, between existing and new
participants in our existing and targeted markets and competitors may assert that our products infringe their intellectual property rights
as part of a business strategy to impede our successful entry into those markets. We have not conducted comprehensive freedom-to-
operate searches to determine whether the commercialization of our products or other business activities would infringe patents issued
to third parties. Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. In addition, our
competitors and others may have patents or may in the future obtain patents and claim that use of our products infringes these patents.
We could incur substantial costs and divert the attention of our management and technical personnel in defending against any of these
claims. Parties making claims against us may be able to obtain injunctive or other relief, which could block our ability to develop,
commercialize and sell products, and could result in the award of substantial damages against us. In the event of a successful claim of
48
infringement against us, we may be required to pay damages and obtain one or more licenses from third parties or be prohibited from
selling certain products. We may not be able to obtain these licenses at a reasonable cost, if at all. We could therefore incur substantial
costs related to royalty payments for licenses obtained from third parties, which could negatively affect our margins. In addition, we
could encounter delays in product introductions while we attempt to develop alternative methods or products to avoid infringing third-
party patents or proprietary rights. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any of these licenses on favorable terms could prevent us
from commercializing products, and the prohibition of sale of any of our products could materially affect our ability to grow and gain
market acceptance for our products.
Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is
a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, during
the course of this kind of litigation, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim
proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial
adverse effect on the price of our common stock.
In addition, our agreements with some of our suppliers, distributors, customers and other entities with whom we do business
require us to defend or indemnify these parties to the extent they become involved in infringement claims against us, including the
claims described above. We could also voluntarily agree to defend or indemnify third parties in instances where we are not obligated
to do so if we determine it would be important to our business relationships. If we are required or agree to defend or indemnify any of
these third parties in connection with any infringement claims, we could incur significant costs and expenses that could adversely
affect our business, operating results, or financial condition.
We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade
secrets of our employees’ former employers.
Many of our employees were previously employed at other medical diagnostic companies, including our competitors or
potential competitors. Although no claims against us are currently pending, we may be subject to claims that these employees or we
have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation
may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may
lose valuable intellectual property rights. A loss of key research personnel work product could hamper or prevent our ability to
commercialize certain potential products, which could severely harm our business. Even if we are successful in defending against
these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.
Our products contain third-party open source software components, and failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open
source software licenses could restrict our ability to sell our products.
Our products contain software tools licensed by third-party authors under “open source” licenses. Use and distribution of open
source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide
warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. Some open source licenses
contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the type of open
source software we use. If we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under
certain open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software to the public. This would allow our
competitors to create similar products with less development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of product sales.
Although we monitor our use of open source software to avoid subjecting our products to conditions we do not intend, the terms
of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a
way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. Moreover, we cannot
assure investors that our processes for controlling our use of open source software in our products will be effective. If we are held to
have breached the terms of an open source software license, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties to continue
offering our products on terms that are not economically feasible, to re-engineer our products, to discontinue the sale of our products if
re-engineering could not be accomplished on a timely basis, or to make generally available, in source code form, our proprietary code,
any of which could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.
49
We use third-party software that may be difficult to replace or cause errors or failures of our products that could lead to lost
customers or harm to our reputation.
We use software licensed from third parties in our products. In the future, this software may not be available to us on
commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this software could result in delays in the production of
our products until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated, which could
harm our business. In addition, any errors or defects in third-party software, or other third-party software failures could result in errors,
defects or cause our products to fail, which could harm our business and be costly to correct. Many of these providers attempt to
impose limitations on their liability for such errors, defects or failures, and if enforceable, we may have additional liability to our
customers or third-party providers that could harm our reputation and increase our operating costs.
We will need to maintain our relationships with third-party software providers and to obtain software from such providers that
do not contain any errors or defects. Any failure to do so could adversely impact our ability to deliver reliable products to our
customers and could harm our results of operations.
Risks Related to Being a Public Company
If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate consolidated financial statements on a
timely basis could be impaired.
We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of The
Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”). The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure
controls and procedures. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with US GAAP. We have
performed system and process evaluation and testing of our internal controls over financial reporting to allow management to report
annually on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
This has required and will require that we incur substantial professional fees and internal costs to augment our accounting and finance
functions and that we expend significant management efforts as we continue to make this assessment and ensure maintenance of
proper internal controls on an ongoing basis.
If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we fail to
establish and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to produce timely and
accurate consolidated financial statements, and our ability to accurately report our financial results could be adversely affected. If that
were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by Nasdaq, the
SEC or other regulatory authorities.
Changes or modifications in financial accounting standards, including those related to revenue recognition, may harm our results
of operations.
From time to time, the FASB, either alone or jointly with other organizations, promulgates new accounting principles that could
have an adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations or reported cash flows. For example, in May 2014, the FASB
issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and subsequently issued implementation guides (collectively, the
“New Revenue Standard”). The New Revenue Standard superseded nearly all previous revenue recognition guidance under US GAAP
and became effective for us beginning January 1, 2018. Our inability to adopt or implement any new accounting standard correctly, or
to update or modify our internal controls as needed, by the mandated adoption dates could adversely affect our financial reporting
obligations, corresponding regulatory compliance and/or investors’ confidence in us. Also, if we were to change our critical
accounting estimates, including those related to the recognition of collaboration revenue and other revenue sources, our operating
results could be significantly affected.
Complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies increases our costs and the demands on management and
could harm our operating results.
As a public company, we will continue to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. The Exchange Act requires,
among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. In addition,
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq, impose numerous requirements on public
companies, including corporate governance requirements. Our management and other personnel will need to continue to devote a
substantial amount of time to compliance with these laws and regulations. These requirements have resulted and will continue to result
in significant legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs and have made and will continue to make some activities more time
consuming and costly.
50
As an “emerging growth company,” we have availed ourselves of the exemption from the requirement that our independent
registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404.
However, we may no longer avail ourselves of this exemption when we cease to be an “emerging growth company.” When our
independent registered public accounting firm is required to undertake an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting,
the cost of our compliance with Section 404 will correspondingly increase. Our compliance with applicable provisions of Section 404
will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues as we
implement additional corporate governance practices and comply with reporting requirements. Moreover, if we are not able to comply
with the requirements of Section 404 applicable to us in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting
firm identifies deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price
of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which
would require additional financial and management resources.
Furthermore, investor perceptions of our company may suffer if deficiencies are found, and this could cause a decline in the
market price of our stock. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal control over financial reporting
could have a material adverse effect on our stated operating results and harm our reputation. If we are unable to implement these
requirements effectively or efficiently, it could harm our operations, financial reporting, or financial results and could result in an
adverse opinion on our internal controls from our independent registered public accounting firm.
We are an “emerging growth company,” and a “smaller reporting company” and any decision on our part to comply only with
certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies or smaller reporting companies
could make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012, and a “smaller reporting company,”
as defined in the Exchange Act, and for as long as we continue to be an “emerging growth company” or a “smaller reporting
company,” we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies
but not to “emerging growth companies” or “smaller reporting companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to have
our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 (for so long as
we are an “emerging growth company”), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and
proxy statements (for so long as we are an “emerging growth company” or a “smaller reporting company”), and exemptions from the
requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute
payments not previously approved (for so long as we are an “emerging growth company”). We will be an “emerging growth
company” until December 31, 2020. We will be a “smaller reporting company” until the market value of our common stock that is
held by non-affiliates exceeds $250.0 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. We
cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find
our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for
our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock
We expect that our stock price will fluctuate significantly.
The trading price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various
factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
actual or anticipated quarterly variation in our results of operations or the results of our competitors;
announcements by us or our competitors of new products, significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital
commitments;
failure to obtain or delays in obtaining product approvals or clearances from the FDA or foreign regulators;
adverse regulatory or coverage and reimbursement announcements;
issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations for our stock;
developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;
commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation;
market conditions in the life sciences and molecular diagnostics markets;
manufacturing disruptions;
any future sales of our common stock or other securities;
any change to the composition of our Board of Directors, executive officers or key personnel;
51
•
•
•
•
our failure to meet applicable Nasdaq listing standards and the possible delisting of our common stock from Nasdaq;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital
commitments;
general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets; and
the other factors described in this report under the caption “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Common Stock.”
The stock market in general, and market prices for the securities of health technology companies like ours in particular, have
from time to time experienced volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of the underlying companies.
These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating
performance. In several recent situations where the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted
securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders were to bring a lawsuit against
us, the defense and disposition of the lawsuit could be costly and divert the time and attention of our management and harm our
operating results.
In addition, to date our common stock has generally been sporadically and thinly traded. As a consequence, the trading of
relatively small quantities of our shares may disproportionately influence the price of our common stock in either direction. The price
for our common stock could decline precipitously if even a moderate amount of our common stock is sold on the market without
commensurate demand.
Future sales and issuances of our common stock or rights to purchase common stock, including pursuant to our equity incentive
plans, could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to fall.
We expect that significant additional capital will be needed in the future to continue our planned operations. We may sell
common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine
from time to time. If we sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in more than one transaction, investors
may be materially diluted by these and subsequent sales. New investors could also gain rights superior to our existing stockholders.
Pursuant to our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (“2014 Plan”) our Board of Directors is authorized to grant stock options and other
equity-based awards to our employees, directors and consultants. The number of shares available for future grant under the 2014 Plan
will automatically increase on January 1 of each year by 4% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on
December 31 of the preceding calendar year, subject to the ability of our board of directors to take action to reduce the size of the
increase in any given year. In addition, our Board of Directors approved the granting of rights to eligible employees to purchase shares
of our common stock pursuant to our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) beginning January 1, 2016. The number of shares
of our common stock reserved for issuance under the ESPP will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year by the
lesser of 1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year
and 195,000 shares, subject to the ability of our Board of Directors to take action to reduce the size of the increase in any given year.
Currently, we plan to register the increased number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan and ESPP each year.
Increases in the number of shares available for future grant or purchase may result in additional dilution, which could cause our stock
price to decline.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the perception that these sales might occur,
could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity
securities. We are unable to predict the effect that sales may have on the prevailing market price of our common stock.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse opinion about our
business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts
publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us issues an adverse opinion about our company, our stock
price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could
lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
52
If we are unable to continue to satisfy the applicable continued listing requirements of Nasdaq, our common stock could be
delisted.
Our common stock is currently listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HTGM.” In order to maintain this
listing, we must continue to satisfy minimum financial and other continued listing requirements and standards. There can be no
assurance that we will be able to continue to comply with the applicable listing standards. If we were not able to comply with
applicable listing standards, our shares of common stock would be subject to delisting. The delisting of our common stock from
trading on Nasdaq may have a material adverse effect on the market for, and liquidity and price of, our common stock and impair our
ability to raise capital. Delisting from Nasdaq could also have other negative results, including, without limitation, the potential loss of
confidence by customers and employees, the loss of institutional investor interest and fewer business development opportunities. In
the event that our common stock is delisted from Nasdaq and is not eligible for quotation or listing on another market or exchange,
trading of our common stock could be conducted only in the over-the-counter market or on an electronic bulletin board established for
unlisted securities such as the Pink Sheets or the OTC Bulletin Board. In such event, it could become more difficult to dispose of, or
obtain accurate price quotations for, our common stock, and there would likely also be a reduction in our coverage by securities
analysts and the news media, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline further.
We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.
We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future
earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends
for the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends is currently prohibited by the terms of our debt facility, and
any future debt financing arrangement may contain terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of dividends that may be declared or paid
on our common stock. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock.
Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could make
it more difficult for a third-party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders
or remove our current management.
Some provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an
acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders and may prevent attempts by our
stockholders to replace or remove our current management. These provisions include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may
be issued without stockholder approval;
limiting the removal of directors by the stockholders;
creating a staggered board of directors;
prohibiting stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our
stockholders;
eliminating the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders; and
establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters
that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings.
These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by
making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our Board of Directors, which is responsible for appointing the
members of our management. In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally
prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with an interested stockholder for a
period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless such transactions are
approved by our Board of Directors. This provision could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, whether or not
it is desired by or beneficial to our stockholders. Further, other provisions of Delaware law may also discourage, delay or prevent
someone from acquiring us or merging with us.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
53
Item 2. Properties.
Our corporate facilities are comprised of 30,100 square feet of administrative, laboratory and manufacturing spaces located in
Tucson, Arizona. We occupy these facilities pursuant to two separate leases. The first lease concerns 17,500 square feet housing our
administrative, manufacturing, and lab services facilities. The second lease concerns 12,600 square feet of space used for our research
and development facilities. We amended these leases in August 2015 to, among other things, align and extend the lease terms to expire
in January 2021. In connection with the first lease term extension the landlord agreed to perform certain capital improvements to
expand and improve the existing manufacturing facilities. In addition, we completed the expansion and improvement of our
administrative and research and development facilities, resulting in the capitalization of additional leasehold improvements in 2016,
which will be amortized over the remaining life of the lease. Base rent payable under the first lease is approximately $27,000 per
month, and base rent payable under the second lease is approximately $16,000 per month, in each case for the remaining terms of the
respective leases. The aggregate rents payable over the renewal term of the amended first lease represent an increase of $804,000, over
the prior term rental rates for a five-year period. The amended second lease specified no rent increase over the prior term and the
annual rent increases for the applicable space were eliminated.
In January 2019, we further amended the first lease to add approximately 7,000 square feet of additional administrative,
manufacturing and laboratory space, effective August 15, 2019, and continuing through expiration of the lease in January 2021. In
connection with this lease amendment, the landlord has agreed to fund certain leasehold improvements, of which approximately
$22,000 was incurred through December 31, 2019, which will be amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the leasehold
improvements or the remaining lease term. Base rent for the additional leased space will be approximately $6,800 per month,
excluding reimbursement of landlord funded improvements, commencing on the date of occupancy and extending through the
remaining term of the lease. Our landlord holds security deposits equal to a total of approximately $30,000. We expect to renew our
Tucson leases on or before their expiration on terms similar to the expiring leases.
We also lease 4,800 square feet of administrative and development laboratory space in San Carlos, California, which we took
occupancy on in April 2019. The initial term of this lease is 48 months, to expire in March 2023, with the option to extend the term for
an additional 12 months. Base rent payable under this lease increases approximately 3% per year over the term of the lease from
$21,600 per month in the first year to $23,616 per month in the final year of the lease, plus reimbursement of operating expenses to
the landlord. Our landlord also holds a security deposit of $50,000 for this facility.
We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our business requirements for the reasonably foreseeable future and
that additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if required.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
We are not engaged in any material legal proceedings. However, in the normal course of business, we may from time to time be
named as a party to legal claims, actions and complaints, including matters involving employment, intellectual property others.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
54
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Market Information
Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HTGM.” Trading of our common stock on The
Nasdaq Stock Market commenced on May 6, 2015 in connection with our initial public offering.
On March 2, 2020, the last reported sale price of our common stock was $0.55 per share.
Holders
As of March 2, 2020, there were approximately 151 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of stockholders
is greater than this number of record holders and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners but whose shares are held in street
name by brokers and other nominees.
Dividends
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We anticipate that we will retain all available funds
and any future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable
future. In addition, our term loan agreement materially restricts, and future debt instruments we issue may materially restrict, our
ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of the board of
directors after considering various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the
requirements of current or then-existing debt instruments and other factors the board of directors deems relevant.
Item 6. Selected Financial Data.
We are a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the
information otherwise required under this item.
55
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
You should read the following discussion and analysis together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes
included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements due to
various factors, including those set forth under the caption “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” All forward-looking statements included in this
Annual Report are based on information available to us as of the time we file this Annual Report and, except as required by law, we
undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements. In addition, statements that “we believe” and
similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to
us as of the date of this Annual Report, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such
information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive
inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain.
Overview
We are a commercial stage RNA platform-based life sciences company focused on advancing the promise of precision
medicine. Our product and service solutions are based on our proprietary next-generation HTG EdgeSeq technology that enables full
RNA profiling using a small amount of biological sample, in liquid or solid forms. Our menu of HTG EdgeSeq assays is automated on
our HTG EdgeSeq platform, which applies genomic sequencing tools that generate gene expression data in a timely manner utilizing a
simplified workflow for customers. We seek to leverage key business drivers in molecular profiling for biomarker analysis and
diagnostics, including the acceleration of precision medicine, the migration of molecular testing to NGS-based applications, the
movement to smaller and less invasive biopsies, the need for greater diagnostic sensitivity, the need to conform to challenging
healthcare economics and the need for automation and an easily deployable workflow, including simplified bioinformatics. For
example, these capabilities enable customers to extend the use of limited biological samples for retrospective analysis, gaining further
understanding of the molecular drivers of disease with the goal of developing biomarker-driven targeted therapies. We also believe
our HTG EdgeSeq technology can be used as a platform technology in clinical applications that will simplify, consolidate and reduce
the cost of NGS-based diagnostic workflows and in commercialized CDx tests.
Our products include instrumentation, consumables, including assay kits, and software that, as an integrated system, automate
sample processing and can quickly, robustly and simultaneously profile tens, hundreds or thousands of molecular targets from samples
a fraction of the size required by many prevailing technologies. Our objective is to establish our solutions as the standard in molecular
profiling, companion diagnostic development and molecular diagnostics, and to make their benefits accessible to all molecular labs
from research to the clinic. We believe that our target customers desire high quality molecular profiling information in a multiplexed
panel format from increasingly smaller and less invasive samples, with the ability to test and analyze such information locally to
minimize turnaround time and cost.
In 2014, we launched our HTG EdgeSeq technology, which generates a molecular profiling library for gene expression profiling
using NGS. Our HTG EdgeSeq assays are automated on our HTG EdgeSeq platform. Our innovative platform and menu of molecular
profiling panels are being utilized in two complimentary ways in advancing precision health. Biopharmaceutical companies and other
translational research centers utilize our technology to discover and validate biomarkers and develop molecular subtypes, which can
identify patient populations most likely to respond to certain therapies. In addition to purchasing our technology for use in customer
facilities, customers can also obtain the advantages of our proprietary technology through our service offerings. Pre-clinical services,
including custom assay development and sample processing services provided by our Tucson-based VERI/O laboratory, allow
customers the ability to more efficiently identify and validate biomarker signatures across their drug portfolios or patient cohorts. Our
ISO 13485 2016 quality system and diagnostic development teams also partner with biopharmaceutical company customers to
develop, manufacture and commercialize companion diagnostics. Although our initial focus is oncology, we offer customers a full
solution from biomarker discovery to deployment of CDx tests across all disease states. Utilizing NGS as our method of detection
provides our customers with the benefits of our highly multiplexed and extraction-free chemistry and the sensitivity and dynamic
range of the sequencers, providing a powerful value proposition and complete workflow.
We have two primary sources of revenue: product and product-related services revenue from the sale of research use only
(“RUO”) and CE/IVD marked profiling products, sample processing services and custom assay development services to
biopharmaceutical companies, academic research centers and molecular testing laboratories; and revenue from collaborative
development services for companion diagnostic development programs for biopharmaceutical companies.
Profiling product and product-related services revenue includes customer purchases of our HTG EdgeSeq instrument and related
assay kits, development of custom RUO assay kits for customers and the use of our HTG EdgeSeq instrument and RUO assay kits to
process samples on the customer’s behalf in our VERI/O laboratory. In addition, as of December 31, 2019, we sell two internally
developed proprietary CE/IVD marked assays, including our HTG EdgeSeq DLBCL Cell of Origin Assay EU and HTG EdgeSeq
ALKPlus Assay EU.
56
Collaborative development revenue relates to services performed using our HTG EdgeSeq proprietary technology to develop,
seek regulatory approval for and commercialize companion diagnostic assays for biopharmaceutical drug candidates and
corresponding therapeutics. Collaborative development services revenue generated to date has primarily related to three statements of
work entered into under our Governing Agreement with QML. In November 2019, we terminated the Governing Agreement, effective
immediately, as a result of QML’s material breach of the Governing Agreement, including QML’s failure to develop an IVD version
of its GeneReader. Our termination of the Governing Agreement did not terminate active statements of work under the Governing
Agreement. On future agreements, we may choose to develop companion diagnostic products independently or with a collaboration
partner.
Our business currently reflects a laboratory services and collaborative development services-oriented revenue model. However,
we anticipate that this will be a catalyst toward an emerging product-based strategy in the long-term as additions to our diagnostic
panel menu are expected to increase the demand for our instrument and consumables products in individual laboratories and customer
locations.
We have incurred significant losses since our inception, and we have never been profitable. We incurred net losses of $19.3
million and $16.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and had an accumulated deficit of
$170.3 million as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, we had available cash and cash equivalents totaling
approximately $7.6 million, investments in short-term available-for-sale securities totaling $25.4 million and had current liabilities of
approximately $8.9 million and long-term liabilities of approximately $12.3 million, primarily attributable to our MidCap Term Loan
and NuvoGen obligations. We believe that our existing resources will be sufficient to fund our planned operations for at least the next
12 months from the issuance of these consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. However, we cannot provide
assurances that our plans will not change or that changed circumstances will not result in the depletion of our capital resources more
rapidly than we currently anticipate.
Recent Developments
In January 2020, we received a European patent grant notification for our methods for subtyping diffuse large B-cell lymphoma,
effective October 2019. We were previously granted a patent for this technology in the United States in 2018. We also appeared in two
significant peer-reviewed publications, Cell and Nature. The total number of publications referencing our HTG EdgeSeq technology,
including these peer-reviewed publications is now over 140 as of December 31, 2019.
From January 1, 2020 through March 15, 2020, we sold 4,399,062 shares of our common stock under the 2019 ATM Offering
(see Note 14 with Cantor Fitzgerald at then-market prices for total gross proceeds of approximately $2.6 million. After deferred
offering costs and sales commissions owed in connection with the 2019 ATM Offering, our aggregate net proceeds through March 15,
2020 were approximately $2.5 million.
In February 2020, we entered into an Exchange and Purchase Agreement with certain accredited investors (the “Investors”)
pursuant to which we agreed to (i) issue to the Investors an aggregate of 41,100 shares of its newly designated Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Series A Preferred”), in exchange for the Investors surrendering for cancellation an
aggregate of 4,110,000 shares of its common stock (the “Exchange”) and (ii) sell and issue to the Investors an aggregate of 10,170
shares of Series A Preferred for an aggregate purchase price of $600,030, or $59.00 per share (the “Private Placement”), both of which
were completed prior to the end of February 2020.
In February 2020, we amended our MidCap Term Loan and MidCap Revolving Loan agreements to (i) extend the interest only
payments on the term loan advances by an additional 11 months, with principal on each term loan advance payable in 25 equal
monthly installments beginning March 1, 2021 until paid in full on March 1, 2023, with the ability to further extend the interest-only
period by an additional four months if we achieve a stated revenue milestone for the 12-month period ending on December 31, 2020;
(ii) permit the use of the $3.3 million of escrowed funds previously deposited by us for repayment of the QNAH Convertible Note,
subject to certain limitations; and (iii) to include a grant of a security interest in our intellectual property, effective as of the date of the
amendments.
In March 2020, we entered into a purchase agreement ("LP Purchase Agreement") with Lincoln Park Capital Fund, LLC
("Lincoln Park") pursuant to which, upon the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth therein, we have the right to
sell to Lincoln Park up to $20,000,000 of shares of our common stock (“Purchase Shares”) from time to time over the 36-month term
of the LP Purchase Agreement. The purchase price of the Purchase Shares will be based on recent closing prices of our common stock
at the time of sale. We issued Lincoln Park an aggregate of 615,384 shares of our common stock as consideration for their purchase
commitment pursuant to the LP Purchase Agreement.
57
Factors Affecting our Performance
We believe that our future results of operations are dependent on several additional factors discussed below. While each of these
areas present significant opportunities for us, they also pose significant risks and challenges that we must successfully address. See the
section entitled “Risk Factors” for further discussion of these risks.
Biopharmaceutical Biomarker and Companion Diagnostic Solutions
Biopharmaceutical companies are continually working to improve the efficacy of their drug development process and the safety
and efficacy of their drugs. We believe that our technology can support these initiatives by providing a seamless solution from
biomarker discovery to a commercialized companion diagnostic test that can be used to assist clinicians in confidently prescribing
these drugs to their patients. Our products and service solutions allow us to partner with our biopharmaceutical company customers to
identify molecular biomarkers that can help determine which patients are most likely to benefit from a particular drug, validate these
biomarkers in clinical trials and partner to commercialize the validated CDx assay. Customers can access our technology by
purchasing our platform and assays for their internal use or by engaging us to perform certain services, including molecular profiling
of respective cohorts in our VERI/O laboratory and development of custom RUO panels to support early stage clinical programs, IUO
assays for clinical trials or companion diagnostic assays for approved drugs. Our product and service solutions have provided us with
a growing number of early stage biomarker discovery programs and new opportunities to collaborate with biopharmaceutical
companies in their drug development programs. Our business model is structured to allow us to capture revenue at each stage of the
drug development lifecycle with the highest value in the form of a drug linked companion diagnostic as the ultimate objective.
Customer Adoption of HTG Technology
Today we believe the primary measures of adoption for our technology are the number of active programs in our
biopharmaceutical company customer pipeline, the number of total active customers and revenue growth relating to new and existing
customers. In the future, we expect increased sales of our products and services as we add new proprietary panels to our product menu
and as additional European customers adopt our existing assays or custom assays for use in clinical diagnostic testing. While our
current customer mix is dominated by biopharmaceutical company customers, we expect to see growth in clinical diagnostic labs as
we commercialize companion diagnostic assays from the collaborative development services programs and as biomarker strategies are
validated through our partnerships with key opinion leaders in Europe.
Our ability to increase instrument and consumable revenue depends on several factors, including (i) adoption of our
HTG EdgeSeq platforms by our customer base, including increasing market share for our proprietary panels for the research market;
(ii) the efforts of our sales and marketing teams to demonstrate the utility of our products and technology; (iii) our ability to develop
and market novel molecular profiling panels designed to meet customer needs, including unmet medical needs; (iv) our ability to
demonstrate the benefits of our products to key opinion leaders so they publish information supporting those benefits; (v) pricing and
reimbursement; (vi) our ability to expand the addressable market of our HTG EdgeSeq platform through the development of new
applications; (vii) our product capabilities compared with competition; and (viii) successful outcomes to our companion diagnostic
collaborations. Given the length of our sales cycle, we have experienced historically, we expect fluctuations in our instrument and
consumables sales on a period-to-period basis.
A key element of increasing adoption of our technology is our assay and panel menu available for use by our customers on the
HTG EdgeSeq. To sell additional instruments, grow our installed base and drive larger consumable annuities we must develop and
commercialize new assays and add to the utility of existing panels by expanding applications on our REVEAL software. Our
arrangements with biopharmaceutical companies are expected to generate new menu items in addition to our diagnostic development
strategies in immuno-oncology and next-generation pathology. We will remain focused on high quality instrument placements and
consumable pull through as the primary indicators of future commercial adoption and success in our business.
Timing and effectiveness of research and development expenses
Our spending on collaboration-based research and development may vary substantially from period to period due to the nature
and timing of biopharmaceutical company drug development processes and the development effort involved in reaching key
milestones under our companion diagnostic development agreements. Costs from our collaborative development services programs,
including but not limited to the quantity of HTG EdgeSeq assay kits and instruments, third-party sequencing equipment and third-
party or internal labor required to complete development milestones, all of which are expensed to research and development expense
in our consolidated statements of operations, can vary significantly from one development stage to the next. Expenses associated with
our ongoing proprietary product research and development efforts are carefully managed and are standardized under our stage-gate-
based new product development methodology. Program progress and priorities are assessed by time, quality and adherence to
budgetary metrics at each phase of the product development.
58
Potential Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic
Significant uncertainty remains as to the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations, and on the global
economy as a whole. However, we believe it is likely that the COVID-19 pandemic will have a negative impact on our product and
product-related services revenue and collaborative development services revenue in 2020. We believe this negative impact will be
primarily demand-side driven as our customers experience disruptions in their own businesses from the pandemic. However, it is
possible that the COVID-19 pandemic will also impact our workforce, supply chains or distribution networks or otherwise impact our
ability to conduct sample processing services and custom assay development services and our ability to provide collaborative
development services for companion diagnostic development programs.
Financial Operations Overview and Consolidated Results of Operations
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
Change
$
%
Revenue:
Product and product-related services
Collaborative development services
Total revenue
Operating expenses:
Cost of product and product-related services revenue
Selling, general and administrative
Research and development
Total operating expenses
Operating loss
Loss on extinguishment of Growth Term Loan
Interest income (expense)
$ 14,632,204 $ 9,121,390 $ 5,510,814
(7,810,820)
(2,300,006)
4,571,684 12,382,504
19,203,888 21,503,894
8,911,372
5,090,475
18,682,396 19,974,616
10,570,225 12,598,034
38,163,993 37,663,125
(18,960,105) (16,159,231)
(105,064)
(186,097)
—
(334,180)
3,820,897
(1,292,220)
(2,027,809)
500,868
(2,800,874)
105,064
(148,083)
60%
(63%)
(11%)
75%
(6%)
(16%)
1%
17%
(100%)
80%
Net loss before income taxes
$(19,294,285) $(16,450,392)
$ (2,843,893)
17%
Revenue
We generate revenue from two primary sources: product and product-related services revenue from the sale of RUO and
CE/IVD marked profiling products, sample processing services and custom assay development services to biopharmaceutical
companies, academic research centers and molecular testing laboratories; and revenue from collaborative development services for
biopharmaceutical companies under our companion diagnostic development programs.
RUO profiling is currently made available to our customers through product sales and service offerings. Customers can purchase
our HTG EdgeSeq instrument and related consumables, which consist primarily of our proprietary molecular profiling panels and
other assay components. Customers can also access our technology through contracted services. We perform these services using our
HTG EdgeSeq instruments and RUO consumables to process samples in our VERI/O laboratory. Our proprietary technology is also
used to develop custom RUO panels which are expected to generate future sample processing or RUO consumables revenue.
Collaborative development services revenue generated to date has primarily related to three statements of work entered into
under our Governing Agreement with QML. Under these agreements, we and QML combined our technological and commercial
strengths to offer biopharmaceutical companies a complete NGS-based solution for the development, manufacture and
commercialization of companion diagnostic assays in support of and in conjunction with, biopharmaceutical companies’ drug
development programs.
Total revenue decreased by 11% to $19.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared with total revenue of $21.5
million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in total revenue was driven by the decrease of revenue generated from
collaborative development services relating to our Governing Agreement, as existing programs reached biopharmaceutical company
partner decision points and no new collaborative development programs were entered into in 2019. This decrease was substantially
offset by increased product and product-related services profiling revenue compared with 2018, driven by the demand for our RUO
service offerings as a result of the expansion of our RUO assay menu and the continued strengthening of relationships with key
biopharmaceutical company customers.
59
Product and product-related services revenue
Product and product-related services revenue, which includes biomarker profiling revenue generated through the sale of our
HTG EdgeSeq instruments and consumables and from services performed for customers in our VERI/O laboratory using our
proprietary RUO technology, increased $5.5 million to $14.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared with $9.1
million for the year ended December 31, 2018, and was comprised of the following:
Product revenue:
Instruments
Consumables
Total product revenue
Product-related services revenue:
Custom RUO assay design
RUO sample processing
Total product-related services revenue
Total product and product-related services revenue
Years Ended December 31,
Change
2019
2018
$
%
$
$
1,436,730 $351,885
3,010,094 1,964,499
4,446,824 $2,316,384
$ 1,084,845
1,045,595
$ 2,130,440
4,498,088
964,241
5,687,292 5,840,765
10,185,380 6,805,006
14,632,204 $9,121,390
3,533,847
(153,473)
3,380,374
$ 5,510,814
$
308%
53%
92%
366%
(3%)
50%
60%
Product revenue generated from the sale of our HTG EdgeSeq instruments and RUO and CE/IVD assay kits increased 92% to
$4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared with $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, and
represented 23% and 11% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The increase in product
revenue in 2019 compared with 2018 is attributable to increased sale of our instruments and consumables as a result of the expansion
of the menu of profiling assays that is available for purchase by the increasing number of customers who have adopted our technology
in the United States and Europe.
Service revenue, consisting of sample processing using our HTG EdgeSeq instruments and consumables in our VERI/O
laboratory and custom RUO assay development, increased by $3.4 million to $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019
compared with $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, and represented 53% and 32% of our total revenue for the years
ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The increase in service revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared
with 2018 primarily reflects an increase in the development of custom RUO panels which are expected to generate future sample
processing, collaborative development services or RUO consumables revenue.
Collaborative development services revenue
Collaborative development services revenue includes services performed on biopharmaceutical company companion diagnostic
development programs using our HTG EdgeSeq proprietary technology to develop, validate in clinical trials, seek regulatory
approvals for and commercialize CDx assays for biopharmaceutical company therapeutics. Collaborative development services
revenue, consisting of precision diagnostic program services performed for biopharmaceutical companies pursuant to our Governing
Agreement with QML, decreased $7.8 million to approximately $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared with
approximately $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, and represented 24% and 58% of our total revenue for the years
ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Collaborative development services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019
included approximately $3.2 million of monthly development fees and $1.4 million of profit-sharing payments. Collaborative
development services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 included approximately $10.2 million of monthly development
fees and $2.2 million of profit-sharing payments. This variability is reflective of the number of active programs in each of these
periods, the amount and timing of work to be performed under each program, the timing and number of development deliverables and
the timing and amount of any profit-sharing payments under these agreements. Given these factors, we expect there to continue to be
significant variability in the timing and amount of collaborative development services revenue recognized from one fiscal period to the
next. No new collaborative development services programs were entered into in 2019 and our existing programs are awaiting
additional activity based on customer decision points. As a result, we currently do not anticipate significant revenue from collaborative
development services programs in 2020.
Cost of product and product-related services revenue
Cost of product and product-related services revenue includes product-related and services-related costs. Product-related costs
include the aggregate costs incurred in manufacturing, delivering, installing and servicing instruments and consumables. The
components of our product-related costs of revenue include consumables and lab supplies, subcomponent and servicing costs,
manufacturing costs incurred internally (which include direct labor costs), and equipment and infrastructure expenses associated with
the manufacturing and distribution of our products. Due to the fixed nature of certain of these expenses, such as overhead, equipment
and infrastructure, associated with our regulated industry and our expectations for further growth in customer demand, we expect our
cost of product and product-related services revenue as a percentage to decrease over time as we increase product and product-related
services revenue, further absorbing these fixed costs.
60
Cost of product and product-related services revenue increased by 75% to $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019
compared with $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This overall increase reflects the increase in product and
product-related services revenue in 2019 compared with 2018. The increase in cost of product and product-related services revenue as
a percentage of product and product-related services revenue is primarily the result of low margin subcontracted laboratory services
relating to two large ongoing biopharmaceutical company customer programs for which the related revenue is in product-related
services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019. While we do not anticipate recurrence of these significant levels of
subcontracted laboratory services in future periods, we expect we might need to contract these services for biopharmaceutical
company programs from time to time in support of the overall development of custom assays.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for our sales and marketing, regulatory, legal,
executive management and finance and accounting functions. The expenses also include third-party professional and consulting fees
incurred by these functions, promotional expenses and facility and overhead costs for our administrative offices. Selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased by $1.3 million to $18.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared with $20.0
million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in our selling, general and administrative expenses are primarily due to
executive officers’ restricted stock grants that resulted in approximately $1.0 million of additional non-cash, stock-based
compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2018.
Research and development expenses
Research and development expenses represent amounts incurred to perform collaborative development services, costs to
develop new proprietary panels and corresponding assays and costs to continue to develop and improve our HTG EdgeSeq platform.
These expenses include payroll and related expenses, consulting expenses, laboratory supplies, facilities and equipment. Research and
development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses decreased by $2.0 million to $10.6 million for the
year ended December 31, 2019 compared with $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This decrease is primarily due to
the decrease in collaborative development costs associated with biopharmaceutical customer companion diagnostic development
programs, which costs are included in research and development expense in our consolidated statements of operations as the contracts
are accounted for under the FASB’s guidance for collaborative arrangements. Research and development costs relating to our
collaborative development services revenue were approximately $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared with
$8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. We expect research and development costs to continue to increase in 2020 as we
progress toward key milestones in the development of our whole transcriptome assay being developed in our California laboratory and
continue to build new applications to add to the utility of our existing proprietary panels.
Interest income (expense)
As of December 31, 2019, we had an obligation due to NuvoGen in the amount of $5.7 million under an asset purchase
agreement, a MidCap Term Loan obligation of $6.9 million, net of discount and deferred financing costs and a $3.0 million
convertible debt liability to QNAH. Interest expense and non-cash interest expense recognized for discount, deferred financing fee
amortization and final fee premium amounts relating to these obligations increased to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31,
2019 as compared with $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Interest income included in interest income (expense)
decreased by $92,368 to $623,355 for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared with $715,723 for the year ended December 31,
2018 primarily as a result of available-for-sale securities investments made with the net proceeds from our January 2018 underwritten
public offering with Leerink Partners LLC and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (“Cantor”) used to fund operations throughout 2019.
Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
The following table summarizes the primary sources and uses of cash for each of the periods presented:
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities
Effect of exchange rate on cash
(Decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
Change
$
%
$
$
(16,695,936) $ (13,173,918)
(3,522,018) 27%
(3,504,384) (23,220,435) 19,716,051 (85%)
19,391,804 38,129,745 (18,737,941) (49%)
(1,145)
(3,191) 279%
1,734,247
(2,547,099) (147%)
(4,336)
(812,852) $
61
Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased by $3.5 million to $16.7 million compared
with $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase for the year ended December 31, 2019 reflected (i) the net
loss of $19.3 million and (ii) net non-cash items of $3.1 million, consisting primarily of stock-based compensation of $1.2 million and
depreciation and amortization of $1.3 million.
Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $13.2 million and reflected (i) the net loss of
$16.5 million and (ii) net non-cash items of $3.3 million, consisting primarily of stock-based compensation of $1.9 million and
depreciation and amortization of $1.5 million.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $19.7 million to $3.5 million compared
with $23.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019
consisted primarily of purchases of available-for-sale securities of $34.6 million, partially offset by the maturity of $32.2 million of
the available-for-sale securities and the purchase of $1.1 million of laboratory equipment for our California-based technology center
and other fixed assets during the year.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $23.2 million and consisted primarily of
purchases of available-for-sale securities of $54.0 million with proceeds received from our underwritten public offering in January
2018, partially offset by the maturity of $31.7 million of the available-for-sale securities and the purchase of $0.9 million of tooling
used in manufacturing, furniture and equipment for our new applications laboratory in France and other fixed assets during the year.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased by $18.7 million to $19.4 million
compared with $38.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This activity for the year ended December 31, 2019 consisted
primarily of $20.8 million in net proceeds from our 2019 underwritten public and private offerings with Cantor and $1.3 million in
payments on our NuvoGen obligation.
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $38.1 million and consisted primarily of
$37.7 million in net proceeds from our underwritten public offering in January 2018, $6.6 million in net proceeds from our MidCap
Term Loan in March 2018, and $0.6 million in net proceeds from an at-the-market offering of our common stock through our 2017
Controlled Equity Offering Sales Agreement with Cantor, partially offset by $6.0 million in payments on our Growth Term Loan
balance and $1.0 million in payments on our NuvoGen obligation.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Since our inception, our operations have primarily been financed through the issuance of our common stock, redeemable
convertible preferred stock, the incurrence of debt and cash received from product sales, services revenue and other income. As of
December 31, 2019, we had $33.0 million in cash, cash equivalents and investments in short-term available-for-sale securities, and
$17.0 million of liabilities outstanding relating to our MidCap Term Loan, NuvoGen and QNAH Convertible Note obligations and our
financing and operating leases.
In March 2018, we entered into the MidCap Term Loan and the Midcap Revolving Loan with MidCap Financial Trust, as agent.
The MidCap Term Loan provides a secured term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $20.0 million. We borrowed
the first advance of $7.0 million in March 2018. Under the terms of the MidCap Term Loan, the second advance of $13.0 million was
to be available to us on or before September 30, 2019, subject to the Company’s satisfaction of certain conditions described in the
MidCap Term Loan. As the Company did not satisfy these conditions, MidCap Tranche 2 was not made available to the Company for
borrowing. All obligations under the Growth Term Loan were terminated and all outstanding amounts and fees due under the Growth
Term Loan were repaid with proceeds from the MidCap Term Loan in March 2018. Amounts outstanding under the MidCap Term
Loan bear interest at a floating rate equal to 7.25% per annum, plus the greater of (i) 1.25% or (ii) the one-month LIBOR. With the
amendment of the MidCap Revolving Loan and the MidCap Term Loan in February 2020, principal on each term loan advance is
payable in 25 equal monthly installments beginning March 1, 2021 until paid in full on March 1, 2023. If we achieve a stated revenue
milestone for the 12-month period ending on December 31, 2020, the interest-only period will be further extended by an additional
four months, with principal on each term loan advance then payable in 21 equal monthly installments beginning July 1, 2021 until
paid in full on March 1, 2023. The proceeds remaining from the March 2018 MidCap Term Loan funding are expected to be used for
working capital and general corporate purposes.
62
LIBOR is currently scheduled to be phased out in 2021. Before LIBOR is phased out, we expect to modify the MidCap Credit
Facility to replace LIBOR with a new reference rate, which has yet to be established. The consequences of these developments cannot
be entirely predicted but might result in higher interest rates on our borrowings under the MidCap Credit Facility.
The MidCap Revolving Loan provides a secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $2.0 million.
We may request an increase in the total commitments under the MidCap Revolving Loan by up to an additional $8.0 million, subject
to agent and lender approval and the satisfaction of certain conditions. Availability of the revolving credit facility under the MidCap
Revolving Loan will be based upon a borrowing base formula and periodic borrowing base certifications valuing certain of our
accounts receivable and inventory, as reduced by certain reserves, if any. Though the MidCap Revolving Loan was made available
upon our establishment of certain lockbox arrangements in June 2018, there were no amounts outstanding under the MidCap
Revolving Loan as of December 31, 2019. The proceeds of any loans under the MidCap Revolving Loan may be used for working
capital and general corporate purposes.
In September 2019, we completed an underwritten public offering in which we sold 29,298,537 shares of our common stock at a
price of $0.65 per share, including 3,821,548 shares sold pursuant to the exercise in full of the underwriter’s option to purchase
additional shares. The shares of common stock described above were offered pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File
No. 333-229045) previously filed with the SEC and declared effective by the SEC on February 11, 2019, and a prospectus supplement
thereafter. In addition, we concurrently entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain institutional accredited investors for
the sale of 5,411,687 pre-funded warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 5,411,687 shares of common stock, at a purchase price of
$0.64 per pre-funded warrant. The aggregate net proceeds from these offerings were approximately $20.8 million, after deducting the
underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.
In March 2020, we entered into a purchase agreement ("LP Purchase Agreement") with Lincoln Park Capital Fund, LLC
("Lincoln Park") pursuant to which, upon the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth therein, we have the right to
sell to Lincoln Park up to $20,000,000 of shares of our common stock (“Purchase Shares”) from time to time over the 36-month term
of the LP Purchase Agreement. The purchase price of the Purchase Shares will be based on recent closing prices of our common stock
at the time of sale. We issued Lincoln Park an aggregate of 615,384 shares of our common stock as consideration for their purchase
commitment pursuant to the LP Purchase Agreement.
Funding Requirements
We have had recurring operating losses and negative cash flows from operations since our inception and have an accumulated
deficit of approximately $170.3 million as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, we had cash, cash equivalents and
investments in short-term available-for-sale securities of approximately $33.0 million and had current liabilities of approximately $8.9
million. As of December 31, 2019, we also had $12.3 million in long-term liabilities primarily attributable to our MidCap Term Loan
and NuvoGen obligations. We believe that our existing resources will be sufficient to fund our planned operations and expenditures
for at least the next 12 months from the issuance of these consolidated financial statements. However, we cannot provide assurances
that our plans will not change or that changed circumstances will not result in the depletion of our capital resources more rapidly than
we currently anticipate.
Until our revenue reaches a level sufficient to support self-sustaining cash flows, if ever, we may need to raise additional capital
to fund our continued operations, including our product development and commercialization activities related to our current and future
products. Future funding requirements will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to generate significant revenue, our
ability to repay our debt obligations as they become due, the cost and timing of establishing additional sales, marketing and
distribution capabilities, the ongoing cost of research and development activities, the cost and timing of regulatory clearances and
approvals, the effect of competing technology and market developments, the nature and timing of companion diagnostic development
collaborations we may establish and the successful commercialization of clinical diagnostic products developed and approved as a
result of such collaborations and the extent to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products and technologies.
Additional capital may not be available at such times or in amounts needed by us. Even if sufficient capital is available to us, it
might be available only on unfavorable terms. If we are unable to raise additional capital in the future when required and insufficient
amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to delay, scale back or discontinue one or more product development programs,
curtail our commercialization activities, significantly reduce expenses, sell assets (potentially at a discount to their fair value or
carrying value), enter into relationships with third parties to develop or commercialize products or technologies that we otherwise
would have sought to develop or commercialize independently, cease operations altogether, pursue an acquisition of our company at a
price that may result in a significant loss on investment to our stockholders, file for bankruptcy, seek other protection from creditors,
or liquidate all of our assets. In addition, if we default under our MidCap Term Loan agreement, our lenders could foreclose on our
assets, including some of our cash and cash equivalents which are held in accounts with other financial institutions.
63
Contractual Obligations
We are a “smaller reporting company” as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the
information otherwise required under this item.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined by applicable SEC regulations.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
For a summary of recent accounting pronouncements applicable to our consolidated financial statements, see “Note 2. Basis of
Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates
Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated
financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in
conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported
amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Items subject to estimates based on judgments include, but are not
limited to: revenue recognition, fair value measurements, stock-based compensation expense, the value of our lease and warrant
liabilities, the resolution of uncertain tax positions, income tax valuation allowances and reserves, recovery of long-lived assets and
provisions for doubtful accounts, inventory obsolescence and inventory valuation. Actual results could differ from these estimates and
such differences could affect the results of operations in future periods.
Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized when, or as, we satisfy our performance obligations by delivering the
promised goods or service deliverables to our customers. A good or service deliverable is transferred to a customer when, or as, the
customer obtains control of that good or service deliverable. A performance obligation may be satisfied over time or at a point in time.
Revenue from a performance obligation satisfied over time is recognized by measuring our progress in satisfying the performance
obligation in a manner that depicts the transfer of the goods or services to the customer. Revenue from a performance obligation
satisfied at a point in time is recognized at the point in time that we determine the customer obtains control over the promised good or
service deliverable. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those
promised goods or services (i.e., the “transaction price”). In determining the transaction price, we consider multiple factors, including
the effects of variable consideration. Variable consideration is included in the transaction price only to the extent it is probable that a
significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainties with respect to the amount
are resolved. In determining when to include variable consideration in the transaction price, we consider the range of possible
outcomes, the predictive value of its past experiences, the time period of when uncertainties expect to be resolved and the amount of
consideration that is susceptible to factors outside of our influence, such as the judgment and actions of third parties.
For contracts where the period between when we transfer a promised good or service to the customer and when the customer
pays is one year or less, we have elected the practical expedient to not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a
significant financing component.
We have made a policy election to exclude from the measurement of the transaction price all taxes assessed by a government
authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue producing transaction and collected from a customer. Such
taxes may include but are not limited to sales, use, value added and certain excise taxes.
Product and Product-related Services Revenue
Sale of instruments and consumables
The delivery of each instrument and related installation and calibration are considered to be a single performance obligation, as
the HTG EdgeSeq instrument must be professionally installed and calibrated prior to use. Instrument product revenue is generally
recognized upon installation and calibration of the instrument by field service engineers, which represents the point at which the
customer has the ability to use the instrument and has accepted the asset. Installation generally occurs within one month of instrument
shipment.
64
The delivery of each consumable is a separate performance obligation. Consumables revenue is recognized upon transfer of
control, which represents the point when the customer has legal title and the significant risks of ownership of the asset. Our standard
terms and conditions provide that no right of return exists for instruments and consumables, unless replacement is necessary due to
delivery of defective or damaged product. Customer payment terms vary but are typically between 30 and 90 days of revenue being
earned from shipment or delivery, as applicable.
Shipping and handling fees charged to customers for instruments shipped are included in the accompanying consolidated
statements of operations as part of product and product-related services revenue. Shipping and handling costs for products shipped to
customers are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as part of cost of product and product-related
services revenue.
For sales of consumables in the United States, standard delivery terms are FOB shipping point, unless otherwise specified in the
customer contract, reflecting transfer of control to the customer upon shipment. Standard delivery terms for sales to customers outside
of the United States are FOB delivery point, unless otherwise specified in the customer contract. We have elected the practical
expedient to account for shipping and handling as activities to fulfill the promise to transfer the consumables.
We provide instruments to certain customers under reagent rental agreements. Under these agreements, an instrument is
installed in the customer’s facility without a fee and the customer agrees to purchase consumable products at a stated price over the
term of the agreement; in some instances, the agreements do not contain a minimum purchase requirement. Terms range from several
months to multiple years and may automatically renew in several month or multiple year increments unless either party notifies the
other in advance that the agreement will not renew. We measure progress toward complete satisfaction of this performance obligation
to provide the instrument and deliver the consumables using an output method based on the number of consumables delivered in
relation to the total consumables to be provided under the reagent rental agreement. This is considered to be representative of the
delivery of outputs under the arrangement and the best measure of progress because the customer benefits from the instrument only in
conjunction with the consumables. We expect to recover the cost of the instrument under the agreement through the fees charged for
consumables, to the extent sold, over the term of the agreement.
In reagent rental agreements, we retain title to the instrument and title is transferred to the customer at no additional charge at
the conclusion of the initial arrangement. The cost of the instrument is amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the
arrangement, unless there is no minimum consumable product purchase, in which case the instrument would be expensed as cost of
product and product-related services revenue upon installation. Cost to maintain the instrument while we hold title is charged to
selling, general and administrative expense as incurred.
Service revenue
Sample Processing Services
We also provide sample preparation and processing services and molecular profiling of retrospective cohorts for its customers
through its VERI/O laboratory, whereby the customer provides samples to be processed using HTG EdgeSeq technology specified in
the order. Customers are charged a per sample fee for sample processing services which is recognized as revenue upon delivery of a
data file to the customer showing the results of testing and completing delivery of the agreed upon service. This is when the customer
can use and benefit from the results of testing and we have the present right to payment.
Custom RUO Assay Development
We enter into custom RUO assay design agreements that may generate up-front fees and subsequent payments that might be
earned upon completion of design process phases. Progress is measured toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation to
perform custom RUO assay design using an output method based on the costs incurred to date compared to total expected costs, as
this is representative of the delivery of outputs under the arrangements and the best measure of progress. However, because in most
instances the assay development fees are contingent upon completion of each phase of the design project and the decision of the
customer to proceed to the next phase, the amount to be included in the transaction price and recognized as revenue is limited to that
which the customer is contractually obligated to pay upon completion of that phase, which is when it is probable that a significant
reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. Changes in estimates of total expected costs are accounted for
prospectively as a change in estimate. From period to period, custom RUO assay design service revenue can fluctuate substantially
based on the completion of design-related phases.
65
Collaborative Development Services
We follow ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and ASC 808, Collaborative Arrangements to determine the
appropriate recognition of revenue under our collaborative research, development and commercialization agreements that contain
multiple elements. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, collaborative development services revenue was generated from
our Governing Agreement with QML. We have determined that SOW One, SOW Two and SOW Three under the Governing
Agreement are collaborative arrangements and that QML meets the definition of a customer under ASC 606. Additionally, each SOW
is a separate contract with a single performance obligation to provide development services. Under each SOW, QML pays a monthly
fee for development work performed by us and our subcontractors. The monthly fee is based on the employee and materials costs
incurred during the month, which is subject to significant variability from period to period and unknown until the costs are incurred.
Therefore, the monthly fee, which is based on use of hours and costs as a measure of progress, is included in the transaction price and
recognized as revenue over time when the costs are incurred and the monthly fee is billed to QML. As we have the right to
consideration from the customer in an amount that corresponds directly to the value to the customer of our performance completed to
date, we recognize revenue in the amount to which we have the right to invoice. It is at this time that it is probable that a significant
reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. We also share any net profits resulting from performance of
the development work with QML as determined pursuant to the Governing Agreement. Such profit-sharing payment(s) is deemed to
be variable consideration using the expected value method and is included in the transaction price upon completion of the respective
SOW deliverables, acceptance of corresponding deliverables, and the mutual agreement by both parties on the calculation of net
profit, which is when it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur.
Because each SOW has an expected duration of one year or less, we have elected the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-50-
14(a) to not disclose information about its remaining performance obligations for each SOW.
Fair Value Measurements
We establish the fair value of all of our financial assets and liabilities, which are recognized and disclosed at fair value in the
consolidated financial statements, using the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a financial liability in an
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A fair value hierarchy is used to measure fair value. The
three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
Level 2 – Pricing inputs are based on quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or
similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value
drivers are observable in active markets.
Level 3 – Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are
unobservable and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment.
Our portfolio of securities comprises U.S. Treasuries and high credit quality corporate debt securities classified as available-for-
sale securities.
Inventory Valuation
Inventory consists of raw materials and finished goods which are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or net realizable
value. We reserve or write down inventory for estimated obsolescence, inventory in excess of reasonably expected near term sales or
unmarketable inventory, in an amount equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value, based
upon assumption about future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected,
additional inventory adjustments may be required. Inventory impairment charges establish a new cost basis for inventory and charges
are not reversed subsequently to income, even if circumstances later suggest that increased carrying amounts are recoverable.
Leases
Effective January 1, 2019, we account for our leases under ASC 842, Leases (“ASC 842”). Under this guidance, arrangements
meeting the definition of a lease are classified as operating or financing leases and are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as
both a right-of-use asset and lease liability, calculated by discounting fixed lease payments over the lease term at the rate implicit in
the lease or our incremental borrowing rate. Lease liabilities are increased by interest and reduced by payments each period, and the
right-of-use asset is amortized over the lease term. For operating leases, interest on the lease liability and the amortization of the right-
of-use asset result in straight-line rent expense over the lease term. For financing leases, interest on the lease liability and the
amortization of the right-of-use asset results in front-loaded expense over the lease term. Variable lease expenses are recorded to rent
expense as incurred.
66
Certain leasehold improvements constructed by the landlord of our Tucson, AZ facilities as an incentive for us to extend our
leases are included in leasehold improvements in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018. The total cost of the
improvements constructed by the landlord of $710,000 was capitalized when construction was completed in February 2016 and is
being amortized over the remaining term of the lease agreement. The incentive of $710,000 was also recognized as deferred rent and
was being amortized over the lease term as a reduction of lease expense. As of December 31, 2018, the remaining unamortized
incentive of $295,833 was recognized as deferred rent within other current liabilities and other liabilities, in accordance with ASC
Topic 840, Leases (“ASC 840”). Upon implementation of ASC 842, the $295,833 remaining unamortized incentive of was recognized
as an offset to operating lease right-of-use asset in the consolidated balance sheets.
In calculating the right-of-use asset and lease liability, we have elected to combine lease and non-lease components for all
classes of assets currently under lease, including facilities and computer equipment. We have also excluded short-term leases having
initial terms of 12 months or less from the new guidance as an accounting policy election and recognizes rent expense on a straight-
line basis over the lease term for these leases.
Stock-Based Compensation
We recognize compensation costs related to stock-based payments to employees, including grants under our equity incentive
plans of stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and stock purchase rights granted under our ESPP, based on the estimated
fair value of the awards on the date of grant. The fair value of RSUs is based on the quoted market price of our common stock on the
date of grant. We do not estimate the number of awards expected to be forfeited but instead we account for them as they occur. The
fair value of ESPP rights and stock options granted pursuant to our equity incentive plans is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model. The determination of the fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model is affected by
the fair value of our common stock and several assumptions, including volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate and dividend
yield. Generally, these assumptions are based on historical information and judgment is required to determine if historical trends may
be indicators of future outcomes. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties. Changes to the assumptions that we have used in the
Black-Sholes option pricing model could significantly impact the compensation expense that has been recognized in our consolidated
statements of operations. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per share
of common stock could have been significantly different.
Foreign Currency Translation and Foreign Currency Transactions
We have assets and liabilities, including accounts receivable and accounts payable, which are denominated in currencies other
than our functional currency. These balance sheet items are subject to re-measurement, the impact of which is recorded in selling,
general and administrative expense within the consolidated statements of operations.
Adjustments resulting from translating foreign functional currency financial statements of our wholly owned subsidiary into
U.S. Dollars are included in the foreign currency translation adjustment, a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in the
accompanying consolidated statements of stockholder’s equity (deficit).
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the
future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax base of assets and
liabilities using enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is
established against net deferred tax assets for the uncertainty it presents of our ability to use the net deferred tax assets, in this case,
primarily carryforwards of net operating tax losses and research and development tax credits. In assessing the realizability of net
deferred tax assets we have assessed the likelihood that net deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income, and to
the extent that recovery is not “more likely than not” or there is an insufficient history of operating profits, a valuation allowance is
established. We record the valuation allowance in the period we determine that it is more likely than not that net deferred tax assets
will not be realized. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we have provided a full valuation allowance for all net
deferred tax assets due to their current realization being considered remote. Uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a
tax return are accounted for using the more likely than not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement. The Tax
Act, which was signed into law on December 22, 2017, significantly revised the IRC. For further information as to its impact on our
financial statements see “Note 16. Income Taxes” in Part II, Item 8, Notes to Financial Statements.
67
Emerging Growth Company Status
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can
delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those
standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised
accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that
are not emerging growth companies.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
We are a “smaller reporting company” as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the
information otherwise required under this item.
Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
68
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Stockholders and Board of Directors
HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.
Tucson, Arizona
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. (the “Company”) and subsidiary
as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’
equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial
statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the
Company and subsidiary at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then
ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Change in Accounting Method Related to Leases
As discussed in Notes 2 and 11 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases
during the year ended December 31, 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 842, Leases.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to
error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial
reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the
purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we
express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements,
whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test
basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the
consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ BDO USA, LLP
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2014.
Los Angeles, California
March 25, 2020
F-2
HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term investments available-for-sale, at fair value
Accounts receivable
Inventory, net of allowance of $39,403 at both December 31, 2019 and
December 31, 2018
Restricted cash, current
Prepaid expenses and other
Total current assets
Restricted cash, non-current
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Property and equipment, net
Other non-current assets
Total assets
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Contract liabilities - current
NuvoGen obligation - current
Convertible note - current, net of debt issuance costs
Operating lease liabilities - current
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
NuvoGen obligation - non-current, net of discount
Convertible note - non-current, net of debt issuance costs
MidCap Term Loan payable - net of discount and debt issuance costs
Operating lease liabilities - non-current
Other non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 15)
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized at December 31,
2019 and December 31, 2018, 58,090,233 shares issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2019 and 28,585,449 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018
Additional paid-in-capital
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Accumulated deficit
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$
December 31,
2019
2018
$
7,619,748 $
25,410,222
3,164,176
8,432,600
22,681,049
5,012,678
1,269,667
1,306,609
$
$
3,270,247
633,522
41,367,582
—
1,209,145
2,240,133
302,409
45,119,269 $
1,662,583 $
1,870,296
426,014
1,152,233
2,987,667
758,932
41,134
8,898,859
4,498,777
—
6,871,545
636,340
244,114
21,149,635
—
519,002
37,951,938
3,270,247
—
2,373,790
175,305
43,771,280
1,849,921
3,358,465
332,711
1,290,234
—
—
186,043
7,017,374
5,702,519
2,974,213
6,704,641
—
280,471
22,679,218
58,090
194,234,151
(4,964)
(170,317,643)
23,969,634
45,119,269 $
28,585
172,086,909
(3,453)
(151,019,979)
21,092,062
43,771,280
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3
HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Revenue:
Product and product-related services
Collaborative development services
Total revenue
Operating expenses:
Cost of product and product-related services revenue
Selling, general and administrative
Research and development
Total operating expenses
Operating loss
Other income (expense):
Interest expense
Interest income
Loss on extinguishment of Growth Term Loan
Total other income (expense)
Net loss before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net loss
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
Shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
14,632,204
4,571,684
19,203,888
9,121,390
12,382,504
21,503,894
8,911,372
18,682,396
10,570,225
38,163,993
(18,960,105)
(957,535)
623,355
—
(334,180)
(19,294,285)
(3,379)
(19,297,664)
(0.51)
38,099,687
$
$
5,090,475
19,974,616
12,598,034
37,663,125
(16,159,231)
(901,820)
715,723
(105,064)
(291,161)
(16,450,392)
(3,526)
(16,453,918)
(0.60)
27,523,463
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
Net loss
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax effect:
Unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Total other comprehensive loss
Comprehensive loss
Years Ended December 31,
2019
(19,297,664) $
2018
(16,453,918)
2,299
(3,810)
(1,511)
(19,299,175)
$
(2,308)
(1,145)
(3,453)
(16,457,371)
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
)
t
i
c
i
f
e
D
(
y
t
i
u
q
E
t
i
c
i
f
e
D
s
s
o
L
'
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
S
d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C
l
a
t
o
T
d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A
r
e
h
t
O
l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A
n
I
-
d
i
a
P
l
a
t
i
p
a
C
t
n
u
o
m
A
s
e
r
a
h
S
k
c
o
t
S
n
o
m
m
o
C
.
c
n
I
,
s
c
i
t
s
o
n
g
a
i
D
r
a
l
u
c
e
l
o
M
G
T
H
)
t
i
c
i
f
e
D
(
y
t
i
u
q
E
’
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
S
n
i
s
e
g
n
a
h
C
f
o
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
C
4
3
6
,
9
6
9
,
3
2
$
)
3
4
6
,
7
1
3
,
0
7
1
(
$
)
4
6
9
,
4
(
$
1
5
1
,
4
3
2
,
4
9
1
$
0
9
0
,
8
5
$
3
3
2
,
0
9
0
,
8
5
.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
f
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
c
e
s
e
h
t
f
o
t
r
a
p
l
a
r
g
e
t
n
i
n
a
e
r
a
s
e
t
o
n
g
n
i
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a
e
h
T
2
6
0
,
2
9
0
,
1
2
$
)
9
7
9
,
9
1
0
,
1
5
1
(
$
)
3
5
4
,
3
(
$
9
0
9
,
6
8
0
,
2
7
1
$
5
8
5
,
8
2
$
9
4
4
,
5
8
5
,
8
2
1
9
2
)
8
4
7
,
0
5
1
(
4
7
8
,
9
9
1
6
0
7
,
6
5
5
7
6
7
,
6
1
3
4
6
7
,
7
8
8
,
1
0
0
0
,
4
7
6
1
3
,
4
2
7
,
7
3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
)
8
0
3
,
2
(
)
5
4
1
,
1
(
—
—
)
8
1
9
,
3
5
4
,
6
1
(
)
8
1
9
,
3
5
4
,
6
1
(
)
7
3
5
,
9
5
0
,
3
(
$
)
1
6
0
,
6
6
5
,
4
3
1
(
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
)
8
0
3
,
2
(
)
5
4
1
,
1
(
1
8
)
4
0
9
,
0
3
(
0
9
1
,
1
7
1
4
5
9
,
0
2
1
6
8
4
,
6
5
1
,
1
0
4
9
,
8
5
7
,
0
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
9
9
2
,
2
)
0
1
8
,
3
(
—
—
)
4
6
6
,
7
9
2
,
9
1
(
)
4
6
6
,
7
9
2
,
9
1
(
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9
9
2
,
2
)
0
1
8
,
3
(
—
)
9
0
7
,
0
5
1
(
2
9
7
,
9
9
1
4
4
4
,
6
5
5
2
2
6
,
6
1
3
4
6
7
,
7
8
8
,
1
5
4
1
—
1
9
2
)
9
3
(
2
8
2
6
2
—
5
4
6
,
4
4
1
)
2
8
5
,
8
3
(
0
1
0
,
1
9
2
1
6
2
,
2
8
2
5
3
,
1
6
2
$
5
9
5
,
2
9
4
,
1
3
1
$
9
2
9
,
3
1
$
3
6
7
,
9
2
9
,
3
1
0
0
0
,
7
1
$
f
o
s
t
s
o
c
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
i
f
o
t
e
n
,
g
n
i
r
e
f
f
O
M
T
A
m
o
r
f
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
c
g
n
i
t
i
r
w
r
e
d
n
u
f
o
t
e
n
,
g
n
i
r
e
f
f
o
c
i
l
b
u
p
n
e
t
t
i
r
w
r
e
d
n
u
m
o
r
f
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
c
f
o
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
d
r
a
w
a
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
r
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
l
t
t
e
s
e
r
a
h
s
t
e
N
s
n
a
l
p
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
k
c
o
t
s
r
e
d
n
u
d
e
u
s
s
i
k
c
o
t
S
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S
s
d
r
a
w
a
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
r
f
o
e
s
a
e
l
e
R
8
1
0
2
,
1
y
r
a
u
n
a
J
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
s
f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
E
1
0
4
,
0
1
7
,
7
3
5
1
9
,
3
1
0
0
0
,
5
1
9
,
3
1
n
o
i
l
l
i
m
6
.
2
$
f
o
s
t
s
o
c
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
i
d
n
a
s
n
o
i
s
s
i
m
m
o
c
,
s
t
n
u
o
c
s
i
d
—
—
—
0
0
0
,
4
7
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
)
7
8
8
,
0
3
(
2
0
1
,
1
7
1
0
0
9
,
0
2
1
6
8
4
,
6
5
1
,
1
4
5
—
1
8
)
7
1
(
8
8
—
6
5
2
,
4
5
2
6
4
,
1
8
)
7
2
9
,
6
1
(
6
5
4
,
7
8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
n
a
o
L
m
r
e
T
p
a
C
d
i
M
h
t
i
w
n
o
i
t
c
e
n
n
o
c
n
i
s
t
n
a
r
r
a
w
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
c
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
d
r
a
w
a
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
r
f
o
t
n
e
m
e
l
t
t
e
s
e
r
a
h
s
t
e
N
s
n
a
l
p
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
k
c
o
t
s
r
e
d
n
u
d
e
u
s
s
i
k
c
o
t
S
s
t
n
e
m
t
s
e
v
n
i
m
r
e
t
-
t
r
o
h
s
n
o
s
s
o
l
d
e
z
i
l
a
e
r
n
U
t
n
e
m
t
s
u
j
d
a
n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
t
y
c
n
e
r
r
u
c
n
g
i
e
r
o
F
s
s
o
l
t
e
N
8
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
s
n
o
i
t
p
o
k
c
o
t
s
f
o
e
s
i
c
r
e
x
E
e
s
n
e
p
x
e
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S
s
d
r
a
w
a
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
r
f
o
e
s
a
e
l
e
R
F-6
s
t
n
e
m
t
s
e
v
n
i
m
r
e
t
-
t
r
o
h
s
n
o
n
i
a
g
d
e
z
i
l
a
e
r
n
U
t
n
e
m
t
s
u
j
d
a
n
o
i
t
a
l
s
n
a
r
t
y
c
n
e
r
r
u
c
n
g
i
e
r
o
F
9
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
s
s
o
l
t
e
N
1
4
6
,
9
2
7
,
0
2
9
9
2
,
9
2
7
3
5
,
8
9
2
,
9
2
n
o
i
l
l
i
m
7
.
1
$
f
o
s
t
s
o
c
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
i
d
n
a
s
n
o
i
s
s
i
m
m
o
c
,
s
t
n
u
o
c
s
i
d
g
n
i
t
i
r
w
r
e
d
n
u
f
o
t
e
n
,
s
g
n
i
r
e
f
f
o
e
t
a
v
i
r
p
d
n
a
c
i
l
b
u
p
n
e
t
t
i
r
w
r
e
d
n
u
m
o
r
f
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
c
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
I
HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Operating activities
Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Accretion of discount on NuvoGen obligation
Provision for excess inventory
Amortization of Growth Term Loan discount and issuance costs
Loss on extinguishment of Growth Term Loan
Write-off of ATM offering costs
Amortization of QNAH Convertible Note issuance costs
Amortization of MidCap Credit Facility discount and issuance costs
Stock-based compensation expense
Employee stock purchase plan expense
Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets
Amortization of incentive from landlord
Accrued interest on available-for-sale securities investments
Loss on disposal of assets
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
Inventory
Prepaid expenses and other
Deferred offering costs
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Contract liabilities
Operating lease liabilities
Net cash used in operating activities
Investing activities
Purchase of property and equipment
Sales, redemptions and maturities of available-for-sale securities
Purchase of available-for-sale securities
Net cash used in investing activities
Financing activities
Proceeds from MidCap Credit Facility
MidCap Credit Facility lender fees
Payments on Growth Term Loan
Payments for extinguishment of Growth Term Loan
Proceeds from 2018 underwritten public offering, net of underwriting discounts, commissions and issuance
costs of $2.6 million
Proceeds from 2019 underwritten public and private offerings, net of underwriting discounts, commissions
and issuance costs of $1.7 million
Proceeds from ATM Offering, net
Payments on NuvoGen obligation
Payments on financing leases
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Taxes paid for net share settlement of restricted stock awards
Proceeds from shares purchased under stock purchase plans
Payment of deferred offering costs
Net cash provided by financing activities
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
(19,297,664) $
(16,453,918)
1,259,015
(13,821)
153,729
—
—
108,883
13,454
183,002
1,156,567
66,238
476,789
—
(325,666)
9,051
1,848,502
(116,787)
(177,307)
—
(155,974)
(1,440,065)
188,507
(632,389)
(16,695,936)
(1,103,176)
32,200,000
(34,601,208)
(3,504,384)
—
—
—
—
—
20,758,940
—
(1,327,922)
(44,043)
120,954
(30,904)
104,952
(190,173)
19,391,804
1,468,121
(12,480)
83,218
62,951
105,064
—
13,453
133,963
1,888,055
58,959
—
(142,000)
(412,436)
8,104
1,332,030
(171,909)
(113,581)
2,953
(150,176)
(447,351)
(426,938)
—
(13,173,918)
(949,514)
31,700,000
(53,970,921)
(23,220,435)
7,000,000
(422,390)
(1,684,626)
(4,276,988)
37,724,316
—
556,706
(1,012,122)
(62,085)
316,767
(150,748)
140,915
—
38,129,745
Effect of exchange rates on cash
(Decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities
Fixed asset purchases payable and accrued at period end
Adoption of ASC 842, Leases
Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities
Financing lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for financing lease liabilities
Equipment purchased through capital leases
Carrying value of demonstration units transferred from property and equipment to inventory
Debt issuance costs payable and accrued at period end
MidCap Term Loan fees and warrant discount
Supplemental cash flow information
Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for taxes
(4,336)
(1,145)
(812,852)
11,702,847
10,889,995 $
1,734,247
9,968,600
11,702,847
8,299 $
694,352
1,005,085
63,406
—
—
—
—
686,042 $
3,379
39,265
—
—
—
71,709
49,245
59,030
389,000
553,070
3,545
$
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-7
HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1. Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. (the “Company”) is a provider of instruments, reagents and services for molecular profiling
applications. The Company derives revenue from sales of its HTG EdgeSeq automation system and integrated next-generation
sequencing-based (“NGS-based”) HTG EdgeSeq assays, from services including sample processing and custom research use only
(“RUO”) assay development and from collaborative development services.
The Company operates in one segment and its customers are located primarily in the United States and Europe. For the year ended
December 31, 2019, approximately 34% of the Company’s revenue was generated from sales originated by customers located outside
of the United States, compared with 69% for the year ended December 31, 2018. Approximately 69% and 84% of the sales to
customers located outside of the United States resulted from collaborative development services revenue generated through the Master
Assay Development, Commercialization and Manufacturing Agreement (the “Governing Agreement”), with QIAGEN Manchester
Limited (“QML”), a wholly owned subsidiary of QIAGEN N.V. (see Note 9), for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018,
respectively.
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).
Principles of Consolidation
The Company formed a French subsidiary, HTG Molecular Diagnostics France SARL (“HTG France”), in November 2018. The
consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and this wholly owned subsidiary after elimination of
intercompany transactions and balances as of December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for consistency with the current period presentation. These reclassifications had no
effect on the reported results of operations.
Liquidity
The Company may need to raise additional capital to fund its operations and service its near and long-term debt obligations until its
revenue reaches a level sufficient to provide for self-sustaining cash flows. There can be no assurance that additional capital will be
available on acceptable terms, or at all, or that the Company’s revenue will reach a level sufficient to provide for self-sustaining cash
flows. If sufficient additional capital is not available as and when needed, the Company may have to delay, scale back or discontinue
one or more product development programs, curtail its commercialization activities, significantly reduce expenses, sell assets
(potentially at a discount to their fair value or carrying value), enter into relationships with third parties to develop or commercialize
products or technologies that the Company otherwise would have sought to develop or commercialize independently, cease operations
altogether, pursue a sale of the Company at a price that may result in a significant loss on investment for its stockholders, file for
bankruptcy or seek other protection from creditors, or liquidate all assets. In addition, if the Company defaults under its term loan
agreement, its lenders could foreclose on its assets, including some of its cash and cash equivalents, which are held in accounts with
other financial institutions.
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company’s
significant estimates include revenue recognition, stock-based compensation expense, bonus accrual, income tax valuation allowances
and reserves, recovery of long-lived assets, lease liability, inventory obsolescence and inventory valuation. Actual results could
materially differ from those estimates.
F-8
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash
and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with financial institutions, commercial paper, money market instruments and high
credit quality corporate debt securities purchased with a term of three months or less.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable represent valid claims against debtors. Management reviews accounts receivable regularly to determine, using the
specific identification method, if any receivable amounts will potentially be uncollectible and to estimate the amount of allowance for
doubtful accounts necessary to reduce accounts receivable to its estimated net realizable value.
Investments
The Company classifies its debt securities as available-for-sale, which are reported at estimated fair value with unrealized gains and
losses included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax. Realized gains, realized losses and declines in value of securities
judged to be other-than-temporary, are included in other income (expense) within the accompanying consolidated statements of
operations. The cost of investments for purposes of computing realized and unrealized gains and losses is based on the specific
identification method. Interest earned on all securities is included in other income (expense) within the accompanying consolidated
statements of operations. Investments in securities with maturities of less than one year, or where management’s intent is to use the
investments to fund current operations, or to make them available for current operations, are classified as short-term investments.
If the estimated fair value of a security is below its carrying value, the Company evaluates whether it is more likely than not that it will
sell the security before its anticipated recovery in market value and whether evidence indicating that the cost of the investment is
recoverable within a reasonable period of time outweighs evidence to the contrary. The Company also evaluates whether or not it
intends to sell the investment. If the impairment is considered to be other-than-temporary, the security is written down to its estimated
fair value. In addition, the Company considers whether credit losses exist for any securities. A credit loss exists if the present value of
cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis of the security. Other-than-temporary declines in estimated
fair value and credit losses are charged against other income (expense).
Restricted Cash
The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the accompanying consolidated statements of
cash flows.
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash, current
Restricted cash, non-current
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown in the consolidated statements of
cash flows
$
December 31,
2019
7,619,748 $
3,270,247
—
2018
8,432,600
—
3,270,247
$
10,889,995 $
11,702,847
In October 2017, the Company received $3.0 million in gross proceeds from, and issued a subordinated convertible promissory note
(the “QNAH Convertible Note”) in that principal amount to, QIAGEN North American Holdings, Inc. (“QNAH”). Amounts included
in restricted cash represent those required to be set aside in escrow under the terms of the MidCap Term Loan to collateralize the
payment that will be due upon maturity of the QNAH Convertible Note (see Note 8). The amounts will be released to the Company
upon subsequent delivery of subordination documents for the QNAH Convertible Note to MidCap or conversion of the QNAH
Convertible Note. If neither occurs, the amounts will be applied by the escrow agent to repay in full the QNAH Convertible Note at
maturity (or in connection with a prepayment at the direction of the Company after September 1, 2020) subject to the terms of the
MidCap Term Loan including (i) having at least $18.0 million of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and (ii) there being no default
under the MidCap Credit Facility.
F-9
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value measurements are based on the premise that fair value is an exit price representing the amount that would be received to sell
an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based
measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a
basis for considering such assumptions, the following three-tier fair value hierarchy has been used in determining the inputs used in
measuring fair value:
Level 1–
Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities on the reporting date.
Level 2–
Level 3–
Pricing inputs are based on quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or
similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant
assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the
full term of the assets or liabilities.
Pricing inputs are generally unobservable and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for
the investment. The inputs into the determination of fair value require management’s judgment or estimation of
assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities. The fair values are therefore
determined using factors that involve considerable judgment and interpretations, including but not limited to
private and public comparables, third-party appraisals, discounted cash flow models, and fund manager
estimates.
The carrying value of financial instruments classified as current assets and current liabilities approximate fair value due to their
liquidity and short-term nature. Investments that are classified as available-for-sale are recorded at fair value, which was determined
using quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. The
carrying value of the MidCap Term Loan (see Note 8) is estimated to approximate its fair value as the interest rate approximates the
market rate for debt securities with similar terms and risk characteristics.
As of December 31, 2019, the estimated aggregate fair value of the QNAH Convertible Note with QNAH is approximately $3.0
million, based on a discounted cash flow approach and utilizing an option pricing model to value the conversion feature, with key
assumptions including expected volatility, discount rates, term and risk-free rates.
The NuvoGen obligation is an obligation relating to an asset purchase transaction with a then-common stockholder of the Company.
As of December 31, 2019, the estimated aggregate fair value of the NuvoGen obligation is approximately $5.1 million, determined
using a Monte Carlo simulation with key assumptions including future revenue, volatility, discount and risk-free rates.
The estimated fair values of the QNAH Convertible Note and the NuvoGen obligation represent Level 3 measurements.
Inventory, net
Inventory, consisting of raw materials, work in process and finished goods, is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or net
realizable value. Cost is determined using a standard cost system, whereby the standard costs are updated periodically to reflect
current costs and net realizable value represents the lower of replacement cost or estimated net realizable value. The Company
reserves or writes down its inventory for estimated obsolescence or inventory in excess of reasonably expected near term sales or
unmarketable inventory, in an amount equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value, based
upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by
the Company, additional inventory write-downs may be required. Inventory impairment charges establish a new cost basis for
inventory and charges are not reversed subsequently to income, even if circumstances later suggest that increased carrying amounts
are recoverable.
Equipment that is under evaluation for purchase remains in inventory as the Company maintains title to the equipment throughout the
evaluation period. The period of time customers use to evaluate the Company’s equipment generally ranges from 90 to 180 days, and
in certain circumstances the evaluation period may need to be extended beyond that period. However, in no case will the evaluation
period exceed one year. If the customer has not purchased the equipment or entered into a reagent rental agreement with the Company
after evaluating the product for one year, the equipment is returned to the Company or the customer is allowed to continue use of the
equipment, in which case the equipment is written off to selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated
statements of operations. HTG EdgeSeq instruments at customer locations under evaluation agreements are included in finished goods
inventory. Finished goods inventory under evaluation as of December 31, 2019 was $79,338 compared to $143,271 as of December
31, 2018.
F-10
Property and Equipment, net
Property and equipment are stated at historical cost and depreciated over their useful lives, which range from three to five years, using
the straight-line method. Equipment used in the field is amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of the period of the
related reagent rental or collaborative development services agreement where applicable or the estimated useful life. Leasehold
improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life.
Costs incurred in the development and installation of software for internal use and in the development of the Company’s website are
expensed or capitalized, depending on whether they are incurred in the preliminary project stage (expensed), application development
stage (capitalized), or post-implementation stage (expensed). Amounts capitalized following project completion are amortized on a
straight-line basis over the useful life of the developed asset, which is generally three years.
Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the
asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an
asset group to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If the carrying amount of an
asset group exceeds its estimated future cash flow, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of
the asset group exceeds the fair value of the asset group. Although the Company has accumulated losses since inception, the Company
believes the future cash flows will be sufficient to exceed the carrying value of the Company’s long-lived assets. There were no
impairments of long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Leases
Effective January 1, 2019, the Company accounts for its leases under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), Accounting
Standards Codification (“ASC”) 842. Under this guidance, arrangements meeting the definition of a lease are classified as operating or
financing leases and are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as both a right-of-use asset and lease liability, calculated by
discounting fixed lease payments over the lease term at the rate implicit in the lease or the Company’s incremental borrowing rate.
Lease liabilities are increased by interest and reduced by payments each period, and the right-of-use asset is amortized over the lease
term. For operating leases, interest on the lease liability and the amortization of the right-of-use asset result in straight-line rent
expense over the lease term. For financing leases, interest on the lease liability and the amortization of the right-of-use asset results in
front-loaded expense over the lease term. Variable lease expenses are recorded to rent expense as incurred.
Certain leasehold improvements constructed by the landlord of the Company’s Tucson, AZ facilities as an incentive for the Company
to extend its leases are included in leasehold improvements in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018. The total cost
of the improvements constructed by the landlord of $710,000 was capitalized when construction was completed in February 2016 and
is being amortized over the remaining term of the lease agreement. The incentive of $710,000 was also recognized as deferred rent
and was being amortized over the lease term as a reduction of lease expense. As of December 31, 2018, the remaining unamortized
incentive of $295,833 was recognized as deferred rent within other current liabilities and other liabilities, in accordance with ASC
Topic 840, Leases (“ASC 840”). Upon implementation of ASC 842 on January 1, 2019, the Company recognized the $295,833
unamortized incentive as an offset to operating lease right-of-use asset in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
In calculating the right-of-use asset and lease liability, the Company elects to combine lease and non-lease components for all classes
of assets currently under lease, including facilities and computer equipment. The Company excludes short-term leases having initial
terms of 12 months or less from the new guidance as an accounting policy election and recognizes rent expense on short-term leases
on a straight-line basis over the lease term for these leases.
The comparative information in these consolidated financial statements has not been restated and continues to be reported under ASC
840.
Debt Issuance Costs and Debt Discounts
Costs incurred to issue non-revolving debt instruments are recognized as a reduction to the related debt balance in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets and amortized to interest expense over the contractual term of the related debt using the effective interest
method. Costs incurred to issue revolving debt instruments are deferred as an asset in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets
and amortized on a straight-line basis to interest expense over the term of the revolving commitment.
F-11
Deferred Offering Costs
Deferred offering costs represent legal and other direct costs related to planned future stock offering transactions. Deferred offering
costs of $140,320 included as non-current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets represent legal costs incurred,
$81,290 of which were incurred during the year ended December 31, 2019 and $59,030 of which were incurred during the year ended
December 31, 2018, by the Company in contemplation of the issuance of additional shares in a future financing transaction. In January
2020, these deferred offering costs were recorded to additional paid in capital, as an offset to proceeds received from the 2019 ATM
Offering (see Note 17).
Contract Liabilities
Contract liabilities represent cash receipts for products or services to be delivered in future periods, including up-front fees received
relating to custom RUO assay design and collaborative development services. When products or services are delivered to customers,
contract liabilities are recognized as earned. Up-front fees received for custom RUO assay design or collaborative development
services are recognized over time based on the costs incurred to date compared to total expected costs as design or development
procedures are completed and outputs are produced.
Revenue Recognition
The Company adopted ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), on January 1, 2018 using the full
retrospective approach. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on 2017 revenue recognition or on opening
equity, as the timing and measurement of revenue recognition for the Company is materially the same under ASC 606 as it was under
the prior relevant guidance.
For contracts where the period between when the Company transfers a promised good or service to the customer and when the
customer pays is one year or less, the Company has elected the practical expedient to not adjust the promised amount of consideration
for the effects of a significant financing component.
The Company has made a policy election to exclude from the measurement of the transaction price all taxes assessed by a government
authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue producing transaction and collected by the Company from a
customer. Such taxes may include but are not limited to sales, use, value added and certain excise taxes.
See Note 9 for additional discussion of the Company’s revenue recognition policies.
Product Warranty
The Company generally provides a one-year warranty on its HTG EdgeSeq systems covering the performance of system hardware and
software in conformance with customer specifications under normal use and protecting against defects in materials and workmanship.
The Company may, at its option, replace, repair or exchange products covered under valid warranty claims. A provision for estimated
warranty costs is recognized at the time of sale, through cost of product and product-related services revenue, based upon recent
historical experience and other relevant information as it becomes available. The Company continuously assesses the adequacy of its
product warranty accrual by reviewing actual claims and adjusts the provision as needed. Warranty accrual is included in accrued
liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses represent costs incurred internally for research and development activities and costs incurred
externally to fund research activities. These costs include those generated through research and development efforts for the
improvement and expansion of the Company’s proprietary technology and product offerings as well as those related to third-party
collaborative development agreements, for which related revenue is included in collaborative development services revenue in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations. See Note 9 for further discussion of the development costs associated with
collaborative development services agreements included in research and development expense as compared to cost of product and
product-related services revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Advertising
All costs associated with advertising and promotions are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was $4,595 and $110,591 for the
years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and is included as a component of selling, general and administrative
expenses on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
F-12
Stock-based Compensation
The Company incurs stock-based compensation expense relating to grants under its equity incentive plans of restricted stock units
(“RSUs”) and stock options to employees, consultants and non-employee directors, and stock purchase rights granted under the 2014
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”).
The Company recognizes expense for stock-based awards based on the fair value of awards on the date of grant. The fair value of
RSUs is based on the quoted market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The fair value of ESPP rights and
stock options granted pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
option pricing model. The determination of the fair value utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model is affected by the fair value
of the Company’s stock price and several assumptions, including volatility, expected term, risk-free interest rate, and dividend yield.
Generally, these assumptions are based on historical information and judgment is required to determine if historical trends may be
indicators of future outcomes.
The Company does not estimate the number of awards expected to be forfeited, but instead accounts for such forfeitures as they occur.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the
future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax base of assets and
liabilities using enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is
established against net deferred tax assets for the uncertainty it presents of our ability to use the net deferred tax assets, in this case,
primarily carryforwards of net operating tax losses and research and development tax credits. In assessing the realizability of net
deferred tax assets we have assessed the likelihood that net deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income, and to
the extent that it is “more likely than not” that the assets will not be recovered or there is an insufficient history of operating profits, a
valuation allowance is established. We record the valuation allowance in the period we determine that it is more likely than not that
net deferred tax assets will not be realized. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, we have provided a full valuation
allowance for all net deferred tax assets due to their current realization being considered remote in the near term. Uncertain tax
positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return are accounted for using the more likely than not threshold for financial
statement recognition and measurement.
Foreign Currency Translation and Foreign Currency Transactions
The Company has assets and liabilities, including accounts receivable and accounts payable, which are denominated in currencies
other than its functional currency. These assets and liabilities are subject to re-measurement, the impact of which is recorded in
selling, general and administrative expense within the consolidated statements of operations.
Adjustments resulting from translating foreign functional currency financial statements of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary
into U.S. Dollars are included in the foreign currency translation adjustment, a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in
the accompanying consolidated statements of stockholder’s equity (deficit).
Comprehensive Loss
Comprehensive loss includes certain changes in equity that are excluded from net loss. Specifically, unrealized gains and losses on
short-term available-for-sale investments and adjustments resulting from translating foreign functional currency financial statements
into U.S. Dollars are included in comprehensive loss.
Concentration Risks
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts
receivable. The Company maintains the majority of its cash balances in the form of cash deposits in bank checking and money market
accounts in amounts in excess of federally insured limits. Management believes, based upon the quality of the financial institutions,
that the credit risk with regard to these deposits is not significant.
F-13
The Company sells its instruments, consumables, sample processing services, custom RUO assay design and collaborative
development services primarily to biopharmaceutical companies, academic institutions and molecular labs. The Company routinely
assesses the financial strength of its customers and credit losses have been minimal to date.
The top three customers accounted for 24%, 22% and 19% of the Company’s revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019,
compared with 58%, 10% and 9% for the year ended December 31, 2018. The largest two customers accounted for approximately
29% and 25% of the Company’s net accounts receivable as of December 31, 2019. These accounts receivable primarily relate to
sample processing services performed for a biopharmaceutical company customer and work performed under the Company’s
Governing Agreement with QML. The largest three customers accounted for approximately 44%, 27%, and 11% of the Company’s
net accounts receivable at December 31, 2018.
Three vendors accounted for 36%, 10% and 10% of the Company’s accounts payable as of December 31, 2019 primarily related to a
strategic marketing study compared to 24%, 14% and 11% of the Company’s accounts payable at December 31, 2018.
The Company currently relies on a single supplier to supply a subcomponent used in its HTG EdgeSeq processors. A loss of this
supplier could significantly delay the delivery of products, which in turn would materially affect the Company’s ability to generate
revenue.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases, which was subsequently amended by ASU No. 2018-01, ASU No.
2018-10 and ASU No. 2018-11, collectively ASC 842. Under this standard, which applies to both lessors and lessees, lessees will be
required to recognize all leases (except for short-term leases) as a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments
arising from a lease measured on a discounted basis, and as a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to
use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Leases will be classified as either financing or operating, with
classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the statements of operations. The Company adopted ASC 842 on January
1, 2019 using the additional (optional) approach, with certain available practical expedients. The adoption of ASC 842 resulted in the
recording of a right-of-use asset of $694,352 and a lease liability of $1,033,107, and there was no effect on opening retained earnings.
The difference between the operating lease asset and the operating lease liability primarily represents our straight-line rent liability of
$0.3 million recorded under previous accounting guidance. Under ASC 842, this liability is considered a reduction of the operating
lease asset. The Company continues to account for leases in the prior period consolidated financial statements under ASC 840. The
Company has presented additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures regarding the Company’s lease obligations as required upon
implementation of ASC 842 and has identified and implemented changes to its business processes and internal controls relating to
implementation of the new standard. In adopting the new standard, the Company elected to apply the practical expedients regarding
the identification of leases, lease classification, indirect costs, and the combination of lease and non-lease components.
In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee
Share-based Payment Accounting.(cid:2)The standard expanded the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payments issued to
nonemployees for goods or services, simplifying the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees by aligning it with the
accounting for share-based payments to employees, with certain exceptions and was effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted, including adoption in an interim
period. The Company’s adoption of this standard on January 1, 2019 did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial
statements given the limited number of nonemployee stock-based awards outstanding(cid:3)
In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-11, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features.(cid:2)This new
standard makes limited changes to previous guidance on classifying certain financial instruments as either liabilities or equity. The
new standard was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years
with early adoption permitted, including adoption in an interim period. Adoption of this standard as of January 1, 2019 did not have an
effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as the Company’s existing financial instruments did not have down round
features.
F-14
New Accounting Pronouncements
The following are new FASB ASUs that had not been adopted by the Company as of December 31, 2019, and are grouped by their
respective effective dates:
January 1, 2020
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement – Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure
Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which makes a number of changes meant to add, modify or remove certain disclosure
requirements associated with the movement against or hierarchy associated with Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 fair value
measurements. The standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2019. Early adoption is permitted upon issuance of the update. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a
material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-18, which amended ASC 808, Collaborative Arrangements and ASC 606,
Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2018-18”), to require that transactions in collaborative arrangements be accounted for
under ASC 606 if the counterparty is a customer for a good or service (or bundle of goods and services) that is a distinct unit of
account. The amendments also preclude entities from presenting consideration from transactions with a collaborator that is not a
customer together with revenue recognized from contracts with customers. The standard is effective for fiscal years and interim
periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted, including in any interim period,
provided an entity has already adopted ASC 606 or does so concurrently with the adoption of this guidance. The Company does not
believe the adoption of this standard will have an effect on its consolidated financial statements as it will not change the way
collaborative development services and the related costs of these services are reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial
statements.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate
Reform on Financial Reporting (“ASU 2020-04”), which provides temporary optional guidance to ease the potential burden in
accounting for reference rate reform. The new guidance provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying generally accepted
accounting principles to transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. These transactions include: contract
modifications, hedging relationships, and sale or transfer of debt securities classified as held-to-maturity. Entities may apply the
provisions of the new standard as of the beginning of the reporting period when the election is made (i.e. as early as the first quarter
2020). Unlike other topics, the provisions of this update are only available until December 31, 2022, when the reference rate
replacement activity is expected to have completed. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its
consolidated financial statements and related disclosures and has yet to elect an adoption date.
January 1, 2021
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes
(“ASU 2019-12”), which is intended to simplify various aspects of the accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain
exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application.
This standard is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020. Early
adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its consolidated financial statements and
related disclosures.
January 1, 2023
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses, which was subsequently amended by ASU
2018-19 and ASU 2019-10, requires the measurement of expected credit losses for financial instruments carried at amortized cost held
at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions and reasonable forecasts. The updated guidance also amends
the current other-than-temporary impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities by requiring the recognition of impairments
relating to credit losses through an allowance account and limits the amount of credit loss to the difference between a security’s
amortized cost basis and its fair value. In addition, the length of time a security has been in an unrealized loss position will no longer
impact the determination of whether a credit loss exists. The main objective of this ASU is to provide financial statement users with
more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit
held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. With the issuance of ASU 2019-10 in November 2019, the standard is effective for
fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company will continue to assess the
possible impact of this standard, but currently does not expect the adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on its
consolidated financial statements, given the high credit quality of the obligors to its available-for-sale debt securities and its limited
history of bad debt expense relating to trade accounts receivable.
F-15
Note 3. Inventory
Inventory, net of allowance, consisted of the following as of the date indicated:
Raw materials
Work in process
Finished goods
Total gross inventory
Less inventory allowance
December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
$
872,947 $
151,351
284,772
1,309,070
(39,403)
1,269,667 $
892,631
168,937
284,444
1,346,012
(39,403)
1,306,609
The reserve for shrinkage and excess inventory was $39,403 as of both December 31, 2019 and 2018. For the year ended December
31, 2019, the Company recorded $0 in adjustments to the inventory reserve, compared to a net decrease of $22,739 for the year ended
December 31, 2018, to adjust for estimated shrinkage and obsolescence. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the
Company recorded adjustments to the provision for excess inventory of $153,729 and $83,218, respectively. Adjustments in these
periods to the allowance for estimated shrinkage, obsolescence and excess inventory have been included in cost of product and
product-related services revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Note 4. Fair Value
Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified in their entirety in the fair value hierarchy, based on the lowest
level input significant to the fair value measurement. The following table classifies the Company’s financial assets and liabilities
measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, in the fair value hierarchy:
Asset included in:
Cash and cash equivalents
Money market securities
Investments available-for-sale at fair value
U.S. Treasury securities
Corporate debt securities
Total
Asset included in:
Cash and cash equivalents
Money market securities
Investments available-for-sale at fair value
U.S. Treasury securities
Corporate debt securities
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
December 31, 2019
$ 7,217,096 $
— $
— $ 7,217,096
5,961,983
—
$ 13,179,079
— 19,448,239
$ 19,448,239
$
—
—
—
5,961,983
19,448,239
$ 32,627,318
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
December 31, 2018
$ 6,923,255 $
998,400 $
— $ 7,921,655
6,031,515
—
$ 12,954,770
— 16,649,534
$ 17,647,934
$
—
—
—
6,031,515
16,649,534
$ 30,602,704
There were no other financial instruments subject to fair value measurement on a recurring basis. Transfers to and from Levels 1, 2
and 3 are recognized at the end of the reporting period. There were no transfers between levels for the years ended December 31, 2019
and 2018.
Level 1 instruments include investments in money market funds, U.S. Treasuries and U.S. government agency obligations. These
instruments are valued using quoted market prices for identical unrestricted instruments in active markets. The Company defines
active markets for debt instruments based on both the average daily trading volume and the number of days with trading activity.
Level 2 instruments include corporate debt securities and commercial paper. Valuations of Level 2 instruments can be verified to
quoted prices, recent trading activity for identical or similar instruments, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with
reasonable levels of price transparency. Consideration is given to the nature of the quotations (e.g. indicative or firm) and the
relationship of recent market activity to the prices provided from alternative pricing sources.
F-16
Fair values of these assets and liabilities are based on prices provided by independent market participants that are based on observable
inputs using market-based valuation techniques. These valuation models and analytical tools use market pricing or similar instruments
that are both objective and publicly available, including matrix pricing or reported trades, benchmark yields, broker/dealer quotes,
issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids and/or offers. The Company did not adjust any of the valuations
received from these third parties with respect to any of its Level 1 or 2 securities for either of the years ended December 31, 2019 or
2018 and did not have any Level 3 financial assets or liabilities during either of these periods.
Note 5. Available-for-Sale Securities
The Company’s portfolio of available-for-sale securities consists of U.S. Treasuries and high credit quality corporate debt securities.
The following is a summary of the Company’s available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2019 and 2018:
U.S. Treasury securities
Corporate debt securities
Total available-for-sale securities
U.S. Treasury securities
Corporate debt securities
Total available-for-sale securities
December 31, 2019
Gross
Gross
Amortized
Unrealized
Unrealized
Cost
Gains
Losses
Fair Value
(Net Carrying
Amount)
$
5,962,224 $
19,448,239
$ 25,410,463 $
394 $
—
394 $
(635) $
—
5,961,983
19,448,239
(635) $ 25,410,222
Amortized
Cost
$ 6,032,844 $
16,650,513
$ 22,683,357 $
December 31, 2018
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Fair Value
Unrealized
(Net Carrying
Losses
Amount)
— $
—
— $
(1,329) $
(979)
6,031,515
16,649,534
(2,308) $ 22,681,049
The net adjustment to unrealized holding gains (losses) on short-term investments, net of tax in other comprehensive income totaled
$2,299 and $(2,308) for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Contractual maturities of debt investment securities at December 31, 2019 are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from
contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to prepay obligations without prepayment penalties.
U.S. Treasury securities
Corporate debt securities
Total available-for-sale securities
Under
1 Year
5,961,983 $
19,448,239
25,410,222 $
$
$
1 to 2 Years
— $
—
— $
Total
5,961,983
19,448,239
25,410,222
The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair values of the Company’s investments that have unrealized losses,
aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as
of December 31, 2019:
Under 1 Year
1 to 2 Years
Total
U.S. Treasury securities
Corporate debt securities
Total available-for-sale securities with unrealized
losses
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
$3,956,401 $
—
(635) $
—
— $
—
Fair
Value
— $3,956,401 $
—
—
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
(635)
—
$3,956,401 $
(635) $
— $
— $3,956,401 $
(635)
F-17
For debt securities, the Company determines whether it intends to sell or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell
impaired securities. This determination considers current and forecasted liquidity requirements, regulatory and capital requirements
and securities portfolio management. For all impaired debt securities for which there was no intent or expected requirement to sell, the
evaluation considers all available evidence to assess whether it is likely the amortized cost value will be recovered. The Company
conducts a regular assessment of its debt securities with unrealized losses to determine whether securities have other-than-temporary
impairment considering, among other factors, the nature of the securities, credit rating or financial condition of the issuer, the extent
and duration of the unrealized loss, expected cash flows of underlying collateral, market conditions and whether the Company intends
to sell or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the debt securities. The Company did not have any other-
than-temporary impairment in its available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2019.
Note 6. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, net consists of the following:
Furniture & fixtures
Leasehold improvements
Equipment used in manufacturing
Equipment used in research & development
Equipment used in the field
Software
Construction in progress
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
December 31,
2019
1,089,371 $
1,987,997
2,305,340
2,134,019
182,762
374,812
—
8,074,301
(5,834,168)
2,240,133
$
2018
791,973
1,930,300
2,297,797
1,456,954
125,253
373,683
19,246
6,995,206
(4,621,416)
2,373,790
$
$
Depreciation and leasehold improvement amortization expense was $1,259,015 and $1,468,121 for the years ended December 31,
2019 and 2018, respectively.
Note 7. Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following:
Accrued employee bonuses
Payroll and employee benefit accruals
Accrued professional fees
Accrued interest
Other accrued liabilities
Note 8. Debt Obligations.
Growth Term Loan
December 31,
2019
2018
$
900,740 $
469,530
43,850
245,350
210,826
$
1,870,296
$
2,150,418
698,969
60,400
156,492
292,186
3,358,465
In August 2014, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Growth Term Loan”) with a syndicate of two lending
institutions, Oxford Finance LLC and Silicon Valley Bank, which was amended in August 2015 and June 2016. The first tranche of
the Growth Term Loan (“Growth Term Loan A”) of $11.0 million was funded in August 2014. The second tranche of $5.0 million
(“Growth Term Loan B”) was funded in March 2016. With the August 2015 amendment, the interest-only payment period for the
Growth Term Loan was extended until April 1, 2016. Following the interest-only payment period, the Company became obligated to
make equal monthly payments of principal and interest amortized over the remaining term of the loan for all funds drawn under the
Growth Term Loan. Growth Term Loan A and B bore interest at fixed rates of 8.5% and 8.75% per annum, respectively, and were
scheduled to mature in September 2018. The amended agreement also included a prepayment fee of 1% of the principal amount repaid
if the Growth Term Loan was repaid after the second anniversary of the August 2015 amendment and prior to maturity.
F-18
The debt discount was being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method, over the term of the related Growth
Term Loan tranche. The aggregate amortization of debt discount associated with the Growth Term Loan was approximately $0 and
$62,951 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Extinguishment of Growth Term Loan upon MidCap Credit Facility Closing
In March 2018, the Company repaid all principal and interest amounts outstanding under the Growth Term Loan in an aggregate
amount equal to approximately $4.3 million, including collateral agent legal fees and prepayment fees. The repayment was funded
with net proceeds from the MidCap Credit Facility (see description of the MidCap Credit Facility below). As a result of the
repayment, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of the Growth Term Loan of $105,064, including remaining unamortized
discounts of $67,272 and prepayment and other Growth Term Loan lender fees in the accompanying consolidated statements of
operations for the year ended December 31, 2018. All obligations under the Growth Term Loan were terminated upon extinguishment
of the Growth Term Loan.
MidCap Credit Facility
On March 26, 2018 (the “MidCap Closing Date”), the Company entered into a Credit and Security Agreement (Term Loan) (the
“MidCap Term Loan”) and a Credit and Security Agreement (Revolving Loan) (the “MidCap Revolving Loan” and together with the
MidCap Term Loan, the “MidCap Credit Facility”) with MidCap Financial Trust, as agent. MidCap Financial Trust subsequently
assigned its rights and obligations as agent to MidCap Funding IV Trust.
The MidCap Term Loan provided a secured term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $20.0 million. The Company
borrowed the first advance of $7.0 million (“MidCap Tranche 1”) on the MidCap Closing Date. Under the terms of the MidCap Term
Loan, the second advance of $13.0 million (“MidCap Tranche 2”) was to be available to the Company on or before September 30,
2019, subject to the Company’s satisfaction of certain conditions described in the MidCap Term Loan, including (a) the Company
achieving the first commercial sale of an FDA-approved diagnostic assay utilizing next-generation sequencing under its Governing
Agreement with QML, and (b) delivery of subordination documents with respect to the QNAH Convertible Note (or the satisfaction of
alternative arrangements as provided in the MidCap Term Loan, as described below). As the Company did not satisfy these
conditions, MidCap Tranche 2 was not made available to the Company for borrowing.
MidCap Tranche 1 was used to repay in full all outstanding amounts and fees due under the Growth Term Loan. The proceeds
remaining from MidCap Tranche 1 are being used for working capital and general corporate purposes.
MidCap Tranche 1 bears interest at a floating rate equal to 7.25% per annum, plus the greater of (i) 1.25% or (ii) the one-month
LIBOR. As LIBOR is currently scheduled to be phased out in 2021, the Company expects to modify the MidCap Credit Facility to
replace LIBOR with a new reference rate, which has yet to be established. The consequences of these developments cannot be entirely
predicted but might result in higher interest rates on our borrowings under the MidCap Credit Facility.
Interest on MidCap Tranche 1 is due and payable monthly in arrears and was calculated at a rate of 8.9% for interest accrued as of
December 31, 2019. Principal on this term loan advance was payable in 36 equal monthly installments beginning April 1, 2020 until
paid in full on March 1, 2023 prior to amendment of the MidCap Credit Facility in February 2020. Prepayments of the term loan under
the MidCap Term Loan, in whole or in part, will be subject to early termination fees in an amount equal to 2.0% of principal prepaid if
prepayment occurs after the first anniversary of the MidCap Closing Date but on or prior to the second anniversary of the MidCap
Closing Date, and 1.0% of principal prepaid if prepayment occurs after the second anniversary of the MidCap Closing Date and prior
to or on the third anniversary of the MidCap Closing Date. In connection with execution of the MidCap Term Loan, the Company paid
MidCap a $100,000 origination fee.
The MidCap Credit Facility was amended to, amongst other things, extend the interest-only payments on the term loan advances by an
additional 11 months, with principal on each term loan advance payable in 25 equal monthly installments beginning March 1, 2021
until paid in full on March 1, 2023 (see Note 17). As such, the principal repayments remaining due under the MidCap Term Loan as of
December 31, 2019 have been classified as long-term debt within MidCap Term Loan payable, net of discount and debt issuance costs
in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019. The remaining principal repayments due under the MidCap
Term Loan, following amendment of this agreement in February 2020, are as follows:
F-19
2020
2021
2022
2023
Total MidCap Term Loan payments
Less discount and deferred financing costs
Plus final fee premium
Total MidCap Term Loan, net
—
2,800,000
3,360,000
840,000
7,000,000
(443,455)
315,000
6,871,545
$
Upon termination of the MidCap Term Loan, the Company is required to pay an exit fee equal to 4.50% of the principal amount of all
term loans advanced to the Company under the MidCap Term Loan.
The MidCap Term Loan also required that the Company deliver subordination documents with respect to the QNAH Convertible
Note, or that the QNAH Convertible Note otherwise be converted or prepaid, on or before June 30, 2018, and required the Company
to deposit approximately $3.3 million into an escrow account by July 15, 2018 if neither event occurred by such date. As neither event
occurred prior to June 30, 2018, the Company deposited approximately $3.3 million into an escrow account on July 11, 2018. Such
escrowed funds will be released to the Company upon subsequent delivery of the requisite subordination documents or conversion of
the QNAH Convertible Note. If neither delivery of the subordination documents or conversion of the QNAH Convertible Note occurs,
such funds will be applied by the escrow agent to repay in full the QNAH Convertible Note at maturity (or in connection with a
prepayment at the direction of the Company after September 1, 2020), subject to (i) our having at least $18.0 million of unrestricted
cash and cash equivalents and (ii) there being no default under the MidCap Credit Facility.
The MidCap Revolving Loan provides a secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $2.0 million. The
Company may request an increase in the total commitments under the MidCap Revolving Loan by up to an additional $8.0 million,
subject to agent and lender approval and the satisfaction of certain conditions. Availability of the revolving credit facility under the
MidCap Revolving Loan will be based upon a borrowing base formula and periodic borrowing base certifications valuing certain of
the Company’s accounts receivable and inventory, as reduced by certain reserves, if any. Further, although the revolving credit facility
was made available following establishment of required lockbox arrangements by the Company in June 2018, there were no amounts
outstanding under the MidCap Revolving Loan as of either December 31, 2019 or 2018. The proceeds of any loans under the MidCap
Revolving Loan may be used for working capital and general corporate purposes.
Loans under the MidCap Revolving Loan accrue interest at a floating rate equal to 4.25% per annum, plus the greater of (i) 1.25% or
(ii) the one-month LIBOR. Accrued interest on the revolving loans will be paid monthly and revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid
and re-borrowed until March 1, 2023, when all outstanding amounts must be repaid. Subject to certain exceptions, termination or
permanent reductions of the revolving loan commitment under the MidCap Revolving Loan will be subject to termination fees in an
amount equal to 2.0% of the commitment amount terminated or reduced if such termination or reduction occurs after the first
anniversary of the MidCap Closing Date but on or prior to the second anniversary of the MidCap Closing Date, and 1.0% of the
commitment amount terminated or reduced if such termination or reduction occurs after the second anniversary of the MidCap
Closing Date and prior to or on the third anniversary of the MidCap Closing Date.
In connection with the MidCap Revolving Loan, the Company is required to pay customary fees, including an origination fee of
0.50% of the original commitment amount at closing (and an equivalent origination fee with respect to any increased commitments at
the time of the applicable increase), a monthly unused line fee of 0.50% per annum based upon the average daily unused portion of the
revolving credit facility and a monthly collateral management fee of 0.50% per annum based upon the average daily used portion of
the revolving credit facility. The Company is also required to maintain a minimum drawn balance of not less 20% of availability under
the revolving line. If the Company does not maintain such minimum drawn balance, it is required to pay monthly interest and fees as
if an amount equal to 20% of availability had been drawn down under the revolving line.
The Company’s obligations under the MidCap Credit Facility are secured by a security interest in substantially all of its assets,
including intellectual property. Additionally, the Company’s future subsidiaries, if any, may be required to become co-borrowers or
guarantors under the MidCap Credit Facility.
The MidCap Credit Facility contains customary affirmative covenants and customary negative covenants limiting the Company’s
ability and the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries, if any, to, among other things, dispose of assets, undergo a change in control,
merge or consolidate, make acquisitions, incur debt, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase stock and make investments, in each case
subject to certain exceptions.
F-20
The MidCap Credit Facility also contains customary events of default relating to, among other things, payment defaults, breaches of
covenants, a material adverse change, delisting of the Company’s common stock, bankruptcy and insolvency, cross defaults with
certain material indebtedness and certain material contracts, judgments, and inaccuracies of representations and warranties. Upon an
event of default, agent and the lenders may declare all or a portion of the Company’s outstanding obligations to be immediately due
and payable and exercise other rights and remedies provided for under the agreement. During the existence of an event of default,
interest on the obligations could be increased by 3.0%.
In March 2018, the Company granted the lender ten-year warrants to purchase 18,123 shares of the Company’s common stock at
$7.73 per share as a result of Tranche 1. The fair value of the warrants on the date of issuance was approximately $74,000, determined
using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and was recorded as a discount to the MidCap Term Loan.
The Company has recognized approximately $443,455 and $610,359 of unamortized debt discount associated with the MidCap Term
Loan, resulting from fees and debt issuance costs, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and
2018, respectively. Amortization of the debt discount associated with the MidCap Term Loan was approximately $166,904 and
$121,611 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and was included in interest expense in the accompanying
consolidated statements of operations. Unamortized costs incurred in connection with the issuance of the Midcap Revolving Loan of
$50,970 and $67,068 as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, are presented in other non-current assets in the accompanying
consolidated balance sheets. Amortization of deferred MidCap revolving loan costs was $16,098 and $12,352 for the years ended
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of
operations.
See Note 17 for further information regarding the MidCap Credit Facility.
QNAH Convertible Note Agreement
In October 2017, the Company issued a subordinated convertible promissory note to QNAH in the principal amount of $3.0 million
against receipt of cash proceeds equal to such principal amount. The QNAH Convertible Note bears simple interest at the rate of 3.0%
per annum and matures on October 26, 2020 (the “Maturity Date”). Neither interest nor principal payment are due until the Maturity
Date, subject to earlier conversion. QNAH may elect to convert all or any portion of the outstanding principal balance of the QNAH
Convertible Note and all unpaid accrued interest thereon at any time prior to the Maturity Date into shares of the Company’s common
stock at a conversion price of $3.984 per share.
Debt issuance costs of $12,333 and $25,787 relating to the QNAH Convertible Note are being presented as a direct reduction of
Convertible Note – net of debt issuance costs - current as of December 31, 2019 and of Convertible note – net of debt issuance costs –
non-current as of December 31, 2018, respectively. Amortization of the QNAH Convertible Note deferred financing costs was
$13,454 and $13,453 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Interest accrued on the QNAH Convertible Note
for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $188,630 and $98,630, respectively. Both amounts were included in interest
expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Note 9. Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized when, or as, the Company satisfies its performance obligations by delivering the
promised goods or service deliverables to the customers. A good or service deliverable is transferred to a customer when, or as, the
customer obtains control of that good or service deliverable. A performance obligation may be satisfied over time or at a point in time.
Revenue from a performance obligation satisfied over time is recognized by measuring the Company’s progress in satisfying the
performance obligation in a manner that depicts the transfer of the goods or services to the customer. Revenue from a performance
obligation satisfied at a point in time is recognized at the point in time that the Company determines the customer obtains control over
the promised good or service deliverable. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration the Company expects to be
entitled to in exchange for those promised goods or services (i.e., the “transaction price”). In determining the transaction price, the
Company considers multiple factors, including the effects of variable consideration. Variable consideration is included in the
transaction price only to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not
occur when the uncertainties with respect to the amount are resolved. In determining when to include variable consideration in the
transaction price, the Company considers the range of possible outcomes, the predictive value of its past experiences, the time period
of when uncertainties expect to be resolved and the amount of consideration that is susceptible to factors outside of the Company’s
influence, such as the judgment and actions of third parties.
F-21
Product and Product-related Services Revenue
The Company had product and product-related services revenue consisting of revenue from the sale of instruments and consumables
and the use of the HTG EdgeSeq proprietary technology to process samples and design custom RUO assays for the years ended
December 31, 2019 and 2018 as follows:
Product revenue:
Instruments
Consumables
Total product revenue
Product-related services revenue:
Custom RUO assay design
RUO sample processing
Total product-related services revenue
Total product and product-related services revenue
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$ 1,436,730 $ 351,885
1,964,499
$ 4,446,824 $ 2,316,384
3,010,094
964,241
4,498,088
5,840,765
5,687,292
6,805,006
10,185,380
$ 14,632,204 $ 9,121,390
Because the Company’s agreements for product and product-related services revenue have an expected duration of one year or less,
the Company has elected the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-50-14(a) to not disclose information about its remaining performance
obligations.
Sale of instruments and consumables
The delivery of each instrument and related installation and calibration are considered to be a single performance obligation, as the
HTG EdgeSeq instrument must be professionally installed and calibrated prior to use. Instrument product revenue is generally
recognized upon installation and calibration of the instrument by field service engineers, which represents the point at which the
customer has the ability to use the instrument and has accepted the asset. Installation generally occurs within one month of instrument
shipment.
The delivery of each consumable is a separate performance obligation. Consumables revenue is recognized upon transfer of control,
which represents the point when the customer has legal title and the significant risks of ownership of the asset. The Company’s
standard terms and conditions provide that no right of return exists for instruments and consumables, unless replacement is necessary
due to delivery of defective or damaged product. Customer payment terms vary but are typically between 30 and 90 days of revenue
being earned from shipment or delivery, as applicable.
Shipping and handling fees charged to the Company’s customers for instruments and consumables shipped are included in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations as part of product and product-related services revenue. Shipping and handling
costs for sold products shipped to the Company’s customers are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations
as part of cost of product and product-related services revenue.
For sales of consumables in the United States, standard delivery terms are FOB shipping point, unless otherwise specified in the
customer contract, reflecting transfer of control to the customer upon shipment. Standard delivery terms for sales to customers outside
of the United States are FOB delivery point, unless otherwise specified in the customer contract. The Company has elected the
practical expedient to account for shipping and handling as activities to fulfill the promise to transfer the consumables.
The Company provides instruments to certain customers under reagent rental agreements. Under these agreements, the Company
installs instruments in the customer’s facility without a fee and the customer agrees to purchase consumable products at a stated price
over the term of the agreement; in some instances, the agreements do not contain a minimum purchase requirement. Terms range from
several months to multiple years and may automatically renew in several month or multiple year increments unless either party
notifies the other in advance that the agreement will not renew. The Company measures progress toward complete satisfaction of its
performance obligation to provide the instrument and deliver the consumables using an output method based on the number of
consumables delivered in relation to the total consumables to be provided under the reagent rental agreement. This is considered to be
representative of the delivery of outputs under the arrangement and the best measure of progress because the customer benefits from
the instrument only in conjunction with the consumables. The Company expects to recover the cost of the instrument under the
agreement through the fees charged for consumables, to the extent sold, over the term of the agreement.
F-22
In reagent rental agreements, the Company retains title to the instrument and title is transferred to the customer at no additional charge
at the conclusion of the initial arrangement. The cost of the instrument is amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the
arrangement, unless there is no minimum consumable product purchase, in which case the instrument would be expensed as cost of
product and product-related services revenue upon installation. Cost to maintain the instrument while title remains with the Company
is charged to selling, general and administrative expense as incurred.
Service Revenue
RUO Sample Processing
The Company also provides sample preparation and processing services and molecular profiling of retrospective cohorts for its
customers through its VERI/O laboratory, whereby the customer provides samples to be processed using HTG EdgeSeq technology
specified in the order. Customers are charged a per sample fee for sample processing services which is recognized as revenue upon
delivery of a data file to the customer showing the results of testing and completing delivery of the agreed upon service. This is when
the customer can use and benefit from the results of testing and the Company has the present right to payment.
Custom RUO Assay Design and Related Agreements
The Company enters into custom RUO assay design agreements that may generate up-front fees and subsequent payments that might
be earned upon completion of design process phases. The Company measures progress toward complete satisfaction of its
performance obligation to perform custom RUO assay design using an output method based on the costs incurred to date compared to
total expected costs, as this is representative of the delivery of outputs under the arrangements and the best measure of progress.
However, because in most instances the assay development fees are contingent upon completion of each phase of the design project
and the decision of the customer to proceed to the next phase, the amount to be included in the transaction price and recognized as
revenue is limited to that which the customer is contractually obligated to pay upon completion of that phase, which is when it is
probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. Changes in estimates of total
expected costs are accounted for prospectively as a change in estimate. From period to period, custom RUO assay design service
revenue can fluctuate substantially based on the completion of design-related phases.
Collaborative Development Services Revenue
The Company enters into collaborative development services agreements with biopharmaceutical companies for the development of
NGS-based companion diagnostic assays in support of and in conjunction with, biopharmaceutical companies’ drug development
programs. These collaborative development services agreements may generate upfront fees, and in some cases subsequent milestone
payments that may be earned upon completion of certain product development milestones or activities. Collaborative development
services revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was generated through statements of work entered into under the
Governing Agreement with QML as discussed below.
Collaborative development services
Years Ended December 31,
2019
$
4,571,684 $
2018
12,382,504
Master Assay Development, Commercialization and Manufacturing Agreement
In November 2016, the Company entered into the Governing Agreement, which created the framework for QML and the Company to
combine their technological and commercial strengths to offer biopharmaceutical companies a complete NGS-based solution for the
development, manufacture and commercialization of companion diagnostic assays. Under the Governing Agreement, the parties
jointly sought companion diagnostic programs with biopharmaceutical companies, with QML entering into sponsor project
agreements with interested biopharmaceutical companies for specified projects, and QML and the Company entering into statements
of work which set forth the rights and obligations of QML and the Company with respect to each project. In November 2019, the
Company elected to terminate the Governing Agreement with QML, effective immediately, as a result of QML’s material breach of
the Governing Agreement, including QML’s failure to develop an in vitro diagnostic (“IVD”) version of its GeneReader sequencing
platform for development of PDP Assays. The Company’s termination of the Governing Agreement did not terminate active
statements of work under the Governing Agreement.
F-23
The Company has determined that SOW One, SOW Two and SOW Three (each defined below) are collaborative arrangements and
that QML meets the definition of a customer under ASC 606. Additionally, each SOW is a separate contract with a single performance
obligation to provide development services. Under each SOW, QML pays the Company a monthly fee for development work
performed by the Company and its subcontractors (collectively, the “Monthly Fee”). The Monthly Fee is based on the employee and
materials costs incurred during the month, which is subject to significant variability from period to period and unknown until the costs
are incurred. Therefore, the Monthly Fee, which is based on use of hours and costs as a measure of progress, is included in the
transaction price and recognized as revenue over time when the costs are incurred, and the Monthly Fee is billed to QML. It is at this
time that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. The Company and
QML also share any net profits resulting from performance of the development work as determined pursuant to the Governing
Agreement. Such profit-sharing payment(s) are deemed to be variable consideration using the expected value method and are included
in the transaction price upon completion of the respective SOW deliverables, acceptance of corresponding deliverables, and the
mutual agreement by QML and the Company on the calculation of net profit, which is when it is probable that a significant reversal in
the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur.
Because each SOW has an expected duration of one year or less, the Company has elected the practical expedient in ASC 606-10-50-
14(a) to not disclose information about its remaining performance obligations for each SOW.
Statement of Work No. One
In June 2017, the Company and QML entered into the first statement of work under the Governing Agreement, which has been twice
amended in December 2017 and March 2018 (collectively, “SOW One”). SOW One addressed the activities of the Company and
QML in support of the development and potential commercialization of a NGS-based companion diagnostic assay that was the subject
of a sponsor project agreement between QML and a biopharmaceutical company (“Pharma One”). In May 2018, SOW One was
terminated by QML as a result of Pharma One’s termination of the development project. The Company discontinued development
activities related to the project following wind down activities completed in the second quarter of 2018.
Revenue of $2,397,136, inclusive of SOW One Monthly Fees and $99,394 of SOW One profit-sharing payments was included in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018. Costs relating to development activities
conducted by the Company pursuant to SOW One of $1,716,115 have been included in research and development expense in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018. There was no revenue or costs relating to
SOW One during the year ended December 31, 2019, and there were no accounts receivable relating to SOW One as of December 31,
2019 or 2018.
Statement of Work No. Two
In October 2017, the Company and QML entered into the second statement of work under the Governing Agreement (“SOW Two”),
which was made effective as of June 2, 2017 (“Onset Date”). The Company and QML amended SOW Two twice in August 2018 and
two additional times, in September 2018 and in February 2019. SOW Two addresses development activities conducted by the
Company and QML since the Onset Date and those expected to be further conducted by the parties in connection with what is
expected to be a multi-stage project leading to the potential development and commercialization of an NGS-based companion
diagnostic assay in support of one or more therapeutic development and commercialization programs for a third-party
biopharmaceutical company.
The initial-phase investigational-use-only (“IUO”) development activities under SOW Two and the first three amendments related to
next phases, which include the use of the IUO assay developed in the initial-phase in a retrospective clinical trial and in additional
disease indications, have been completed. The fourth amendment of SOW Two, effective as of February 5, 2019, contemplates the use
of the IUO assay in multiple biopharmaceutical company clinical trials and additional development activities which could potentially
be included in a future companion diagnostic regulatory submission. As of December 31, 2019, development activities agreed upon in
the fourth amendment are ongoing and expected to continue into the first half of 2020.
Revenue of $2,685,634, inclusive of SOW Two Monthly Fees and $657,000 of SOW Two profit-sharing payments has been included
in collaborative development services revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended
December 31, 2019. Revenue of $5,988,021, inclusive of SOW Two Monthly Fees and $1,779,827 of SOW Two profit-sharing
payments has been included in collaborative development services revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations
for the year ended December 31, 2018. Accounts receivable relating to SOW Two of $171,298 and $1,007,950 remained in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Costs relating to development activities
conducted by the Company pursuant to SOW Two of $1,849,088 have been included in research and development expense in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $3,625,332 for the year
ended December 31, 2018.
F-24
Statement of Work No. Three
In January 2018, the Company and QML entered into a third statement of work under the Governing Agreement (“SOW Three”) and
amended SOW Three in September 2018. SOW Three relates to development activities for an NGS-based clinical-trial assay (“SOW
Three Project”) in connection with a sponsor project agreement between QML and a pharmaceutical company (“Pharma Three”).
Initial assay development activities under SOW Three have been completed, and the first amendment to SOW Three provides for the
development of an IUO assay, subsequent retrospective testing of clinical trial samples, design verification and, subject to satisfactory
achievement of relevant performance and regulatory milestones, regulatory submissions in the United States and European Union
necessary for the commercialization of a companion diagnostic for a corresponding Pharma Three drug. As of December 31, 2019, the
Company and QML are on hold pending customer decision as to whether to proceed with next phase contract activities.
Revenue of $1,886,050, inclusive of SOW Three Monthly Fees and $720,270 of SOW Three profit-sharing payment has been
included in collaborative development services revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended
December 31, 2019. Revenue of $3,997,346 inclusive of SOW Three Monthly Fees and $355,631 of SOW Three profit-sharing
payments has been included in collaborative development services revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations
for the year ended December 31, 2018. Accounts receivable relating to SOW Three of $760,274 and $363,869 remained in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Costs relating to development activities
conducted by the Company pursuant to SOW Three of $983,603 have been included in research and development expense in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $2,667,030 for the year
ended December 31, 2018.
Contract Liabilities
The Company receives up-front payments from customers for custom RUO assay design services, and occasionally for sample
processing services. Payments for instrument extended warranty contracts are made in advance as are payments for certain agreed-
upon capital purchases required for collaborative development service projects. The Company recognizes such up-front payments as a
contract liability. The contract liability is subsequently reduced at the point in time that the data file is delivered for sample processing
services or as the Company satisfies its performance obligations over time for RUO assay design, collaborative development and
extended warranty services. Contract liabilities of $599,454 and $410,947 were included in contract liabilities – current and other non-
current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Changes in the Company’s contract liabilities were as follows as of the dates indicated:
Product
Revenue
Custom RUO
Assay Design
Sample
Processing
Total Contract
Liability
Balance at January 1, 2019
Deferral of revenue
Recognition of deferred revenue
Balance at December 31, 2019
$
$
116,547 $
218,802
(240,201)
95,148
$
50,000 $
972,267
(956,051)
66,216
$
244,400 $
529,913
(336,223)
438,090
$
410,947
1,720,982
(1,532,475)
599,454
Product
Revenue
Custom RUO
Assay Design
Sample
Processing
Collaborative
Development
Services
Total Contract
Liability
Balance at January 1, 2018
$
Deferral of revenue
Customer deposits
Recognition of deferred revenue
Balance at December 31, 2018
$
39,426 $
190,703
131,864
(245,446)
$
116,547
197,606 $
448,580
-
(596,186)
$
50,000
490,536
197,541
-
(443,677)
244,400
$
$
110,317 $
70,918
—
(181,235)
$
—
837,885
907,742
131,864
(1,466,544)
410,947
F-25
Note 10. Other Agreements
NuvoGen Obligation
The Company entered into an asset purchase agreement in 2001, as amended, with NuvoGen Research, LLC (“NuvoGen”) to acquire
certain intellectual property from NuvoGen. The Company accounted for the transaction as an asset acquisition. However, as the
intellectual property was determined to not have an alternative future use, the upfront consideration was expensed. In exchange for the
intellectual property, the Company initially paid NuvoGen 5,587 shares of the Company’s common stock, fixed payments of $740,000
over the first two years of the agreement and agreed to make quarterly installment payments to NuvoGen until the total aggregate cash
compensation paid to NuvoGen under the agreement equaled $15,000,000. Certain terms of the agreement were amended in
November 2003, September 2004, November 2012 and February 2014.
Pursuant to the latest amendment to the agreement, the Company is obligated to pay the greater of $400,000 or 6% of annual revenue
until the obligation is paid in full. The Company paid yearly fixed fees, in quarterly installments, to NuvoGen of $400,000 as well as
revenue-based payments of $927,922 and $612,122 during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, for the amount
by which 6% of revenue exceeded the applicable fixed fee. Additional revenue-based payments of $187,997 and $363,686 were
payable as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Beginning on January 1, 2019 and continuing until the remaining obligation
has been paid in full, interest on the remaining unpaid obligation will accrue and compound annually at a rate of 2.5% per year.
Accrued interest on this unpaid obligation is payable on the date that the remaining obligation is paid in full.
Minimum payments to be made in 2020 include $187,997 of revenue-based payments payable as of December 31, 2019 and an
estimate of additional revenue-based payments to be made throughout the remainder of 2020 relating to revenue generated in the first,
second and third quarters of 2020 using actual revenue generated in the same quarters in 2019. Minimum payments for the remaining
years include only the minimum payments for each year. Actual payments could be significantly more than provided in the table, to
the extent that 6% of the Company’s annual revenue in 2020 and beyond exceeds $400,000:
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025 and beyond
Total NuvoGen obligation payments
Plus interest accretion
Total NuvoGen obligation, net
1,152,233
400,000
400,000
400,000
400,000
2,806,466
5,558,699
92,311
5,651,010
$
The Company has recorded the obligation at the estimated present value of the future payments using a discount rate of 2.5%, the
Company’s estimate of its effective borrowing rate for similar obligations. The unamortized debt discount was $(92,311) and
$(106,132) at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Discount accreted during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was
$(13,821), and $(12,480), respectively.
Illumina, Inc. Agreement
In June 2017, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Development and Component Supply Agreement with Illumina,
Inc. (“Illumina”), effective May 31, 2017 (“Restated Agreement”), which amended and restated the parties’ IVD Test Development
and Component Supply Agreement entered into in October 2014 (“Original Agreement”). The Restated Agreement provided for the
development and worldwide commercialization by the Company of nuclease-protection-based RNA or DNA profiling tests (“IVD test
kits”) for use with Illumina’s MiSeqDx sequencer in the field of diagnostic oncology testing in humans (“Field”). In addition, the
Company agreed to pay Illumina a single digit percentage royalty on net sales of any IVD test kits that the Company commercializes
pursuant to the Restated Agreement.
On April 23, 2019, the Company and Illumina entered into the First Amendment to the Restated Agreement, effective as of April 3,
2019 (the “First Amendment”). The First Amendment expanded the scope of the Field defined in the Restated Agreement to include
diagnostic testing in humans for (i) autoimmune disorders and diseases, (ii) cardiovascular disorders and diseases, and (iii) fibrosis
disorders and diseases ((i)-(iii) together, the “Other Fields”). The Company and Illumina have continued the development plans that
were previously entered into under the Restated Agreement, and the Company may, at its discretion, submit additional development
plans for IVD test kits in the Field to Illumina for its approval, not to be unreasonably withheld. In addition, Illumina will consider
requests for additional development plans for IVD test kits in the Other Fields in good faith, but Illumina may accept or reject such
requests in its sole and absolute discretion.
F-26
Under each development plan, Illumina will provide specified regulatory support and rights, and develop and deliver to the Company
an executable version of custom software, which, when deployed on Illumina’s MiSeqDx sequencer, would enable sequencing by the
end-user of the subject IVD test kit probe library. Illumina retains ownership of the custom software, subject to the Company’s right to
use the custom software in connection with the commercialization of IVD test kits. The Company is required to pay Illumina up
to $0.6 million in the aggregate upon achievement of specified regulatory milestones relating to the IVD test kits, though none of these
regulatory milestones have been reached through December 31, 2019.
As a result of IVD test kit development plans submitted by the Company to Illumina in accordance with the Restated Agreement, the
Company paid Illumina $0 and $12,500 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Costs incurred for
development plans under the Restated Agreement have been expensed as incurred to research and development expense in the
accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Absent earlier termination, the Restated Agreement will expire in May 2027; however, Illumina is no longer obligated to notify the
Company of changes in its products that may affect the Company’s IVD test kits after May 31, 2023. The Company may terminate the
Restated Agreement at any time upon 90 days’ written notice and may terminate any development plan under the Restated Agreement
upon 30 days’ prior written notice. Illumina may terminate the Restated Agreement upon 30 days’ prior written notice if the Company
undergoes certain changes of control, subject to a transition period of up to 12 months for then-ongoing development plans. Either
party may terminate the Restated Agreement upon the other party’s material breach of the Restated Agreement that remains uncured
for 30 days, or upon the other party’s bankruptcy.
Note 11. Leases
Operating Leases
The Company leases office space and equipment under agreements classified as operating leases that expire on various dates through
2023. The Company’s most significant active leases as of December 31, 2019 are for office and manufacturing space in Tucson,
Arizona, which expire in 2021. The Company also leases a development laboratory space in San Carlos, California, for which the
lease term expires in 2023. The Company’s leases do not include any contingent rental payments, impose any financial restrictions, or
contain any residual value guarantees. Certain of the Company’s leases include renewal options and escalation clauses; renewal
options have not been included in the calculation of the lease liabilities and right-of-use assets as the Company is not reasonably
certain to exercise the options. Annual rent increases are included in the calculation of the operating lease right-of-use assets. Variable
expenses generally represent the Company’s share of the landlord’s operating expenses and are recorded when incurred. Incremental
borrowing rates used to discount future lease payments in calculating lease liabilities were estimated by reference to the rate on the
Company’s MidCap Term Loan, as this represents the cost of borrowing for secured loans of similar duration. The Company does not
have any operating lease arrangements where it acts as a lessor.
The components of lease cost for operating leases were as follows:
Operating leases
Operating lease cost
Variable lease cost
Operating lease expense
Short-term lease rent expense
Total rent expense
The table below summarizes other information related to the Company’s operating leases:
Operating cash flows for operating leases
Establishment of operating lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets
Weighted-average remaining lease term – operating leases
Weighted-average discount rate – operating leases
Year Ended
December 31, 2019
618,463
131,387
749,850
1,497
751,347
Year Ended or
As of December 31, 2019
770,658
2,038,193
2.3
9.6%
$
$
$
$
F-27
As of December 31, 2019, remaining maturities of our operating leases, excluding short-term leases, are as follows:
2020
2021
2022
2023
Total
Less present value discount
Operating lease liabilities, net
$
$
881,300
352,243
281,232
70,848
1,585,623
(190,351)
1,395,272
Prior to the Company’s adoption of ASC 842, rent expense was $583,182 for the year ended December 31, 2018, recorded on a
straight-line basis. Lease commitments as presented under ASC 840 as of December 31, 2018 were as follows:
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024 and beyond
Financing Leases
525,745
528,225
53,907
10,768
10,768
43,073
1,172,486
$
The Company has a number of computer and copier equipment leases that are classified as financing leases. Incremental borrowing
rates used to discount future lease payments in calculating lease liabilities were estimated by reference to information received by the
Company from bankers regarding estimated current borrowing rates for collateralized loans with similar amount and duration as the
leases. The Company does not have any material financing leases where it acts as a lessor. The components of lease cost for financing
leases were as follows:
Financing leases
Amortization of right-of-use assets
Interest on lease liability
Total financing lease cost
The table below summarizes other information related to the Company’s financing leases:
Weighted-average remaining lease term – financing leases
Weighted-average discount rate – financing leases
As of December 31, 2019, remaining maturities of our financing leases are as follows:
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Total
Less present value discount
Financing lease liabilities, net
F-28
Year Ended
December 31, 2019
$
$
46,255
6,859
53,114
December 31,
2019
3.7
9.77%
50,072
28,355
20,716
18,396
16,080
133,619
(21,811)
111,808
$
$
At December 31, 2019 the Company had financing lease liabilities net of discount of $111,808, of which $41,134 was included in
other current liabilities and $70,674 was included in other non-current liabilities, and financing right-of-use assets of $108,253, which
were included in property and equipment, net, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.
Note 12. Net Loss Per Share
Basic loss per common share is computed by dividing the net loss allocable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number
of shares of common stock or common stock equivalents outstanding. Diluted loss per common share is computed similar to basic loss
per share except that it reflects the potential dilution that could occur if dilutive securities or other obligations to issue common stock
were exercised or converted into common stock.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share
for the periods presented:
Numerator:
Net loss
Denominator:
Weighted-average shares outstanding-basic and diluted
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
(19,297,664)
$
(16,453,918)
38,099,687
(0.51)
$
27,523,463
(0.60)
In connection with the Securities Purchase Agreement (see Note 14), the Company issued and sold an aggregate of 5,411,687 pre-
funded warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 5,411,687 shares of common stock. The total exercise price of the pre-funded warrants
is $0.65 per share, $0.64 of which was pre-funded and paid to the Company upon issuance of the pre-funded warrants. The remaining
exercise price of the pre-funded warrants is $0.01 per share. The pre-funded warrants are immediately exercisable and do not expire.
As the shares underlying the pre-funded warrants are issuable for nominal consideration of $0.01 per share, they are considered
outstanding for purposes of the calculation of loss per share.
The following outstanding options, warrants, restricted stock units and debt conversion option were excluded from the computation of
diluted net loss per share for the periods presented because their effect would have been anti-dilutive:
Options to purchase common stock
Common stock warrants
Restricted stock units
QNAH convertible note
Note 13. Warrants
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
2,904,898
236,915
223,745
800,359
2,047,237
237,846
227,707
777,769
In connection with certain of its redeemable convertible preferred stock issuances, convertible debt financings and other financing
arrangements, the Company has issued warrants for shares of its common stock and various issues of its redeemable convertible
preferred stock which have since been converted to common stock warrants.
On August 22, 2014, in connection with the Company’s entry into the Growth Term Loan (see Note 8), the Company issued to the
two-lender syndicate warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 2,512,562 shares of Series E stock at a price of $0.2189 per share. The
warrants provide for cashless exercise at the option of the holders, and contain provisions for the adjustment of the number of shares
issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations or dilutive
issuances. In connection with the closing of the IPO in May 2015, the warrants became exercisable for an aggregate of 23,396 shares
of common stock at an exercise price of $23.51 per share. The warrants expire by their terms on August 22, 2024, provided that the
warrants will be automatically exercised on a cashless basis upon expiration if not previously exercised if the fair market value of a
share of the common stock exceeds the per share exercise price. In connection with the funding of Growth Term Loan B, in March
2016 the Company issued Oxford Finance LLC a common stock warrant exercisable for 45,307 shares of common stock at an exercise
price of $2.759 per share, and the warrant originally issued to Silicon Valley Bank automatically became exercisable for an additional
5,317 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $23.51 per share in accordance with the terms of the Growth Term Loan.
F-29
On December 30, 2014, in connection with the Company’s entry into convertible note agreements, the Company agreed to issue
warrants (“Convertible Note Warrants”) to the holders exercisable for an aggregate of 9,311,586 shares of Series E Stock at a price of
$0.2189 per share, for aggregate consideration of $1,354 on January 15, 2015. The warrants provide for cashless exercise at the option
of the holders, and contain provisions for the adjustment of the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event
of stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, consolidations or dilutive issuances. In connection with the closing of the IPO in
May 2015, the Convertible Note Warrants became exercisable for an aggregate of 144,772 shares of common stock at the IPO price of
$14.00 per share. The Convertible Note Warrants expire by their terms on January 15, 2022.
In March 2018, in connection with the entry into the MidCap Term Loan (see Note 8), the Company granted the lender ten-year
warrants to purchase 18,123 shares of the Company’s common stock at $7.73 per share as a result of the Company borrowing $7.0
million under MidCap Tranche 1 on the MidCap Closing Date.
In September 2019, in connection with the Securities Purchase Agreement (see Note 14), the Company issued and sold an aggregate
of 5,411,687 pre-funded warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 5,411,687 shares of common stock. The total exercise price of the
pre-funded warrants is $0.65 per share, $0.64 of which was pre-funded and paid to the Company upon issuance of the pre-funded
warrants. The remaining exercise price of the pre-funded warrants is $0.01 per share. The pre-funded warrants are immediately
exercisable and do not expire.
The following table shows the common stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2019:
Shares of
Common Stock
Underlying
Warrants
Exercise
Price/Share
$
28,713
144,772
45,307
18,123
5,411,687
23.51
14.00
2.76
7.73
0.01
Expiration Date
2024
2022
2026
2028
N/A
Warrant Issuance Date
August 2014
December 2014
March 2016
March 2018
September 2019
Note 14. Stockholders’ Equity
Public Offerings
ATM Offering
In April 2017, the Company entered into a Controlled Equity Offering Sales Agreement (the “Sales Agreement”) with Cantor
Fitzgerald & Co. (“Cantor”), as sales agent, pursuant to which the Company had the right to offer and sell, from time to time, through
Cantor, shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, by any method deemed to be an “at the market offering”
as defined in Rule 415(a)(4) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (the “ATM Offering”). In April
2017, the Company also filed a prospectus supplement (File No. 333-216977) with the SEC relating to the offer and sale of up to
$20.0 million of common stock in the ATM Offering. In June 2017, the Company filed a first amendment to the prospectus
supplement with the SEC to increase the amount of common stock that could be offered and sold in the ATM Offering under the Sales
Agreement to $40.0 million in the aggregate, inclusive of the common stock previously sold in the ATM Offering prior to the date of
the first amendment. In January 2018, the Company filed a second amendment to the prospectus supplement with the SEC to decrease
the amount of common stock that could be offered and sold in the ATM Offering under the Sales Agreement to $23.0 million in the
aggregate, inclusive of the common stock sold in the ATM Offering prior to the date of the second amendment. In February 2018, the
Company and Cantor mutually agreed to terminate the Sales Agreement.
Prior to termination of the Sales Agreement, the Company sold 5,733,314 shares of common stock under the ATM Offering at then-
market prices for total gross proceeds of approximately $21.1 million, including 0.3 million shares of common stock sold for gross
proceeds of $0.6 million during the first quarter ended March 31, 2018. After $0.6 million of sales commissions and $0.2 million of
other offering expenses paid by the Company in connection with the ATM Offering, the Company’s aggregate net proceeds from the
ATM Offering were approximately $20.2 million. Sales commissions and offering expenses have been recorded as a reduction of
proceeds received in arriving at the amounts recorded in additional paid-in capital in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as
of December 31, 2018.
F-30
2018 Underwritten Public Offering
In January 2018, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of 13,915,000 shares of its common stock at a price of $2.90
per share, including 1,815,000 shares sold pursuant to the exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
The Company sold its common stock through an underwriting agreement with Leerink Partners LLC and Cantor as representatives of
the underwriters for the offering. The aggregate net proceeds to the Company from the offering were approximately $37.7 million,
after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.
Cowen ATM Offering
In March 2019, the Company entered into a Controlled Equity Offering Sales Agreement (“Cowen Sales Agreement”) with Cowen
and Company (“Cowen”), as sales agent, pursuant to which the Company has the right to offer and sell, from time to time, through
Cowen, shares of the Company’s common stock, having an aggregate offering price of up to $40.0 million, by any method deemed to
be an “at the market offering” as defined in Rule 415(a)(4) under the Securities Act (the “Cowen ATM Offering”) under the
Company’s shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-229045). Approximately $0.2 million of costs incurred in
connection with the offering were capitalized as deferred offering costs in the Company’s 2019 consolidated balance sheet upon entry
into this agreement.
As of December 31, 2019, no shares were sold under the Cowen ATM Offering and no shares will be sold under the Cowen ATM
Offering as the Company terminated the Cowen Sales Agreement in November 2019. As a result of this termination, the Company
wrote off approximately $0.1 million of the previously capitalized deferred offering costs as the Company will not utilize these costs
in the sale of shares through the Cowen ATM Offering. The remaining approximately $60,000 of costs capitalized as deferred offering
costs in the consolidated balance sheets related to the filing of the Form S-3 were able to be utilized for the 2019 ATM Offering
discussed below.
2019 Underwritten Public and Private Offerings
Public Offering
In September 2019, the Company entered into an underwriting agreement with Cantor (the “2019 Underwriting Agreement”), relating
to the issuance and sale in a public offering of 29,298,537 shares of its common stock, including 3,821,548 shares sold pursuant to the
full exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares. The price to the public in the offering was $0.65 per share and
the underwriter agreed to purchase the shares from the Company pursuant to the 2019 Underwriting Agreement at a price of $0.611
per share. The net proceeds to the Company were approximately $17.7 million, after deducting the underwriting discounts and
commissions and offering expenses.
The offering was made pursuant to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3 (Registration Statement
No. 333-229045), previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and declared effective by the SEC on
February 11, 2019, and a prospectus supplement and accompanying prospectus thereunder.
Securities Purchase Agreement
In September 2019, concurrent with the closing of the September 2019 underwritten public offering, the Company entered into a
Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) with certain institutional accredited investors (the
“Purchasers”), pursuant to which the Company sold to the Purchasers, in a private placement transaction, an aggregate of 5,411,687
pre-funded warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 5,411,687 shares of our common stock (“Warrant Shares”), at a price of $0.64
per warrant (which $0.64 price relates to the pre-funded portion of the total $0.65 exercise price per share). Each pre-funded warrant
has a remaining exercise price of $0.01 per share and became immediately exercisable upon issuance, subject to certain beneficial
ownership limitations.
The exercise price of the pre-funded warrants will be subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividends and splits,
recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction, as described in the pre-funded warrants. The pre-funded warrants are
exercisable on a “cashless” basis in certain circumstances.
F-31
The pre-funded warrants and the Warrant Shares were not registered under the Securities Act and were offered pursuant to the
exemption provided in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Rule 506(b) promulgated thereunder. The Company agreed to file
a registration statement to register the resale of the Warrant Shares within 30 days following the date of the Closing and to obtain
effectiveness of such registration statement within 90 days following the Closing, subject to certain exceptions. Each Purchaser was an
“accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.
Cantor (the “Placement Agent”) acted as the sole placement agent in connection with the private placement of the warrants. Pursuant
to a Placement Agency Agreement between us and the Placement Agent, we agreed to pay the Placement Agent a cash fee equal to
6% of the gross proceeds to us from the sale of the pre-funded warrants, and to provide reimbursement for certain out-of-pocket
expenses. Upon closing, the Company received approximately $3.1 million in net proceeds from the sale of the pre-funded warrants in
the private placement, which does not include proceeds that may be received upon exercise of the pre-funded warrants, after deducting
the Placement Agent fee and other expenses.
2019 ATM Offering
In November 2019, the Company entered into a Controlled Equity Offering Sales Agreement (the “Cantor Sales Agreement”) with
Cantor as sales agent, pursuant to which the Company may offer and sell, from time to time, through Cantor, shares of the Company’s
common stock, par value $0.001 per share, having an aggregate offering price of up to $20.0 million, by any method deemed to be an
“at the market offering” as defined by rule 415(a)(4) under the Securities Act (the “2019 ATM Offering”). The shares will be offered
and sold pursuant to the Company’s shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-229045).
The Company is not obligated to sell any shares under the Cantor Sales Agreement. Approximately $81,000 of costs incurred in
connection with the offering were capitalized as deferred offering costs in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets upon entry into
this agreement in addition to the Form S-3 costs capitalized previously, as discussed in Cowen ATM Offering above, of which
$45,000 are reimbursable by Cantor through reduction of commissions earned on shares sold under the Cantor Sales Agreement. The
Company is not obligated to sell any shares under the Cantor Sales Agreement and will pay Cantor a commission of up to 3.0% of the
aggregate gross proceeds from each sale of shares, reimburse legal fees and disbursements and provide Cantor with customary
indemnification and contribution rights. The Sales Agreement may be terminated by Cantor or the Company at any time upon notice
to the other party, or by Cantor at any time in certain circumstances, including the occurrence of a material and adverse change in the
Company’s business or financial condition that makes it impractical or inadvisable to market the shares or to enforce contracts for the
sale of the shares. There were no shares sold under the Cantor Sales Agreement through December 31, 2019. See Note 17 for further
information regarding the 2019 ATM Offering.
Common Stock
Pursuant to the Company Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000 shares
of common stock at a par value of $0.001 per share.
Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. The shares of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights, no
redemption or sinking fund provisions, no liability for further call or assessment, and are not entitled to cumulative voting rights.
Preferred Stock
Pursuant to the Company’s certificate of incorporation the Company has been authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock,
each having a par value of $0.001. The preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series with the authorization of the
Company’s Board of Directors. The Board of Directors can determine voting power for each series issued, as well as designation,
preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.
Stock-based Compensation
The Company incurs stock-based compensation expense relating to the grants under its equity incentive plans of RSUs and stock
options to employees, non-employee directors and consultants of the Company and its affiliates and through the ESPP.
Equity Incentive Plans
The Company initially established the 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “2001 Plan”), which included incentive and nonqualified stock
options and restricted stock to be granted to directors, officers, employees, consultants and others. The 2001 Plan terminated, and no
further awards were granted under the 2001 Plan upon the effective date of the Company’s 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2011
Plan”).
F-32
In February 2014, the number of shares reserved under the 2011 Plan was increased to 20% of the total outstanding shares of the
Company calculated on a fully diluted basis. The shares reserved under the 2011 Plan were required to be kept at that percentage with
each subsequent equity financing. No new equity awards may be granted under the 2011 Plan.
In May 2015, 940,112 shares were reserved for issuance under the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”),
including 14,006 remaining shares reserved under the 2011 Plan. No shares of the Company’s stock available for issuance under the
2014 Plan as of December 31, 2019, other than those reserved for inducement awards, as outlined below. On January 1, 2020, an
additional 2,323,609 shares were registered for issuance under the 2014 Plan pursuant to an evergreen provision contained in the 2014
Plan.
In May 2019, 200,000 shares were reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan pursuant to an amendment approved by the Company’s
Board of Directors pursuant to Rule 5635(c)(4) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules, to be used exclusively for the grant of awards to
individuals who were not previously employees or non-employee directors of the Company, as inducement material to the individuals’
entering into employment with the Company (“Inducement Awards”). As of December 31, 2019, there were 120,000 Inducement
Awards available for issuance under the 2014 Plan.
The Company’s Board of Directors determines the grant date for all awards granted under the 2014 Plan. The option exercise price of
stock options and Inducement Awards granted is generally equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant
or on the employee’s hire date for new hire grants. All stock options granted have a ten-year term. The vesting period of stock options,
Inducement Awards and RSUs is established by the Board of Directors but typically ranges between one and four years.
Amounts recognized in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations with respect to the Company’s equity incentive plans
were as follows:
Selling, general and administrative
Research and development
Cost of product and product-related services revenue
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
859,653
243,804
53,110
1,156,567
$
$
1,668,227
159,450
60,378
1,888,055
The following table summarizes stock option activity during the two-year period ended December 31, 2019:
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
67,242
7.5 $
$
243,531
7.6 $
366,007
$
21,380
8.0 $
8.0 $
6.5 $
6.6 $
781
781
346,595
96
2.97
3.39
2.19
3.24
6.52
3.07
1.48
2.23
3.29
3.23
2.37
2.37
2.91
2.84
Number of
Shares
1,517,771 $
802,500
(144,645)
(66,428)
(61,961)
2,047,237 $
1,270,000
(54,256)
(161,571)
(196,512)
2,904,898 $
2,904,898
1,256,352
1,380,865
Balance at January 1, 2018
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired/Cancelled
Balance at December 31, 2018
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired/Cancelled
Balance at December 31, 2019
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2019
Exercisable at December 31, 2018
Exercisable at December 31, 2019
F-33
The weighted-average fair value of stock options granted was $0.97 and $2.29 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018,
respectively. This activity includes 80,000 Inducement Awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2019. No Inducement
Awards were granted during the year ended December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2019, total unrecognized compensation cost
related to stock option awards was approximately $1,833,329, which is expected to be recognized over approximately 2.31 years.
In June 2018, in connection with the retirement of two employees, the vesting of stock options covering 46,613 shares of common
stock was accelerated and the post-termination exercise period for the employees’ options was extended to a one-year period from the
termination date. As a result of this modification, the Company recorded incremental stock-based compensation expense of
approximately $79,400 for the year ended December 31, 2018.
The fair value of each stock option granted has been determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The material factors
incorporated in the Black-Scholes model in estimating the fair value of the stock options granted for the periods presented were as
follows:
Fair value of common stock on grant date
Risk-free interest rate
Expected volatility
Expected term
Expected dividend yield
2019
$0.68 - 2.26
1.43% - 2.21%
63.9% - 97.1%
5.5 to 6.1 years
0%
2018
$3.26 - 5.06
2.59% - 2.82%
79.5% - 85.8%
5.3 to 5.5 years
0%
•
•
•
•
Expected stock price volatility. The expected volatility assumption is derived from the volatility of the Company’s
common stock in recent periods, as well as that of publicly traded industry competitors, over a period approximately equal
to the expected term.
Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates on the date of grant with
maturities approximately equal to the expected term.
Expected term. The expected term represents the period that the stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The
Company’s historical share option exercise experience does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate an
expected term because of a lack of sufficient data. Therefore, the Company estimates the expected term by using the
simplified method provided by the SEC. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the average of the time-to-
vesting and the contractual life of the stock options.
Expected dividend yield. The expected dividend is assumed to be zero as the Company has never paid dividends and does
not anticipate paying any dividends on its common stock.
In preparing its Black-Scholes option-pricing model fair value calculations, the Company does not estimate a forfeiture rate to
calculate stock-based compensation. The Company uses judgment in evaluating the expected volatility and expected terms utilized for
the Company’s stock-based compensation calculations on a prospective basis.
The following table summarizes RSU award activity during the two-year period ended December 31, 2019:
Number of
Shares
26,666 $
492,051
(291,010)
227,707 $
77,500
(81,462)
223,745 $
15,942 $
Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share
2.78
3.63
3.72
3.30
1.93
3.31
2.91
3.14
Balance at January 1, 2018
Granted
Released
Balance at December 31, 2018
Granted
Released
Balance at December 31, 2019
Vested and unissued at December 31, 2019
F-34
The weighted-average fair value of RSUs granted was $1.93 and $3.63 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
As of December 31, 2019, total unrecognized compensation cost related to RSU awards was approximately $555,439, which is
expected to be recognized over approximately 2.26 years.
Vested and unissued awards at December 31, 2019 represents RSU awards granted on August 16, 2018, January 21, 2019 and
September 12, 2019 for which a portion of the awards vested on December 31, 2019, but for which issuance of awards occurred on the
next business day, January 2, 2020.
2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In April 2015, the Company’s stockholders approved the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which became effective in May 2015.
Initially, the ESPP authorized the issuance of up to 110,820 shares of common stock pursuant to purchase rights granted to the
Company’s employees or to employees of any of the Company’s designated affiliates. The number of shares of common stock
reserved for issuance automatically increases on January 1 of each calendar year, from January 1, 2016 to January 1, 2024 by the least
of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year,
(ii) 195,000 shares, or (iii) a number determined by the Company’s board of directors that is less than (i) and (ii). The ESPP enables
participants to contribute up to 15% of such participant’s eligible compensation during a defined period (not to exceed 27 months) to
purchase common stock of the Company. The purchase price of common stock under the ESPP is the lesser of: (i) 85% of the fair
market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the first day of an offering or (ii) 85% of the fair market value of the
Company’s common stock at the applicable purchase date.
Amounts recognized in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations with respect to the ESPP were as follows:
Selling, general and administrative
Research and development
Cost of product and product-related services revenue
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
43,615
18,454
4,169
66,238
$
$
41,716
12,556
4,687
58,959
During the year ended December 31, 2019, employees entering the plan at various times throughout the year purchased the following
shares at the end of each of the ESPP’s six-month purchase periods:
ESPP Group:
Group A
Group B
Group C
Group D
Total number of shares purchased
June 2019
December 2019
Number of
Shares
Price
per Share
Number of
Shares
Price
per Share
29,580 $
5,828
4,581
—
39,989
1.57
1.79
1.79
N/A
27,449 $
5,240
4,804
2,474
39,967
0.57
0.57
0.57
0.57
During the year ended December 31, 2018, employees entering the plan at various times throughout the year purchased the following
shares at the end of each of the ESPP’s six-month purchase periods:
ESPP Group:
Group A
Group B
Total number of shares purchased
June 2018
December 2018
Number of
Shares
Price
per Share
Number of
Shares
Price
per Share
39,976 $
—
39,976
1.57
N/A
35,805 $
4,176
39,981
1.57
2.81
As of December 31, 2019, approximately 273,111 shares of the Company’s common stock were reserved for future issuance under the
ESPP. On January 1, 2020, an additional 195,000 shares were registered for issuance pursuant to an evergreen provision contained in
the ESPP.
F-35
The Company recognizes ESPP expense based on the fair value of the ESPP stock purchase rights, estimated for each six-month
purchase period using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The model requires the Company to make subjective assumptions,
including expected stock price volatility, risk free rate of return and estimated life. The fair value of equity-based awards is amortized
straight-line over the vesting period of the award.
The material factors incorporated in the Black-Scholes model in estimating the fair value of the ESPP awards for the periods presented
were as follows:
Fair value of common stock
Risk-free interest rate
Expected volatility
Expected term
Expected dividend yield
2019
$1.85 - 4.00
1.88% - 2.37%
79.5% - 85.8%
0.5 years
0%
2018
$1.85 - 4.00
1.88% - 2.07%
83.2% - 85.8%
0.5 years
0%
•
•
•
•
•
Fair value of common stock. Estimated as the price of the Company’s common stock on the first day of each offering
period.
Expected stock price volatility. The expected volatility assumption is derived from the average volatility of the Company’s
common stock in recent periods, as well as that of publicly traded industry competitors, over a period approximately equal
to the expected term.
Risk-free interest rate. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates on the first day of the
purchase period with maturities approximately equal to the expected term.
Expected term. The expected term represents the length of a purchase period under the ESPP.
Expected dividend yield. The expected dividend is assumed to be zero as the Company has never paid dividends and does
not anticipate paying any dividends on its common stock.
Stock Purchase Plan
In December 2015, the Board of Directors adopted a Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”) which allows directors, any individual
deemed by the Board of Directors to be an officer for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and anyone designated by the
Board of Directors as eligible to participate in the Purchase Plan to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock from the
Company at fair market value. The aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the Purchase Plan shall not
exceed 250,000 shares of common stock, and a maximum of 7,500 shares of common stock may be purchased by any one participant
on any one purchase date. The Board of Directors or an authorized committee must review and approve each individual request to
purchase common stock under the Purchase Plan. Cash received from the sale of common stock by the Company to eligible
participants for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $17,250, which resulted in the sale of 7,500 shares of the Company’s common
stock at fair market value. Cash received from the sale of common stock by the Company to eligible participants for the year ended
December 31, 2018 was $9,997 which resulted in the sale of 2,304 shares of the Company’s common stock at fair market value. As of
December 31, 2019, there were 174,871 shares available for issuance under the Purchase Plan.
Note 15. Commitments and Contingencies
Legal Matters
The Company’s industry is characterized by frequent claims and litigation, including claims regarding intellectual property and
product liability. As a result, the Company may be subject to various legal proceedings from time to time. The results of any current or
future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because
of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors. Any current litigation is considered immaterial
and counter claims have been assessed as remote.
Employment Agreements
The Company has entered into employment agreements or other arrangements with certain named executive officers and various other
members of management, which provide salary continuation payments, bonuses and, in certain instances, the acceleration of the
vesting of certain equity awards to individuals in the event that the individual is terminated other than for cause, as defined in the
applicable agreement.
F-36
Indemnification Agreements
In the course of operating its business, the Company has entered into, and continues to enter into, separate indemnification agreements
with the Company’s directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in the Company’s amended and
restated bylaws. These agreements may require the Company to indemnify its directors and executive officers for certain expenses
incurred in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of the Company’s directors or executive officers.
Product Warranty
The following is a summary of the Company’s general product warranty liability, which is included in accrued liabilities in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:
Beginning balance
Cost of warranty claims
Increase in warranty reserve
Ending balance
Defined Contribution Plan
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
63,461 $
(40,055)
71,076
94,482
$
37,156
(2,596)
28,901
63,461
In January 2003, the Company established a defined contribution plan (“401(k) Plan”) under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the “IRC”). All employees who are over the age of 21 and who are expected to work at least 1,000 hours
in a calendar year are eligible for participation in the 401(k) Plan upon commencement of employment with the Company. The
Company may make discretionary contributions to the 401(k) Plan but has not done so during the years ended December 31, 2019 and
2018.
Note 16. Income Taxes
The Company provides for income taxes based upon management’s estimate of taxable income or loss for each respective period. The
Company recognizes an asset or liability for the deferred tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets
and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. These temporary differences would result in deductible or taxable
amounts in future years, when the reported amounts of the assets are recovered or liabilities are settled, respectively.
In each period since inception, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance for the full amount of its net deferred tax assets, as
the realization of the net deferred tax assets is uncertain. As a result, the Company has not recorded any federal or state income tax
benefit in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations; however, state income tax expense has been recorded for state
minimum taxes.
The Company periodically reviews its filing positions for all open tax years in all U.S. federal, state and international jurisdictions
where the Company is or might be required to file tax returns or other required reports.
The Company applies a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The Company evaluates the tax
position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is “more likely than not” that the position
will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation process, if any. The term “more likely than not” means a
likelihood of more than 50 percent. If the tax position is not more likely than not to be sustained in a court of last resort, the Company
may not recognize any of the potential tax benefit associated with the position. The Company recognizes a benefit for a tax position
that meets the more likely than not criterion at the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized
upon its effective resolution. Unrecognized tax benefits involve management’s judgment regarding the likelihood of the benefit being
sustained. The final resolution of uncertain tax positions could result in adjustments to recorded amounts and may affect the
Company’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows. As discussed below, the Company has estimated $2,731,015 and
$1,538,220 of uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, related to certain tax credit carryforwards.
The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company had
no accrual for interest or penalties at December 31, 2019 or 2018, and has not recognized interest or penalties during the years ended
December 31, 2019 and 2018, since there was no reduction in income taxes paid due to uncertain tax positions. Management of the
Company believes no significant change to the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will occur within the next 12 months.
F-37
The following table summarizes loss before income taxes:
U.S. pre-tax loss
Foreign pre-tax gain (loss)
Loss before income taxes
The components of income tax expense are as follows:
Current:
Federal
State
Total current income tax expense
Deferred:
Federal
State
Total deferred income tax expense
Total income tax expense
Years Ended December 31,
2018
2019
$ (19,332,809) $ (16,406,443)
(43,949)
$ (19,294,285) $ (16,450,392)
38,524
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
$
$
$
—
3,379
3,379
$
$
$
—
—
— $
3,379 $
—
3,526
3,526
—
—
—
3,526
The Company’s actual income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 differ from the expected amount
computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to loss before income taxes as follows:
Computed tax (benefit) at 21%
State taxes, net of federal benefit
Stock-based compensation
Foreign tax rate differential
Return to provision
Other
Research and development tax credit - state
Research and development tax credit - federal
Uncertain tax position adjustment for prior periods
Increase in valuation allowance
Years Ended December 31,
$
$
2019
(4,051,800)
(881,670)
183,167
4,298
80,668
51,737
(342,320)
(301,878)
650,687
4,610,490
$
3,379 $
2018
(3,454,582)
(384,035)
82,024
(3,158)
(31,111)
51,598
(511,845)
(506,364)
1,029,115
3,731,884
3,526
F-38
Deferred tax assets and liabilities comprise the following:
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards
Research and development credits
Deferred revenue
Inventory reserve
Fixed assets and intangibles
Accrued NuvoGen liability
Accrued expense
Lease liability
Other
Gross deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Deferred tax assets, net
Deferred tax liabilities:
Right of use asset
Other
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
38,357,970
3,061,981
154,497
10,155
217,332
1,456,435
—
359,603
150,134
43,768,107
(43,350,682)
417,425
311,633
105,792
417,425
—
$
33,431,082
3,076,441
86,567
9,645
223,767
1,720,335
86,034
—
106,913
38,740,784
(38,740,784)
—
—
—
—
—
$
$
As of December 31, 2019, the Company has estimated federal and state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of approximately
$158,175,977 and $106,182,477 for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. $121,776,595 of the Company’s federal
NOLs are scheduled to expire from 2021 through 2037, while the remaining federal NOLs of $36,399,382 do not expire. The
Company’s state NOLs are scheduled to expire from 2027 through 2039. The Company’s federal and state tax credit carryforwards
begin expiring in 2021 and 2020, respectively.
For financial reporting purposes, valuation allowances of $43,350,682 and $38,740,784 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively,
have been established to offset deferred tax assets relating primarily to NOLs and research and development credits. The increase in
the valuation allowance of $4,609,898 for the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily due to increased operating losses. The
Company has established a valuation allowance against its entire tax asset. As a result, the Company does not recognize any tax
benefit until it is in a taxpaying position or there is no longer negative evidence leading to the conclusion that it is more likely than not
that the benefits will not be realized.
A preliminary analysis of past and subsequent equity offerings by the Company, and other transactions that have an impact on the
Company’s ownership structure, concluded that the Company may have experienced one or more ownership changes under Sections
382 and 383 of the IRC. Sections 382 and 383 of the IRC place limitations on the usage of NOLs and credit carryforwards following
an ownership change. Such limitations may limit or eliminate the potential future tax benefit to be realized by the Company from its
accumulated NOLs and research and development credits.
A reconciliation of the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
Balance at beginning of year
Increases to prior positions
Increases for current year positions
Balance at end of year
Years Ended December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
$
$
1,538,220
650,687
542,108
2,731,015 $
—
1,029,115
509,105
1,538,220
As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $2,731,015 of gross unrecognized tax benefits, related to research and experimental tax
credits. The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2019, which, if recognized, would affect the annual
effective tax rate, due to the full valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets.
The Company files income tax returns in the United States, Arizona, California, Texas, various other state jurisdictions, and France,
with varying statutes of limitations. As of December 31, 2019, the earliest year subject to examination is 2016 for U.S. federal tax
F-39
purposes. The earliest year subject to examination is 2015 for Arizona, California and Texas, 2016 for the remaining state
jurisdictions, and 2019 for France. However, the Company’s NOLs and tax credit carryforwards for periods ending December 31,
2001 and thereafter remain subject to examination by the United States and certain states.
Note 17. Subsequent Events
2019 ATM Offering
From January 1, 2020 through March 15, 2020, the Company has sold 4,399,062 shares of common stock under the 2019 ATM
Offering at then-market prices for total gross proceeds of approximately $2.6 million. After deferred offering costs included as non-
current assets in the condensed balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 of approximately $0.1 million and sales commissions owed in
connection with the 2019 ATM Offering, the Company’s aggregate net proceeds through March 15, 2020 were approximately $2.5
million.
Private Placement Agreement
On February 25, 2020, the Company entered into an Exchange and Purchase Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with certain
accredited investors (the “Investors”) pursuant to which the Company agreed to (i) issue to the Investors an aggregate of 41,100 shares
of its newly designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Series A Preferred”), in exchange for the
Investors surrendering to the Company for cancellation an aggregate of 4,110,000 shares of its common stock (the “Exchange”) and
(ii) sell and issue to the Investors an aggregate of 10,170 shares of Series A Preferred for an aggregate purchase price of $600,030, or
$59.00 per share (the “Private Placement”), both of which were completed prior to the end of February 2020.
The Series A Preferred have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws. The Company relied on
exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 3(a)(9) and Section 4(a)(2) thereof. Each
Investor represented that it was acquiring the securities for investment only and not with a view towards, or for resale in connection
with, the public sale or distribution thereof.
In February 2020, in connection with the Exchange Agreement and the planned issuance of shares of Series A Preferred pursuant to
the Exchange and Private Placement, the Company filed a Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series A Certificate of Designation”). The Series A Certificate of Designation establishes
and designates the Series A Preferred and the rights, preferences and privileges thereof.
Each share of Series A Preferred is convertible into 100 shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to proportional adjustment
and beneficial ownership limitations as provided in the Series A Certificate of Designation. In the event of the Company’s liquidation,
dissolution or winding up, holders of Series A Preferred will participate pari passu with any distribution of proceeds to holders of the
Company’s common stock. Holders of Series A Preferred are entitled to receive dividends on shares of Series A Preferred equal (on
an as converted to common stock basis) to and in the same form as dividends actually paid on the Company’s common stock. Shares
of Series A Preferred generally have no voting rights, except as required by law.
MidCap Credit Facility
On February 26, 2020 (the “Amendment Effective Date”), the Company entered into (i) Amendment No. 2 to its MidCap Term Loan
(the “MidCap Term Loan Amendment”), and (ii) Amendment No. 3 to its MidCap Revolving Loan, (the “MidCap Revolving Loan
Amendment,” and together with the MidCap Term Loan Amendment, the “Amendments”).
The MidCap Term Loan Amendment extends the interest only payments on the term loan advances by an additional 11 months, with
principal on each term loan advance payable in 25 equal monthly installments beginning March 1, 2021 until paid in full on March 1,
2023. If the Company achieves a stated revenue milestone for the 12-month period ending on December 31, 2020, the interest-only
period will be further extended by an additional four months, with principal on each term loan advance then payable in 21 equal
monthly installments beginning July 1, 2021.
In addition, both Amendments (i) permit the use of the $3.3 million of escrowed funds previously deposited by the Company for
repayment of the QNAH Convertible Note, subject to such repayment not being made before September 1, 2020, the Company having
at least $18.0 million of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and there being no default under the MidCap Term Loan or the
MidCap Revolving Loan and (ii) include a grant by the Company of a security interest in its intellectual property, effective as of the
Amendment Effective Date.
F-40
LP Purchase Agreement
On March 24, 2020, we entered into a purchase agreement ("LP Purchase Agreement") with Lincoln Park Capital Fund, LLC
("Lincoln Park"), pursuant to which, upon the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth therein, we have the right to
sell to Lincoln Park up to $20,000,000 of shares of our common stock (“Purchase Shares”) from time to time over the 36-month term
of the LP Purchase Agreement. The purchase price of the Purchase Shares will be based on recent closing prices of our common stock
at the time of sale. We issued Lincoln Park an aggregate of 615,384 shares of our common stock as consideration for their purchase
commitment pursuant to the LP Purchase Agreement.
COVID-19 Pandemic
On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”) announced a global health emergency because of a new strain of
coronavirus originating in Wuhan, China (the “COVID-19 outbreak”) and the risks to the international community as the virus spreads
globally. In March 2020, the WHO classified the COVID-19 outbreak as a pandemic.
The full impact of the COVID-19 outbreak continues to evolve as of the date of this report and likewise the full impact of the
pandemic on the Company’s financial condition, liquidity, and future results of operations is uncertain. Management is actively
monitoring the global situation on its financial condition, liquidity, operations, suppliers, industry and workforce. Given the daily
evolution of the COVID-19 outbreak and the global responses to curb its spread, the Company is not able to estimate the effects of the
COVID-19 outbreak on its results of operations, financial condition or liquidity for fiscal year 2020.
While significant uncertainty remains as to the potential impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on the Company’s operations, and on the
global economy as a whole, the Company believes it is likely that the COVID-19 outbreak will have a negative impact on the
Company’s product and product-related services revenue and collaborative development services revenue in 2020. The Company
believes this negative impact will be primarily demand-side driven as its customers experience disruptions in their own businesses
from the pandemic. However, it is possible that the COVID-19 pandemic will also impact the Company’s workforce, supply chains or
distribution networks or otherwise impact the Company’s ability to conduct sample processing services and custom assay
development services and its ability to provide collaborative development services for companion diagnostic development programs.
Although the Company cannot estimate the length or gravity of the impact of the COVID-19 outbreak at this time, if the pandemic
continues, it may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial position and liquidity in fiscal year
2020.
F-41
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our
periodic and current reports that we file with the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported with the time periods specified
in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures,
no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable and not absolute assurance of achieving the desired control
objectives. In reaching a reasonable level of assurance, management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit
relationship of possible controls and procedures. In addition, the design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain
assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated
goals under all potential future conditions; over time, control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree
of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system,
misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
As of December 31, 2019, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management,
including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our
disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December
31, 2019, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term
is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision and
with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes
in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The effectiveness of any system of
internal control over financial reporting, including ours, is subject to inherent limitations, including the exercise of judgment in
designing, implementing, operating and evaluating the controls and procedures, and the inability to eliminate misconduct completely.
Accordingly, any system of internal control over financial reporting, including ours, no matter how well designed and operated, can
only provide reasonable, not absolute assurances. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable
assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
We conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in
Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013
framework). Based on our evaluation of the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, our management concluded that
our internal control over financial reporting was effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2019.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of any change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our
last fiscal quarter and that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial
reporting. That evaluation did not identify any change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter
ended December 31, 2019 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial
reporting.
Item 9B. Other Information.
None.
69
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
Executive Officers and Directors
PART III
The following table sets forth certain information regarding our current executive officers and directors:
Name
Executive Officers
John L. Lubniewski
Shaun D. McMeans
Timothy B. Johnson
Byron T. Lawson
Non-Employee Directors
Ann F. Hanham, Ph.D. (3)
Michelle R. Griffin (1)(2)
Harry A. George (1)
Donnie M. Hardison (2)
James T. LaFrance (1)(3)
Lee R. McCracken (2)(3)
Age
Position(s)
56 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
58 Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
58 Executive Chairman
45 Senior Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer
Lead Independent Director
67
54 Director
71 Director
69 Director
61 Director
Director
62
(1) Member of the audit committee.
(2) Member of the compensation committee.
(3) Member of the nominating and governance committee.
Executive Officers
John L. Lubniewski. Mr. Lubniewski has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our Board of
Directors since April 2019 and previously served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since April 2018. Prior to this he
served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Business Officer since April 2011. Mr. Lubniewski joined us from Ventana Medical
Systems, Inc. (“Ventana”), a medical diagnostics company and member of the Roche Group and global headquarters of Roche Tissue
Diagnostics (“RTD”) where he served in leadership roles for nine years both before and after the acquisition of Ventana by Roche
Holdings, Inc. (“Roche”) in March 2008. From August 2010 to April 2011, Mr. Lubniewski was Senior Vice President and Lifecycle
Leader, Advanced Staining Platforms at Ventana. From January 2008 to August 2010, Mr. Lubniewski served as Senior Vice
President and Lifecycle Leader, Clinical Assays at RTD, with responsibility for three lifecycle teams, technical marketing and medical
marketing and global accountability for all RTD clinical assay products. Prior to the Roche acquisition of Ventana, Mr. Lubniewski
served at Ventana as Senior Vice President, Advanced Staining Business Unit, Vice President Worldwide Marketing and Translational
Diagnostic Business Unit, and General Manager, Research Products. In these roles, Mr. Lubniewski was responsible for a variety of
assay and platform development and commercialization efforts. Prior to Ventana, Mr. Lubniewski worked for over ten years at
Corning, Inc., a manufacturing company, in a variety of divisional, sector and corporate sales and marketing roles. Mr. Lubniewski
earned a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from Clarkson University. Our Board of Directors believes that Mr. Lubniewski’s extensive
executive management in commercialization, marketing and strategic planning and management of operations, as well as his service
as our Chief Executive Officer, qualify him to serve on our Board of Directors.
Shaun D. McMeans. Mr. McMeans has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since February 2018
and as our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since February 2012. Prior to joining us, Mr. McMeans was Vice President –
Finance of Securaplane Technologies, Inc., a product supply company and division of Meggitt PLC, an aerospace, defense and energy
conglomerate, from May 2011 to February 2012. Mr. McMeans was a financial consultant from February 2008 to April 2011, working
both in an individual capacity and as a partner for Tatum LLC, a consulting company. Prior to February 2008, Mr. McMeans was
Chief Financial Officer for The Long Companies, a full service residential and commercial real estate division of Berkshire Hathaway,
Inc. Mr. McMeans also worked for over five years at LXU Healthcare, Inc., a manufacturer and distributor of specialty surgical
equipment, as Controller and then Chief Financial and Operating Officer. In his early career, Mr. McMeans worked in roles of
increasing responsibility, including Director of Finance, for Burnham Holdings, Inc., formerly Burnham Corporation, a manufacturer
and distributor of residential and commercial hydronic heating equipment. Mr. McMeans received his B.S. in Accounting from The
Pennsylvania State University.
70
Timothy (TJ) B. Johnson. Mr. Johnson has served as the Executive Chairman of our Board of Directors since March 2019 and as
a member of our Board of Directors since January 2008. Mr. Johnson previously served as our Chief Executive Officer from January
2008 until March 2019. He also served as our President from January 2008 until April 2018. Mr. Johnson joined us from LVC
Consulting, a consulting company, where he was a partner from April 2007 to January 2008. Prior to April 2007, Mr. Johnson spent
five years in leadership roles at Ventana prior to its acquisition by Roche. At Ventana, Mr. Johnson held the positions of Senior Vice
President, Global Business Services, Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and Operations, and Vice President/General
Manager, Operations and Lean Systems. In these roles, Mr. Johnson’s responsibilities included product technical support, worldwide
marketing, corporate development, strategic planning and manufacturing. Prior to working at Ventana, Mr. Johnson had a 12-year
career at Hillenbrand Industries, Inc., a global diversified industrial company, where he held several leadership roles in the corporate
offices and in the Hill-Rom Division, including Vice President, Global Marketing, Vice President/General Manager, Hill-Rom
AirShields, Vice President, Operations, and Vice President, Continuous Improvement and Strategic Planning. Mr. Johnson spent part
of his early career at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, a public accounting firm. Mr. Johnson previously served on the board of directors
of Kalypto Medical, Inc. and was the Industry co-chair for the Biosciences Leadership Council of Southern Arizona. He earned a B.S.
in Business from Indiana University. Our Board of Directors believes that Mr. Johnson’s extensive executive background in general
management, strategic planning and managing operations of a diagnostic company and past service as our Chief Executive Officer
qualify him to serve on our Board of Directors.
Byron T. Lawson. Mr. Lawson has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Commercial Officer in January 2020 and
previously served as our Senior Vice President, Pharma Business Unit since January 2018. Prior to this he served as our Senior
Director, Commercial Options since October 2012. Mr. Lawson joined us from Ventana, where he worked for nearly 15 years and
served in a variety of roles with increasingly responsibility in the North American commercial organization. He also served in the
United States Air Force for nearly 10 years between Active and Reserve Duty as a certified Histology Technician.
Non-Employee Directors
Ann F. Hanham Ph.D. Dr. Hanham has served on our Board of Directors since August 2016 and has served as our Lead
Independent Director since April 2019. Prior to her appointment as Lead Independent Director, Dr. Hanham served as the chair of our
Board of Directors from March 2017 to March 2019. Since March 2017, Dr. Hanham has provided independent management
consulting as a sole proprietor. Previously, she was the founding and managing partner of BAR Capital LLC, an investment company,
a position she has held from December 2013 to March 2017. From February 2000 to November 2013, Dr. Hanham was the Managing
Director and General Partner of Burrill and Company, a life science investment company. Prior to that, Dr. Hanham held positions of
increasing responsibility in product development, medical affairs, and clinical and regulatory affairs at various companies, including
InterMune Inc., Otsuka America Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Otsuka”), Celtrix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Celtrix”), and Becton Dickinson
and Company (“BD”). InterMune, Inc., Otsuka and Celtrix are, or prior to respective acquisitions, were clinical-stage
biopharmaceutical companies, and BD is a life sciences discovery and diagnostics company. Dr. Hanham also currently serves on the
board of directors of SCYNEXIS (Nasdaq: SCYX). Dr. Hanham received her B.Sc. degree from the University of Toronto, Canada;
her M.Sc. degree, in biology, from Simon Fraser University, Canada; and her Ph.D. degree, in biology, from the University of British
Columbia, Canada. Our Board of Directors believes that Dr. Hanham’s extensive industry and executive experience, and her
experience serving on the board of directors of other public companies qualifies her to serve on our Board of Directors.
Michelle R. Griffin. Ms. Griffin has served on our Board of Directors since August 2018. Ms. Griffin currently serves as a
member of the board of directors and chair of the audit committee for Acer Therapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq: ACER) and Adaptive
Biotechnologies Corp (Nasdaq: ADPT). She has also served on the board of directors and as audit committee chair for PhaseRx, Inc.
(Nasdaq:PZRX) from 2016 to 2018, OncoGenex Pharmaceuticals Inc. (Nasdaq: OGXI) from 2008 to 2011, and Sonus
Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (Nasdaq: SNUS) from 2004 to 2008; as chair of the board of directors for Universal Cells, Inc. from 2017 until
its acquisition by Astellas Pharma Inc. in 2018; as a member of the board of directors of Virginia Mason Health System and Virginia
Mason Medical Center from 2014 to 2018; and as a member of the board of directors for Polynoma LLC from 2012 to 2014. Ms.
Griffin served as executive vice president, operations, and chief financial officer at OncoGenex from 2011 to 2013; served as acting
chief executive, senior vice president and chief operating officer at Trubion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from 2009 until its acquisition in
2010 and as its chief financial officer from 2006 to 2009; and served as senior vice president and chief financial officer of Dendreon
Corp. from 2005 to 2006. Ms. Griffin began her career in the biopharmaceuticals industry in 1994 at Corixa Corp. (Nasdaq: CRXA)
and served as its chief financial officer from its IPO in 1997 until 2005 when Corixa was acquired by GlaxoSmithKline plc. She
received a post(cid:7)graduate certificate in accounting and an MBA from Seattle University, a B.S. in statistics and marketing from George
Mason University and has passed the certified public accountant exam. Our Board of Directors believes that Ms. Griffin’s financial
and accounting expertise and extensive executive experience qualifies her to serve on our Board of Directors.
71
Harry A. George. Mr. George has served on our Board of Directors since 2002 and served as the chair of our Board of Directors
from December 2007 until September 2013. Mr. George co-founded Solstice Capital, a venture capital firm, in 1995 and serves as its
Managing General Partner. Mr. George serves as President and CFO of Radiance Therapeutics where he also serves on the board of
directors. Mr. George has served as a member of the board of directors of a number of private and public companies and is currently
serving on the boards of directors of Medipacs, Inc., Post.Bid.Ship, Inc., AdiCyte, Inc., RxActuator, Inc. and Splash Pharmaceuticals,
Inc. Mr. George is also a member of the boards of directors of several non-profit organizations, including Southern Arizona
Leadership Council, Desert Angels and Start-up Tucson, a member of the Board of Visitors of the McGuire Center for
Entrepreneurship, and an advisor to Tech Launch Arizona. Prior to 1995, Mr. George was co-founder, Director, and Vice-President of
Finance for Interleaf Inc., a software products company. Prior to his time at Interleaf, Mr. George was co-founder, Director and Vice
President of Finance of Kurzweil Computer Products, Inc., a computer products company, which subsequently was purchased by
Xerox Imaging Systems. Mr. George received an A.B. from Bowdoin College and, in 2012, received an Honorary Doctorate of
Science from the University of Arizona. Also in 2012, the Arizona BioIndustry Association conferred upon Mr. George the John
McGarrity Bioscience Leader of the Year Award. Our Board of Directors believes Mr. George’s detailed knowledge of our company
and long tenure with us, together with his more than 40 years of experience serving as founder, operating officer, or investor with
successful rapid growth technology-related companies qualify him to serve on our Board of Directors.
Donnie M. Hardison. Mr. Hardison has served on our Board of Directors since May 2016. He currently is the President and
Chief Executive Officer, and serves on the board of directors, of Biotheranostics, Inc., a molecular diagnostic company focused on
oncology, positions he has held since February 2017. From April 2016 to January 2017, Mr. Hardison served as the sole proprietor of
DMH Consulting, a management consulting firm, which he founded. Between April 2010 and March 2016, Mr. Hardison was the
President and Chief Executive Officer of Good Start Genetics, a medical device company. For more than 20 years prior to that, Mr.
Hardison held a number of executive and senior management positions at companies including Laboratory Corporation of America
(“LabCorp”) a clinical laboratory company, Exact Sciences Corporation, a molecular diagnostics company, OnTarget, Inc., a sales and
marketing consulting company, Quest Diagnostics Inc., a clinical laboratory company, SmithKline Beecham Corporation, a
pharmaceutical company, and others. He currently serves as an independent director on the boards of directors of several private
companies, including Seventh Sense Biosystems, Boston Microfluidics and IQuity, Inc. He also served on the board of directors of
Exact Sciences Corporation (Nasdaq: EXAS) from May 2000, through its initial public offering in February 2001, until August 2007.
Mr. Hardison received his Bachelor of Arts degree, in political science, from the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. Our Board
of Directors believes that Mr. Hardison’s broad private and public company background, his extensive executive and industry
experience, his experience with newly emerging and well-established companies, and his extensive commercial and operational
experience qualify him to serve on our Board of Directors.
James (Jim) T. LaFrance. Mr. LaFrance has served on our Board of Directors since December 2015. Mr. LaFrance has almost
thirty years of diagnostic industry experience, and has worked since January 2015 as a sales, marketing, strategy development and
commercial operational management consultant for LaFrance Consulting LLC, a firm he founded. He currently serves on three
additional boards, Vermillion, Inc (Nasdaq: VRML) as Chairman; BioArray Genetics, Inc., a private company, as Chairman, and as an
independent director of privately held Personal Genome Diagnostics. He served as interim Chief Executive Officer of Vermillion, Inc.
(Nasdaq: VRML) in 2014 and as a CEO for Omnyx, LLC, a UPMC/GE Healthcare joint venture from 2012 to 2013. Mr. LaFrance
held a series of senior management roles at Ventana Medical Systems (now Roche Tissue Diagnostics), including general
management of the North American and international commercial operations. Prior to working for Ventana, Mr. LaFrance served in
leadership roles in strategic marketing and business development at Bayer Diagnostics. He earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in
Economics from the University of Connecticut and holds a Master’s in Business Administration from the University of Notre Dame.
Our Board of Directors believes that Mr. LaFrance’s extensive industry and executive experience, and his experience serving on the
board of directors of another public company qualify him to serve on our Board of Directors.
Lee R. McCracken. Mr. McCracken has served on our Board of Directors since October 2015. Mr. McCracken currently is the
Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of Drawbridge Health, Inc., a company focused on enabling personal
diagnostic testing, positions he has held since June 2017. From May 2016 to May 2017 and from April 2013 to March 2014, he served
as a strategic and restructuring consultant in the regenerative medicine and diagnostic sectors for McCracken Consulting, a consulting
firm he founded. Between April 2014 and May 2016, Mr. McCracken was Chief Executive Officer of Gensignia Life Sciences, Inc., a
molecular diagnostics company. Earlier in his career, Mr. McCracken held a number of executive positions or roles with significant
responsibility at several biotechnology and therapeutics companies, including Pathwork Diagnostics, Inc., Prometheus Laboratories
Inc., GenStar Therapeutics Corporation, CombiChem Inc., and Allergan Inc., as well as at the investment companies, 3i Capital and
Union Venture. Mr. McCracken received his M.B.A. from the Anderson School of Management at the University of California, Los
Angeles, his Master of Computer Science (MCS) from the University of Dayton, and his B.S. in Commerce from Santa Clara
University. Our Board of Directors believes Mr. McCracken’s extensive executive and industry experience and his broad knowledge
of molecular diagnostics qualify him to serve on our Board of Directors.
72
Board Composition
Our business and affairs are organized under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of eight members.
The primary responsibilities of our Board of Directors are to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our
management. Our Board of Directors meets on a regular basis and additionally as required.
Our Board of Directors has determined that all of our directors other than Mr. Lubniewski and Mr. Johnson are independent
directors, as defined by Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. The Nasdaq independence definition includes a series of
objective tests, including that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the
director nor any of his family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by Nasdaq
rules, our Board of Directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist, which, in
the opinion of our Board of Directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of
a director. In making these determinations, our Board of Directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and
us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management. There
are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our Board of Directors is divided into
three classes, as follows:
•
•
•
Class I, which consists of Mr. Lubniewski, Mr. George and Mr. Hardison, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting
of stockholders to be held in 2020;
Class II, which consists of Mr. Johnson, Dr. Hanham and Ms. Griffin, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of
stockholders to be held in 2021: and
Class III, which consists of Mr. McCracken and Mr. LaFrance, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of
stockholders to be held in 2022.
At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will serve until the third annual
meeting following their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The authorized number of directors may be
changed only by resolution of our Board of Directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of
directors will be distributed between the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.
This classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. Our
directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of our voting stock.
Board Leadership Structure
As a general policy, our Board of Directors believes that separation of the positions of chair and Chief Executive Officer
reinforces the independence of the Board from management, creates an environment that encourages objective oversight of
management’s performance and enhances the effectiveness of the Board as a whole.
Mr. Johnson serves as our Executive Chairman and Mr. Lubniewski serves as our Chief Executive Officer. As our Executive
Chairman, Mr. Johnson advises our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, on various strategic matters. We believe that
separation of the positions of Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer reinforces the independence of the Board of Directors
in its oversight of our business and affairs.
In addition, Dr. Hanham serves as our Lead Independent Director. As Lead Independent Director, Dr. Hanham presides over
Board of Directors meetings, sets meeting agendas, ensures the duties, responsibilities and roles of members of our Board of Directors
are clearly understood, ensures that our Board of Directors receives appropriate and timely information, material and reports from
management regarding our business, provides input to the Board regarding candidates for nomination or appointment to the Board and
Board committees, and performs such additional duties as set forth in our bylaws and as our Board of Directors may otherwise
determine and delegate.
We also have a separate chair for each committee of our Board of Directors. The chair of each committee is expected to report at
least annually to our Board of Directors on the activities of their respective committee in fulfilling their responsibilities as detailed in
their respective charters or specify any shortcomings should that be the case.
73
Role of the Board in Risk Oversight
One of the key functions of our Board of Directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. The Board does not
have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through the Board of Directors as a
whole, as well as through various standing Board committees that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. The risk
oversight process includes receiving regular reports from Board committees and members of senior management to enable our Board
of Directors to understand our risk identification, risk management and risk mitigation strategies with respect to areas of potential
material risk, including operations, finance, legal, regulatory, strategic and reputational risk. In particular, our Board of Directors is
responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure and our Audit Committee has the responsibility to consider and
discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures, including
guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. The Audit Committee also
monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Oversight by the Audit Committee includes direct communication with
our external auditors. Our Nominating and Governance Committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance practices,
including whether they are successful in preventing illegal or improper liability-creating conduct. Our Compensation Committee
assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.
Board Committees
Our Board of Directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance
committee.
Audit Committee
Our Audit Committee consists of Ms. Griffin, Mr. George and Mr. LaFrance. Ms. Griffin serves as the chair of our Audit
Committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that each of the members of our Audit Committee satisfies the Nasdaq Stock
Market and SEC independence requirements. The functions of this committee include, among other things:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
evaluating the performance, independence and qualifications of our independent auditors and determining whether to
retain our existing independent auditors or engage new independent auditors;
reviewing and approving the engagement of our independent auditors to perform audit services and any permissible non-
audit services;
monitoring the rotation of partners of our independent auditors on our engagement team as required by law;
prior to engagement of any independent auditor, and at least annually thereafter, reviewing relationships that may
reasonably be thought to bear on their independence, and assessing and otherwise taking the appropriate action to oversee
the independence of our independent auditor;
reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements and reports, including the disclosures contained under the caption
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and discussing the
statements and reports with our independent auditors and management;
reviewing with our independent auditors and management significant issues that arise regarding accounting principles and
financial statement presentation and matters concerning the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our financial controls;
reviewing with management and our auditors any earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding
material developments;
establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding financial controls,
accounting or auditing matters and other matters;
preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement;
reviewing and providing oversight of any related-person transactions in accordance with our related-person transaction
policy and reviewing and monitoring compliance with legal and regulatory responsibilities, including our code of business
conduct and ethics;
reviewing our major financial risk exposures, including the guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk
assessment and risk management is implemented;
reviewing on a periodic basis our investment policy; and
reviewing and evaluating on an annual basis the performance of the Audit Committee, including compliance of the Audit
Committee with its charter.
74
Our Board of Directors has determined that each member of the audit committee meets the requirements for financial literacy
under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the Nasdaq Stock Market. It has also determined that Ms. Griffin qualifies
as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and meets the financial sophistication requirements of
the Nasdaq Listing Rules. In making this determination, our Board of Directors has considered Ms. Griffin’s formal education and
experience in financial and executive roles. Both our independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically
meet privately with our Audit Committee. The audit committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards
of the SEC and the Nasdaq Stock Market.
Compensation Committee
Our Compensation Committee consists of Ms. Griffin, Mr. Hardison, and Mr. McCracken. Mr. Hardison serves as the chair of
our Compensation Committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that each of the members of our Compensation Committee is a
non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange
Act”) and satisfies the Nasdaq Stock Market independence requirements. None of these individuals has ever been an executive officer
or employee of ours. The functions of this committee include, among other things:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
reviewing, modifying and approving (or if it deems appropriate, making recommendations to the full Board of Directors
regarding) our overall compensation strategy and policies;
reviewing and recommending to our Board of Directors the compensation and other terms of employment of our
executive officers;
reviewing and recommending to our Board of Directors the performance goals and objectives relevant to the
compensation of our executive officers and assessing their performance against these goals and objectives;
reviewing and approving (or if it deems it appropriate, making recommendations to the full Board of Directors regarding)
the equity incentive plans, compensation plans and similar programs advisable for us, as well as modifying, amending or
terminating existing plans and programs;
evaluating risks associated with our compensation policies and practices and assessing whether risks arising from our
compensation policies and practices for our employees are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us;
reviewing and approving (or if it deems it appropriate, making recommendations to the full Board of Directors regarding)
the type and amount of compensation to be paid or awarded to our non-employee board members;
establishing policies for allocating between long-term and currently paid out compensation, between cash and non-cash
compensation and the factors used in deciding between the various forms of compensation;
establishing policies with respect to votes by our stockholders to approve executive compensation as required by
Section 14A of the Exchange Act and determining our recommendations regarding the frequency of advisory votes on
executive compensation;
reviewing and assessing the independence of compensation consultants, legal counsel and other advisors as required by
Section 10C of the Exchange Act;
establishing elements of corporate performance for purposes of increasing or decreasing compensation;
administering our equity incentive plans;
establishing policies with respect to equity compensation arrangements;
reviewing regional and industry-wide compensation practices and trends to assess the competitiveness of our executive
compensation programs and evaluating the effectiveness of our compensation policy and strategy in achieving expected
benefits to us;
reviewing the adequacy of its charter on a periodic basis;
reviewing with management and approving our disclosures under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in
our periodic reports or proxy statements to be filed with the SEC, if applicable;
preparing the report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement, if applicable; and
reviewing and assessing on an annual basis the performance of the Compensation Committee.
The compensation committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the Nasdaq
Stock Market.
75
In 2019, our Compensation Committee retained Radford, an Aon Hewitt company and a provider of compensation market
intelligence to the technology and life sciences industries, to provide a report summarizing relevant benchmark data relating to
industry-appropriate peers and make recommendations regarding base salary, target total cash (base salary plus target cash incentives)
and the amounts and terms of long-term equity incentive awards for our executives as well as to benchmark and make
recommendations regarding the initial and annual cash retainer amounts for directors and chairpersons of our Board of Directors and
the various committees and the amounts and terms of initial and annual long-term equity incentive awards for directors. No work
performed by Radford during fiscal year 2019 raised a conflict of interest.
None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, on the compensation
committee or board of directors of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our Board of
Directors or Compensation Committee.
Nominating and Governance Committee
Our Nominating and Governance Committee consists of Dr. Hanham, Mr. McCracken and Mr. LaFrance. Dr. Hanham serves as
the chair of our Nominating and Governance Committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that each of the members of this
committee satisfies the Nasdaq Stock Market independence requirements. The functions of this committee include, among other
things:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
identifying, reviewing and evaluating candidates to serve on our Board of Directors consistent with criteria approved by
our Board of Directors;
determining the minimum qualifications for service on our Board of Directors;
evaluating director performance on the board and applicable committees of the board and determining whether continued
service on our Board is appropriate;
evaluating, nominating and recommending individuals for membership on our Board of Directors;
evaluating nominations by stockholders of candidates for election to our Board of Directors;
considering and assessing the independence of members of our Board of Directors;
developing a set of corporate governance policies and principles, including a code of business conduct and ethics,
periodically reviewing and assessing these policies and principles and their application and recommending to our Board of
Directors any changes to such policies and principles;
assist the chair of our Board of Directors or lead independent director in developing effective board of directors meeting
practices and procedures;
oversee and review the processes and procedures used by us to provide information to our Board of Directors and its
committees;
assist the members of our Compensation Committee, as requested, in determining the compensation paid to non-employee
directors for their service on our Board of Directors and its committees and recommend any changes considered
appropriate to our full board of directors for approval;
periodically review with our Chief Executive Officer the plans for succession to the offices of our Chief Executive Officer
and other key executive officers and make recommendations to our Board of Directors with respect to the selection of
appropriate individuals to succeed those positions;
reviewing the adequacy of its charter on an annual basis; and
annually evaluating the performance of the Nominating and Governance Committee.
The nominating and governance committee operates under a written charter, which the nominating and governance committee
reviews and evaluates at least annually.
The nominating and governance committee will consider qualified director candidates recommended by stockholders in
compliance with our procedures and subject to applicable inquiries. The nominating and governance committee’s evaluation of
candidates recommended by stockholders does not differ materially from its evaluation of candidates recommended from other
sources. Any stockholder may recommend nominees for director by writing to Dr. Ann F. Hanham, Ph.D., Chair of the Nominating
and Governance Committee of the Board of Directors, HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc., 3430 E. Global Loop, Tucson, Arizona
85706, giving the name and address of the stockholder on whose behalf the submission is made, the number of Company shares that
are owned beneficially by such stockholder as of the date of the submission, the full name of the proposed candidate, a description of
the proposed candidate’s business experience for at least the previous five years, complete biographical information for the proposed
candidate and a description of the proposed candidate’s qualifications as a director. All of these communications will be reviewed by
our Nominating and Governance Committee, for further review and consideration in accordance with this policy.
76
Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports
Under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, directors, officers and beneficial owners of 10% or more of our common stock are
required to file with the SEC on a timely basis initial reports of beneficial ownership and reports of changes regarding their beneficial
ownership of our common stock. Officers, directors and 10% beneficial owners are required by SEC regulations to furnish us with
copies of all Section 16(a) forms that they file.
Based solely on our review of the copies of such forms received and the written representations from certain reporting persons,
we have determined that no officer, director or 10% beneficial owner known to us was delinquent with respect to their reporting
obligations as set forth in Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, with the exception of
Timothy B. Johnson, our Executive Chairman, who sold shares of our common stock on December 26, 2019 and filed a Form 4 late
on January 2, 2020.
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws limits our directors’ and officers’ liability to the fullest extent
permitted under Delaware corporate law. Delaware corporate law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable
for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability:
•
•
•
•
for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit;
for any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (unlawful payment of dividends or redemption of shares); or
for any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders.
If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal
liability of directors or officers, then the liability of our directors or officers shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent
permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.
Delaware law and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will, in certain situations, indemnify any person made or
threatened to be made a party to a proceeding by reason of that person’s former or present official capacity with us against judgments,
penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses. Any person is also entitled, subject to certain limitations, to payment or
reimbursement of reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in advance of the final disposition of the
proceeding.
In addition, we have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and
executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers for certain
expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action
or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our directors or executive officers or as a director or executive officer of any other
company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.
We believe that these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended bylaws and these
indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain a directors’
and officers’ insurance policy pursuant to which our directors and officers are insured against liability for actions taken in their
capacities as directors and officers.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or control
persons, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore
unenforceable.
Stockholder Communications with the Board of Directors
We have adopted a formal process by which stockholders may communicate with the Board or any of its directors. Stockholders
who wish to communicate with the Board may do so by sending written communications addressed to: Attn: Corporate Secretary,
3430 E. Global Loop, Tucson, Arizona, 85706. These communications will be reviewed by the Secretary, who will determine whether
the communication is appropriate for presentation to the Board or the relevant director. The purpose of this screening is to allow the
Board to avoid having to consider irrelevant or inappropriate communications (such as advertisements, solicitations and hostile
communications).
77
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all officers, directors and employees. The Code of
Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our website at www.htgmolecular.com. If we make any substantive amendments to the
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or grants any waiver from a provision of the Code to any executive officer or director, we will
promptly disclose the nature of the amendment or waiver on our website.
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2019, which consist of our principal executive officer and our
two other most highly compensated executive officers as of December 31, 2019, are as follows:
•
•
•
John L. Lubniewski, our President and Chief Executive Officer;
Shaun D. McMeans, Senior Vice President Finance and Chief Financial Officer; and
Timothy B. Johnson, Executive Chairman and former Chief Executive Officer.
Summary Compensation Table
Name and principal position
John L. Lubniewski
President and Chief
Executive Officer
Shaun D. McMeans
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
Timothy B. Johnson
Executive Chairman
Year
2019
Salary
($)
384,125
Bonus ($) (1)
—
Stock awards
($) (2)
—
Non-equity
incentive
plan
compensation
($) (4)
Option
awards
($) (3)
772,875
All other
compensation
($) (5)
Total
($)
—
741 1,157,741
2018
2019
327,230
320,625
100,000
—
413,775
—
340,000
45,125
116,007
—
741 1,297,753
366,491
741
2018
2019
2018
288,608
187,500
426,250
50,000
—
200,000
270,437
—
708,343
340,000
35,500
510,000
91,438
24,411
166,183
741 1,041,224
437
247,848
741 2,011,517
(1)
(2)
The dollar amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of RSU awards granted in 2018, as applicable.
For further discussion of valuation assumptions, see Note 14 “Stockholders’ Equity” to our consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The dollar amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock option awards granted in 2019 and
2018, as applicable. These amounts have been computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, using the Black-Scholes
option pricing model. For a discussion of valuation assumptions, see Note 14 “Stockholders’ Equity” to our consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(3) Amounts shown represent annual performance-based bonuses earned for 2019 and 2018. The 2019 performance-based bonus for
Mr. Johnson was pro-rated for the period for which he served as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. The Board of
Directors determined that Mr. Lubniewski and Mr. McMeans would forgo a 2019 performance-based bonus.
(4) Amount shown represents premiums for life, disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance paid by us on behalf
of the named executive officer.
(5) Mr. Johnson transitioned from the role of Chief Executive Officer to Executive Chairman effective March 31, 2019.
Annual Base Salary
The base salary of our named executive officers is generally set forth in each officer’s employment letter agreement with us and
periodically reviewed and adjusted by our Board of Directors, based on the recommendation of our Compensation Committee and
following analyses conducted by independent third-party consultants. At the beginning of 2019, the base salaries for our named
executive officers were $385,000, $315,000 and $450,000 for Mr. Lubniewski, Mr. McMeans and Mr. Johnson, respectively. In
August 2019, the base salaries for Mr. Lubniewski and Mr. McMeans were increased to $416,000 and $330,000, respectively.
78
In January 2019, our Board of Directors designated Mr. Johnson as the Executive Chairman effective March 31, 2019. The base
salary for Mr. Johnson was decreased to $100,000 in connection with his appointment to the Executive Chairman position.
Annual Performance-Based Bonus Opportunity
In addition to base salaries, our named executive officers are eligible to receive annual performance-based bonuses, which are
designed to provide appropriate incentives to our executives to achieve defined annual corporate goals and to reward our executives
for individual achievement towards these goals. As with annual base salary, the target annual performance-based bonus percentage for
each of our named executive officers is determined based upon input from independent third-party consultants. The annual
performance-based bonus each named executive officer is awarded is generally based on the extent to which we achieve the corporate
goals that our Board of Directors establishes each year. At the end of the year, our Board of Directors reviews our performance against
each corporate goal and approves the extent to which we achieved each of our corporate goals.
Our Board of Directors will generally consider each named executive officer’s individual contributions towards reaching our
annual corporate goals but does not typically establish specific individual goals for our named executive officers. There is no
minimum bonus percentage or amount established for the named executive officers and, thus, the bonus amounts vary from year to
year based on corporate and individual performance. For 2019, Mr. Lubniewski was eligible to receive a target bonus of up to 55% of
his base salary pursuant to the terms of his employment letter agreement described below. For 2019, Mr. McMeans was eligible to
receive a target bonus of up to 45% of his base salary pursuant to the terms of his employment letter agreement described below. For
2019, Mr. Johnson was eligible to receive a target bonus of up to 55% of his base salary pursuant to the terms of his employment letter
agreement described below through March 31, 2019 and 0% of his base salary thereafter, following his appointment by our Board of
Directors to Executive Chairman.
The corporate goals established by our Board of Directors for 2019 were based upon strategic commercial and financial goals.
Specific goals included financial performance and cash management, market and commercialization metrics and progress with
companion diagnostic collaborations. The financial goals were weighted at 70% towards overall corporate goal achievement and the
commercial goals were weighted at 30% towards overall corporate goal achievement. There was no minimum percentage of corporate
goals that was required to be achieved to earn a bonus. No specific individual goals were established for any of our named executive
officers for 2019.
In January 2020, our Board of Directors determined that the 2019 corporate goals had been achieved at an aggregate level of
40%. As a result, our Board of Directors awarded a bonus of $24,411 to Mr. Johnson, representing 40% of his target bonus of 55% of
his base salary for the period over which he served as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer in 2019. It was further determined that
Mr. Lubniewski and Mr. McMeans would forgo a 2019 performance-based bonus. In addition, it was determined that Mr. Lubniewski
would be eligible to receive a target bonus of up to 75% of his base salary pursuant to the terms of his employment letter agreement
for 2020.
Equity-Based Incentive Awards
Our equity-based incentive awards are designed to align our interests with those of our employees and consultants, including our
named executive officers. Our Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof is responsible for approving equity grants,
which include to date, stock options and RSUs. Vesting of the stock option and RSU awards is tied to continuous service with us and
serves as an additional retention measure. Our executives generally are awarded an initial stock option grant upon commencement of
employment. Additional equity awards may occur periodically to specifically incentivize executives to achieve certain corporate goals
or to reward executives for exceptional performance. As of December 31, 2019, our named executive officers have been granted both
stock option awards and RSUs.
Prior to the initial public offering, we granted all equity awards pursuant to the 2011 Plan and the 2001 Plan. All equity awards
granted since our initial public offering have been granted pursuant to the 2014 Plan, the terms of which are described below under
“—Equity Benefit Plans.” All stock options are granted with a per share exercise price equal to no less than the fair market value of a
share of our common stock on the date of the grant of such award.
Generally, our stock option awards vest over a one to four-year period subject to the holder’s continuous service to us and may
be granted with an early exercise feature. Such early exercise feature allows the holder to exercise and receive unvested shares of our
stock, so that the holder may have a greater opportunity for gains on the shares to be taxed at long-term capital gains rates rather than
ordinary income rates. From time to time as our Board of Directors considers appropriate, we may grant stock options or RSUs that
vest upon achievement of performance goals.
79
Agreements with Named Executive Officers
We have entered into letter agreements with each of our named executive officers. The letter agreements generally provide for
at-will employment and set forth the named executive officer’s initial base salary, eligibility for employee benefits, in some cases, and
severance benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment. In addition, each of our named executive officers has executed a
form of our standard confidential information and invention assignment agreement. The key terms of the letter agreements with our
named executive officers are described below. Any potential payments and benefits due upon a qualifying termination of employment
or a change in control are further described below under “– Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change in Control.”
Employment Letter Agreement Mr. Lubniewski. We entered into an amended and restated letter agreement with Mr. Lubniewski
in December 2014 that replaced his previous letter agreement and became effective in May 2015. The agreement sets forth certain
agreed upon terms and conditions of employment. Mr. Lubniewski was initially entitled to receive an annual base salary of $293,500,
an annual target performance bonus of up to 40% of his base salary as determined by the board of directors, and certain severance
benefits, the terms of which are described below under “—Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change of Control.”
Mr. Lubniewski’s base salary and target bonus percentage are subject to modification from time to time in the discretion of our Board
of Directors or any authorized committee thereof.
Effective March 31, 2019, Mr. Lubniewski was appointed by our Board of Directors as our President and Chief Executive
Officer. In connection with his appointment, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Lubniewski.
Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Lubniewski’s salary was increased to $385,000 (which has been increased, most recently in August
2019 to $416,000), and he became eligible to receive an annual target performance bonus of up to 55% of his base salary (increased in
January 2020 to 75% of base salary) as determined by our Board of Directors following analysis conducted by independent third-party
consultants.
Employment Letter Agreement with Mr. McMeans. We entered into an amended and restated letter agreement with Mr.
McMeans in July 2019 that replaced his previous December 2014 letter agreement. The agreement sets forth certain agreed upon
terms and conditions of employment. Mr. McMeans was initially entitled to an annual base salary of $246,000 (which has been
increased, most recently in August 2019 to $330,000), an annual target performance bonus of up to 40% of his base salary (increased
in August 2018 to 45% of base salary) as determined by the board of directors, and certain severance benefits, the terms of which are
described below under “—Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change of Control.” Mr. McMeans’ and target bonus
percentage are subject to modification from time to time in the discretion of our Board of Directors or any authorized committee
thereof.
Employment Letter Agreement with Mr. Johnson. We entered into an amended and restated letter agreement with Mr. Johnson in
December 2014 that replaced his previous letter agreement and became effective in May 2015. The agreement sets forth certain agreed
upon terms and conditions of employment. Mr. Johnson was initially entitled to receive an annual base salary of $400,000 (increased
in August 2018 to $450,000), an annual target performance bonus of up to 50% of his base salary (increased in August 2018 to 55% of
base salary) as determined by our Board of Directors, and certain severance benefits. Mr. Johnson’s base salary and target bonus
percentage are subject to modification from time to time in the discretion of our Board of Directors or any authorized committee
thereof.
Effective March 31, 2019, Mr. Johnson transitioned from the role of Chief Executive Officer to Executive Chairman. In
connection with this transition, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Johnson. Pursuant to the
agreement, Mr. Johnson’s annual base salary was reduced to $100,000, he will no longer be eligible to receive an annual target bonus
or severance benefits.
Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change of Control
Under the terms Mr. Lubniewski and Mr. McMeans’ amended and restated letter agreements upon the executive’s termination
without “cause,” or resignation for “good reason,” each as defined below, including any such termination that occurs in connection
with a change of control, each of our named executive officers is eligible to receive continued base salary payments and COBRA
premium payments (together “severance benefits”). Under his amended and restated letter agreement, Mr. Lubniewski is eligible to
receive 12 months of severance benefits due to involuntary termination other than in connection with a change of control and 18
months for a change of control. Mr. McMeans is eligible to receive nine months of severance benefits due to involuntary termination
other than in connection with a change in control and 12 months for a change of control. Upon amendment of his letter agreement
upon transition to Executive Chairman in March 2019, Mr. Johnson is no longer eligible to receive ongoing benefits upon termination
or change of control.
80
For purposes of the amended and restated letter agreements, “cause” generally means the occurrence of any of the following
events, conditions or actions with respect to the executive: (1) conviction of any felony or crime involving fraud or dishonesty; (2)
participation in any material fraud, material act of dishonesty or other material act of misconduct against us; (3) willful and habitual
neglect of the executive’s duties after written notice and opportunity to cure; (4) material violation of any fiduciary duty or duty of
loyalty owed to us; (5) breach of any material term of any material contract with us which has a material adverse effect on us; (6)
knowing violation of any material company policy which has a material adverse effect on us; or (7) knowing violation of state or
federal law in connection with the performance of the executive’s job which has a material adverse effect on us.
For purposes of each of the named executive officer’s amended and restated letter agreements, “good reason” generally means
the following events, conditions or actions taken by us with respect to the executive without cause and without the executive’s express
written consent: (1) a material reduction in base salary; (2) a material reduction in the executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities;
(3) a material reduction in the authority, duties or responsibilities of the supervisor to whom the executive is required to report; or (4) a
relocation of the executive’s principal place of employment to a place that increases the executive’s one-way commute by more than
50 miles.
Each of our named executive officers holds stock options and RSUs under our equity incentive plans that were granted subject
to our form of stock option and RSU agreements. A description of the termination and change of control provisions in such equity
incentive plans and stock options and RSUs granted thereunder is provided below under “– Equity Benefit Plans” and the specific
vesting terms of each named executive officer’s stock options and RSUs are described below under “– Outstanding Equity Awards at
Fiscal Year-End.”
81
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table presents information concerning equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31,
2019, granted under the 2001 Plan, the 2011 Plan and the 2014 Plan.
Option Awards
Stock Awards
Name
John L. Lubniewski
Shaun D. McMeans
Timothy B. Johnson
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
Grant
Date/Vesting
Commencement
Date
4/26/2011
3/08/2012
2/01/2013
8/06/2013
3/20/2014
12/29/2014
2/16/2016
2/13/17
8/16/18
5/23/19
8/15/19
8/16/18
3/08/2012
2/01/2013
8/06/2013
3/20/2014
12/29/2014
2/16/2016
2/13/2017
8/16/18
8/15/19
8/16/18
3/01/2010
4/13/2010
10/21/2010
1/20/2011
4/26/2011
2/01/2013
8/06/2013
3/20/2014
12/29/2014
13,036
2,793
3,503
13,036
29,818
3,724
35,000
20,000
37,500
87,500
18,760
—
8,380
1,854
13,036
30,308
2,327
20,000
18,500
37,500
7,920
—
6,983
675
581
675
29,797
18,328
9,311
43,267
9,311
2/16/2016 105,000
19,000
2/13/2017
56,250
8/16/18
—
9/13/19
4,376
11/14/19
—
8/16/18
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
62,500
212,500
93,740
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
62,500
39,580
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
93,750
15,000
30,624
—
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(1)
(3)
(4)
(1)
(5)
(1)
(4)
Option
Expiration
Date
4/26/2021
3/08/2022
2/01/2023
8/06/2023
3/20/2024
12/29/2024
2/15/2026
2/13/2027
8/16/28
5/23/29
8/15/29
3/08/2022
2/01/2023
8/06/2023
3/20/2024
12/29/2024
2/15/2026
2/13/2027
8/16/28
8/15/29
3/01/2020
4/13/2020
10/21/2020
1/20/2021
4/26/2021
2/01/2023
8/06/2023
3/20/2024
12/29/2024
2/15/2026
2/13/2027
8/16/28
9/13/29
11/14/29
Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested (#)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
31,250
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
15,622
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
46,872
Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested ($)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
106,250
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
53,115
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
159,365
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
2.15
2.15
2.15
2.15
2.15
12.89
2.36
1.92
3.40
2.22
0.95
2.15
2.15
2.15
2.15
12.89
2.36
1.92
3.40
0.95
4.30
4.30
4.30
4.30
2.15
2.15
2.15
2.15
12.89
2.36
1.92
3.40
0.78
0.68
(1)
(2)
Stock options vest over four years as follows: 1/16th of the outstanding shares vest at the end of each calendar quarter over a
period of approximately four years, subject to the individual’s continued service with us through each vesting date.
Stock options vest at the end of each month beginning June 30, 2019, with 50% vesting in the first year and 25% vesting in each
of years 2 and 3, subject to the individual’s continued service with us through each vesting date.
(3) Stock options vest in equal monthly installments over a two-year period, subject to the individual’s continued service with us
through each vesting date.
82
(4) RSUs vest over four years as follows: 1/16th of the award vests at the end of each calendar quarter over a period of
approximately four years, subject to the individual’s continued service with us through each vesting date.
(5)
Stock options vest on the earliest to occur of (i) August 14, 2020 and (ii) the 2020 annual stockholder meeting, subject to the
individual’s continued service with us through this vesting date.
Equity Benefit Plans
2014 Equity Incentive Plan
Our Board of Directors adopted the 2014 Plan in December 2014 and our stockholders approved the 2014 Plan in April 2015.
The 2014 Plan became effective on May 5, 2015 in connection with our initial public offering.
Stock Awards. The 2014 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options (“ISOs”), nonstatutory stock options (“NSOs”),
stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance-based stock awards, and other forms of
equity compensation (collectively “stock awards”), all of which may be granted to employees, including officers, non-employee
directors and consultants of us and our affiliates. Additionally, the 2014 Plan provides for the grant of performance cash awards. ISOs
may be granted only to employees. All other awards may be granted to employees, including officers, and to non-employee directors
and consultants.
Share Reserve. Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under
the 2014 Plan was the sum of (1) 925,616 shares, plus (2) the number of shares (not to exceed 608,819 shares) (i) reserved for
issuance under our 2011 Plan at the time the 2014 Plan became effective, and (ii) any shares subject to outstanding stock options or
other stock awards that were granted under our 2011 Plan or 2001 Plan that, on or after the effective date of the 2014 Plan, are
forfeited, terminate, expire or are otherwise not issued. Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance
under the 2014 Plan automatically increases on January 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2016 and continuing through and
including January 1, 2024, by 4% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding
calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our Board of Directors. The maximum number of shares of our common
stock that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under the 2014 Plan is 1,800,000 shares.
No person may be granted stock awards covering more than 200,000 shares of our common stock under the 2014 Plan during
any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference
to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value on the date the stock award is granted.
Additionally, no person may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than 200,000 shares of our
common stock or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $2,000,000. Such limitations were designed to help
assure that any deductions to which we would otherwise be entitled with respect to such awards would not be subject to the
$1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to any covered executive officer imposed by
Section 162(m) of the Code. The exemption from the deduction limit under Section 162(m) of the Code for “performance-based
compensation” has been repealed, effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
If a stock award granted under the 2014 Plan expires or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, or is settled in
cash, the shares of our common stock not acquired pursuant to the stock award again will become available for subsequent issuance
under the 2014 Plan. In addition, the following types of shares of our common stock under the 2014 Plan may become available for
the grant of new stock awards under the 2014 Plan: (1) shares that are forfeited to or repurchased by us prior to becoming fully vested;
(2) shares withheld to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes; or (3) shares used to pay the exercise or purchase price of a
stock award. Shares issued under the 2014 Plan may be previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought by us on the open
market.
In March 2019, 200,000 shares were reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan pursuant to an amendment approved by our
Board of Directors pursuant to Rule 5635(c)(4) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules, to be used exclusively for the grant of awards to
individuals who were not previously employees or non-employee directors of the Company, as inducement material to the individuals’
entering into employment (“Inducement Awards”).
As of December 31, 2019, option awards covering an aggregate of 2,904,898 shares of our common stock, including 80,000
inducement awards, and an additional 223,745 RSU awards have been granted under the 2014 Plan and were outstanding.
83
Administration. Our Board of Directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2014 Plan.
Our Board of Directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than other
officers) to be recipients of certain stock awards, and (2) determine the number of shares of common stock to be subject to such stock
awards. Subject to the terms of the 2014 Plan, our Board of Directors or the authorized committee, referred to herein as the plan
administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions
of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability, vesting schedule and change of control provision applicable to a stock
award, if any. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the plan administrator will also determine the exercise price, strike price or
purchase price of awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award.
The plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding awards under the 2014 Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2014
Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to reduce the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding stock award, cancel
any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a
repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.
Stock Options. ISOs and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan
administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2014 Plan, provided that the
exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.
Stock options granted under the 2014 Plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.
The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2014 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless
the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us, or any of
our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options
for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The option term may be extended in the event that exercise of the
option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an
optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within a
certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock options for a
period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock
options generally terminate immediately upon the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may an option be exercised
beyond the expiration of its term.
Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the
plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender
of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO, and (5) other
legal consideration approved by the plan administrator.
Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, stock options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent
and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. An optionholder may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise
the option following the optionholder’s death.
Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock Options. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common
stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock
plans may not exceed $100,000. Stock options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO
may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total
combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of
the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.
Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted stock awards may be granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the
plan administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order,
(2) services rendered to us or our affiliates, or (3) any other form of legal consideration. Common stock acquired under a restricted
stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be
determined by the plan administrator. A restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the
plan administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock awards that have not vested may
be forfeited or repurchased by us upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.
Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted stock unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award agreements
adopted by the plan administrator. RSUs may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration. An RSU award may be
settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the plan administrator, or in any other
form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. RSUs typically vest and underlying shares of common
stock are delivered as outlined in the applicable RSU agreements following the grantee’s satisfaction of minimum statutory employee
tax withholding requirements, where applicable. Employee RSU agreements generally provide that vesting is accelerated only in
certain circumstances, that delivery of the underlying shares of common stock is conditioned on the grantee’s satisfying certain
vesting conditions outlined in the award, and that the grantee’s employment continue with the Company through the vesting date.
Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by an RSU award. Except as otherwise provided in the
applicable award agreement, RSUs that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any
reason.
84
Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the
plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less
than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will
pay the participant an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date
of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (2) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation
right is exercised. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2014 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right
agreement as determined by the plan administrator.
The plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2014 Plan, up to a maximum of ten
years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock appreciation right agreement provide otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship
with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any
vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock appreciation right term may
be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by
applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a
participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any
vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of
a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the
termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.
Performance Awards. The 2014 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that, prior to the repeal of
the exemption from the deduction limit under Section 162(m) of the Code for “performance-based compensation,” could qualify as
performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid
to a covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.
The performance goals that may be selected include one or more of the following: (1) earnings (including earnings per share and
net earnings); (2) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (3) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization;
(4) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (5) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation,
amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (6) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal
settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (7) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization,
legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (8) earnings before interest,
taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation, other non-cash expenses and
changes in deferred revenue; (9) total stockholder return; (10) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (11) return on assets,
investment, or capital employed; (12) stock price; (13) margin; (14) income (before or after taxes); (15) operating income;
(16) operating income after taxes; (17) pre-tax profit; (18) operating cash flow; (19) sales or revenue targets; (20) increases in revenue
or product revenue; (21) expenses and cost reduction goals; (22) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels;
(23) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (24) market share; (25) cash flow; (26) cash flow per share; (27) cash balance;
(28) cash burn; (29) cash collections; (30) share price performance; (31) debt reduction; (32) implementation or completion of projects
or processes (including, without limitation, clinical study initiation, clinical study enrollment and dates, clinical study results,
regulatory filing submissions, regulatory filing acceptances, regulatory or advisory committee interactions, regulatory approvals, and
product supply); (33) stockholders’ equity; (34) capital expenditures; (35) debt levels; (36) operating profit or net operating profit;
(37) workforce diversity; (38) growth of net income or operating income; (39) billings; (40) bookings; (41) employee retention;
(42) initiation of studies by specific dates; (43) budget management; (44) submission to, or approval by, a regulatory body (including,
but not limited to the FDA) of an applicable filing or a product; (45) regulatory milestones; (46) progress of internal research or
development programs; (47) acquisition of new customers; (48) customer retention and/or repeat order rate; (49) improvements in
sample and test processing times; (50) progress of partnered programs; (51) partner satisfaction; (52) timely completion of clinical
studies; (53) submission of 510(k)s or premarket approvals and other regulatory achievements; (54) milestones related to samples
received and/or tests or panels run; (55) expansion of sales in additional geographies or markets; (56) research progress, including the
development of programs; (57) strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property);
and (58) to the extent that an award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance
selected by our Board of Directors.
85
The performance goals may be based on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates,
or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the
performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise (i) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or
(ii) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the goals are established, we will appropriately make
adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other
nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting
principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary
items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint
ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a
performance period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock
by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off,
combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular
cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock-based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (10) to
exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally
accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded
under generally accepted accounting principles; (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other
extraordinary item; and (13) to exclude the effects of the timing of acceptance for review and/or approval of submissions to the FDA
or any other regulatory body. In addition, we retain the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due
upon attainment of the performance goals and to define the manner of calculating the performance criteria we select to use for such
performance period. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.
Other Stock Awards. The plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common
stock. The plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.
Changes to Capital Structure. In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or
recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the
2014 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class
and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs, (4) the class and maximum number of shares subject to
stock awards that can be granted in a calendar year (as established under the 2014 Plan pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code) and
(5) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.
Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, the plan administrator has the
discretion to take any of the following actions with respect to stock awards:
•
•
•
•
•
•
arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring entity or parent
company;
arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring entity or
parent company;
accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination at or prior to the effective time of the corporate
transaction;
arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us;
cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our Board of
Directors may deem appropriate; or
make a payment equal to the excess of (1) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of
the stock award over (2) the exercise price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award.
Our plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.
Under the 2014 Plan, a corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of our assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or
similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation, or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction
following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such
transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.
86
Change of Control. The plan administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement
between a participant and us that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of
a change of control. For example, certain of our employees may receive an award agreement that provides for vesting acceleration
upon the individual’s termination without cause or resignation for good reason (including a material reduction in the individual’s base
salary, duties, responsibilities or authority, or a material relocation of the individual’s principal place of employment with us) in
connection with a change of control. Under the 2014 Plan, a change of control is generally (1) the acquisition by a person or entity of
more than 50% of our combined voting power other than by merger, consolidation or similar transaction; (2) a consummated merger,
consolidation or similar transaction immediately after which our stockholders cease to own more than 50% of the combined voting
power of the surviving entity; (3) a consummated sale, lease or exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially of our
assets; or (4) our stockholders approve a plan of our complete dissolution or liquidation or our complete dissolution or liquidation
otherwise occurs.
All stock options granted under the 2014 Plan to our named executive officers provide that vesting and exercisability of such
stock options will be accelerated in full following a change in control if, immediately prior to or within 12 months after the effective
time of such change in control, the optionholder’s continuous service terminates due to an involuntary termination without cause or
due to a voluntary termination with good reason. Several terms are specifically defined in the 2014 Plan for purposes of this “double-
trigger” provision; in particular, (i) “good reason” is generally defined as (1) a material reduction in the optionholder’s annual base
salary, except pursuant to a salary reduction program affecting substantially all of our employees that does not disproportionately
affect the optionholder; (2) a material reduction in the optionholder’s authority, duties or responsibilities; (3) any failure by us to
continue any material benefit plan or program in which the optionholder was participating immediately prior to the change in control,
or any action by us that would adversely affect the optionholder’s participation in or reduce his/her benefits under such benefit plan or
program, or deprive him/her of any fringe benefit enjoyed immediately prior to the change in control, unless, taken as a whole, we
provide for optionholder participation in comparable benefit plans or programs; (4) a relocation of the optionholder’s principal place
of employment more than 50 miles; or (5) a material breach by us of any provision of the 2014 Plan or an option agreement under the
2014 Plan or any other material agreement between the optionholder and us concerning the terms and conditions of employment or
service with us; and (ii) “cause” is generally defined as the occurrence of any of the following events: (A) the optionholder’s
commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state
thereof; (B) the optionholder’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against us; (C) the
optionholder’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the optionholder and us or of any statutory duty
owed to us; (D) the optionholder’s unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information or trade secrets; or (E) the
optionholder’s gross misconduct.
Amendment and Termination. Our Board of Directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the 2014 Plan, provided
that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. No ISOs
may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our Board of Directors adopted the 2014 Plan.
2011 Equity Incentive Plan
General. Our Board of Directors and our stockholders approved our 2011 Plan in March 2011. The 2011 Plan was subsequently
amended by our Board of Directors and our stockholders, most recently in February 2014. The 2011 Plan is the successor to and
continuation of our 2001 Plan. As of December 31, 2019, option awards under the 2011 Plan covering an aggregate of 313,596 shares
of our common stock were outstanding. No additional awards will be granted under the 2011 Plan and all outstanding awards granted
under the 2011 Plan that are repurchased, forfeited, expire or are cancelled will become available for grant under the 2014 Plan in
accordance with its terms. Our Board of Directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2011
Plan. Our Board of Directors may also delegate certain authority to one or more of our officers. The plan administrator has the
authority to modify outstanding awards under our 2011 Plan, including the authority to reduce the exercise, purchase or strike price of
any outstanding stock award, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or
take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely
affected participant.
Stock Options. ISOs and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan
administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2011 Plan, provided that the
exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.
Stock options granted under the 2011 Plan vest at the rate specified by the plan administrator.
87
The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2011 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless
the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us, or any of
our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested stock
options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock option term may be extended in the event that
exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy.
If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within
a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock options for a
period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock
options generally terminate immediately upon the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may an option be exercised
beyond the expiration of its term.
Corporate Transactions. Unless otherwise provided in a stock award agreement or other written agreement between us and a
participant, in the event of certain specified significant corporate transactions, the plan administrator has the discretion to take any of
the following actions with respect to stock awards:
•
•
•
•
•
•
arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring entity or parent
company;
arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring entity or
parent company;
accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of
the corporate transaction;
arrange for the lapse of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us;
cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as our Board of
Directors may deem appropriate; or
make a payment equal to the excess of (a) the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of
the stock award over (b) the exercise price otherwise payable in connection with the stock award.
Our plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner.
Under the 2011 Plan, a corporate transaction is generally defined as the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of our assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of at least 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or
similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation, or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction
following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such
transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.
Change of Control. The plan administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement
between a participant and us that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of
a change of control. Under the 2011 Plan, a change of control is generally defined as (1) the acquisition by a person or entity of more
than 50% of our combined voting power other than by merger, consolidation or similar transaction, (2) a consummated merger,
consolidation or similar transaction immediately after which our stockholders cease to own more than 50% of the combined voting
power of the surviving entity, (3) approval by the stockholders or our Board of Directors of a plan of complete dissolution or
liquidation of us or our complete dissolution or liquidation occurs or (4) a consummated sale, lease or exclusive license or other
disposition of all or substantially of our assets.
Certain stock options granted under the 2011 Plan, including the stock options held by our named executive officers, provide
that if immediately prior to a change of control the participant’s service with the Company has not terminated, the option will
accelerate vesting with respect to 25% of the then-unvested portion of the option; if the option continues, the remaining 75% of the
unvested option will continue to vest on the option’s original schedule prior to the change of control and will accelerate vesting in full
in the event that the participant’s continuous service is terminated without cause or by the participant for good reason within the 12
months following the change of control. “Good reason” for purposes of this “double-trigger” provision is generally defined as (1) an
assignment of duties or responsibilities to the participant that results in a material diminution of the participant’s function; (2) a
material reduction in the participant’s annual base salary; (3) failure to continue the participant’s benefit plans or programs, any action
that would adversely affect the participant’s participation in any benefit plan, reduce the participant’s benefits under any benefit plan
or deprive the participant of any fringe benefit; or (4) a relocation of the participant’s business office more than 50 miles.
88
2001 Stock Option Plan
Our Board of Directors and our stockholders approved our 2001 Plan, which became effective in February 2001. The 2001 Plan
terminated and no further awards were granted under the 2001 Plan upon the effective date of the 2011 Plan. As of December 31,
2019, there were outstanding stock options under our 2001 Plan covering a total of 12,094 shares of our common stock.
2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
General. Our Board of Directors adopted the ESPP in December 2014 and our stockholders approved the ESPP in April 2015.
The ESPP became effective on May 5, 2015 in connection with our initial public offering. The purpose of the ESPP is to retain the
services of new employees and secure the services of new and existing employees while providing incentives for such individuals to
exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase
plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. As of the date hereof, no shares of our common stock have been purchased
under the ESPP. Our Board of Directors has delegated its authority to administer the ESPP to our compensation committee.
The ESPP initially authorized the issuance of 110,820 shares of our common stock pursuant to purchase rights granted to our
employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance
automatically increases on January 1 of each calendar year, from January 1, 2016 through January 1, 2024 by the least of (1) 1% of the
total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, (2) 195,000 shares, or (3) a
number determined by our Board of Directors that is less than (1) and (2).
Offerings and Purchases. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings of purchase rights to eligible employees.
Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months and may specify shorter purchase periods
within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for
employees participating in the offering. Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, subject to certain restrictions,
employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, may participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll
deductions, up to 15% of their earnings for the purchase of our common stock under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our
Board of Directors, common stock will be purchased for accounts of employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share equal to
the lower of (1) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first date of an offering or (2) 85% of the fair
market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase.
Changes to Capital Structure. In the event that there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock
split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash,
large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or
similar transaction, the board of directors will make appropriate adjustments to (1) the number of shares reserved under the ESPP,
(2) the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year and (3) the number of shares and
purchase price of all outstanding purchase rights.
Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain significant corporate transactions, including the consummation of: (1) a sale of
all our assets, (2) the sale or disposition of 90% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger or consolidation where we do not survive
the transaction and (4) a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding
immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, any then-outstanding
rights to purchase our stock under the ESPP may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its
parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue or substitute for such
purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within
ten business days prior to such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately.
Plan Amendments, Termination. Our Board of Directors has the authority to amend or terminate our ESPP, provided that except
in certain circumstances any such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights without the
holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our ESPP as required by applicable law or listing
requirements.
401(k) Plan
We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax
advantaged basis. All participants’ interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. In 2019, we made no matching
contributions into the 401(k) plan. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in
selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a)
and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not
taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.
89
Director Compensation
The following table sets forth in summary form information concerning the compensation that we paid or awarded during the
year ended December 31, 2019 to each of our non-employee directors:
Name
Ann F. Hanham
Michelle R. Griffin
Harry A. George
Donnie M. Hardison
James T. LaFrance
Lee R. McCracken
Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash ($)
Stock Awards
($) (1)
Option Awards
($) (2)
Total ($)
72,838
53,526
42,500
45,850
48,405
44,313
2,600
2,600
2,600
2,600
2,600
2,600
10,400
10,400
10,400
10,400
10,400
10,400
85,838
66,526
55,500
58,850
61,405
57,313
(1) As of December 31, 2019, the aggregate number of unvested stock awards (other than options) held by our non-employee
directors were: 2,500 for each of Dr. Hanham, Ms. Griffin, Mr. George, Mr. Hardison, Mr. LaFrance, and Mr. McCracken. The
dollar amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of RSU awards granted in 2019. For further
discussion of valuation assumptions, see Note 14 “Stockholders’ Equity” to our consolidated financial statements included
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(2) As of December 31, 2019, the aggregate number of outstanding options to purchase our common stock held by our non-
employee directors were: Dr. Hanham: 36,000, Ms. Griffin: 30,000, Mr. George: 38,000; Mr. Hardison: 42,000; Mr. LaFrance:
42,000; and Mr. McCracken: 42,000. The dollar amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock
option awards granted in 2019. These amounts have been computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, using the Black-
Scholes option pricing model. For further discussion of valuation assumptions, see Note 14 “Stockholders’ Equity” to our
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse all of our non-employee directors for their travel, lodging and other
reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our Board of Directors and committees of our Board of Directors, and will pay
for the travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred by our employee directors to attend meetings of our Board of Directors
and, as applicable, committees of our Board of Directors.
Pursuant to our non-employee director compensation policy, non-employee director compensation for service on our Board of
Directors was as follows as of January 1, 2019:
•
•
•
•
•
•
an annual cash retainer of $35,000;
an additional annual cash retainer of $30,000 for service as lead independent director of our Board of Directors;
an additional annual cash retainer of $15,000, $10,000 and $7,500 for service as the chair of our Audit Committee,
Compensation Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee, respectively;
an additional annual cash retainer of $7,500, $5,000 and $3,750 for service as member of our Audit Committee,
Compensation Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee, respectively;
an automatic annual option grant to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock and an automatic RSU award for 2,500
shares of our common stock for each non-employee director who is serving on the board of directors on the date of each
annual stockholder meeting and who has served as a member of our Board of Directors for a minimum of six months, in
each case vesting on the earliest to occur of (i) the date that is 12 months following the grant date and (ii) the following
year’s annual stockholder meeting; and
upon first joining our Board of Directors an automatic initial option grant to purchase 20,000 shares of our common stock
on the date of grant. One-third of the shares will vest twelve months after the date of grant and the remaining shares will
vest monthly in equal installments over a two-year period thereafter such that the stock option is fully vested on the third
anniversary of the date of grant. A director who, in the one year prior to his or her initial election to serve on the board of
directors as a non-employee director, served as an employee of the company will not be eligible for an initial grant.
In August 2019, the non-employee director compensation policy was amended and restated, as a result of an analysis conducted
by third-party independent consultants, such that non-employee director compensation for service on our Board of Directors is now as
follows:
•
•
•
an annual cash retainer of $35,000;
an additional annual cash retainer of $30,000 for service as lead independent director of our Board of Directors;
an additional annual cash retainer of $15,000, $12,000 and $8,000 for service as the chair of our Audit Committee,
Compensation Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee, respectively;
90
•
•
•
an additional annual cash retainer of $7,500, $6,000 and $4,000 for service as member of our Audit Committee,
Compensation Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee, respectively;
an automatic annual option grant to purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock and an automatic RSU award for 2,500
shares of our common stock for each non-employee director who is serving on the board of directors on the date of each
annual stockholder meeting and who has served as a member of our Board of Directors for a minimum of six months, in
each case vesting on the earliest to occur of (i) the date that is 12 months following the grant date and (ii) the following
year’s annual stockholder meeting; and
upon first joining our Board of Directors an automatic initial option grant to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock
on the date of grant. One-third of the shares will vest twelve months after the date of grant and the remaining shares will
vest monthly in equal installments over a two-year period thereafter such that the stock option is fully vested on the third
anniversary of the date of grant. A director who, in the one year prior to his or her initial election to serve on the board of
directors as a non-employee director, served as an employee of the company will not be eligible for an initial grant.
Each of the option grants described above will vest and become exercisable subject to the director’s continuous service with us
through each applicable vesting date, provided that each option will vest in full upon a change of control, as defined under the 2014
Plan. The stock options will be granted under the 2014 Plan, the terms of which are described in more detail above under “– Equity
Benefit Plans – 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.”
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The following table provides certain information with respect to all of the Company’s equity compensation plans in effect as of
December 31, 2019.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
Plan Category
Equity compensation plans approved by security
holders:
2001 Stock Option Plan
2011 Equity Incentive Plan
2014 Equity Incentive Plan (1) (2)
2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (3)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (4)
Total
Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights (a)
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights (b)
Number of
securities
remaining
available for
issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected
in column (a) (c)
12,094 $
313,596
2,722,953
—
80,000
3,128,643
4.30
3.08
2.29
N/A
1.69
—
—
—
273,111
120,000
393,111
(1) On January 1 of each year from January 1, 2016 through and including January 1, 2024, the number of shares authorized for
issuance under the 2014 Plan is automatically increased by a number equal to 4% of the total number of shares of our common
stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or such lesser number of shares determined by our Board of
Directors. On January 1, 2019, the available shares for purchase under the 2014 Plan was increased by 2,323,609 shares.
(2)
The number of shares to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, RSUs, warrants and rights under the 2014 Equity
Incentive Plan includes 223,745 outstanding RSU awards which have been excluded from weighted-average exercise price in
column (b) above.
(3) On January 1 of each year from January 1, 2016 through and including January 1, 2024, the number of shares authorized for
issuance under our ESPP is automatically increased by a number equal to the least of: (a) 1% of the total number of shares of
our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year; (b) 195,000 shares; and (c) a number
determined by the board of directors that is less than the amounts set forth in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b). On January 1,
2019, the available shares for purchase under our ESPP was increased by 195,000 shares.
(4)
In May 2019, 200,000 shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to
an amendment approved by our Board of Directors pursuant to Rule 5635(c)(4) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules, to be used
exclusively for the grant of awards to individuals who were not previously employees or non-employee directors, as inducement
material to the individuals’ entering into employment with us. As of December 31, 2019, there were 120,000 Inducement
Awards available for issuance under the 2014 Plan.
91
Principal Stockholders
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the ownership of the Company’s common stock as of February 28,
2020 by: (i) each director; (ii) each of our executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table above; (iii) all executive
officers and directors of the Company as a group; and (iv) all those known by the Company to be beneficial owners of more than five
percent of its common stock.
The table is based upon information supplied by officers, directors and principal stockholders, Schedules 13G filed with the
SEC and other sources believed to be reliable by us. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table and subject to community
property laws where applicable, the Company believes that each of the stockholders named in this table has sole voting and
investment power with respect to the shares indicated as beneficially owned. Applicable percentages are based on 56,995,936 shares
outstanding on February 28, 2020, adjusted as required by rules promulgated by the SEC. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for
each person or entity listed in the table is c/o HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc., 3430 E. Global Loop, Tucson, Arizona 85706.
Name and address of beneficial owner
Greater than 5% stockholders
Stonepine Capital Management (1)
919 NW Bond Street, Suite 204
Bend, OR 97703
Blue Water Life Science Master Fund, Ltd. (2)
c/o Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited
4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street
PO Box 10240, KY1-1002, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands
Nantahala Capital Management, LLC (3)
130 Main Street 2nd Floor
New Canaan, CT 06840
Cowen Prime Advisors, a division of Cowen Prime Services LLC (4)
599 Lexington Avenue, Floor 21
New York, NY 10022
Common Stock Beneficially Owned
Shares
Percentage
5,913,912
10.4%
5,790,269
10.2%
5,000,000
3,573,000
Samjo Capital, LLC, Samjo Management, LLC and Andrew N. Wiener (5)
3,362,000
1345 Avenue of the Americas, 3rd Floor
New York, NY 10105
Directors and named executive officers
John L. Lubniewski (6)
Shaun D. McMeans (7)
Timothy B. Johnson (8)
Ann Hanham (9)
Harry A. George (10)
Michelle R. Griffin (11)
Donnie M. Hardison (12)
James T. LaFrance (13)
Lee McCracken (14)
560,589
296,048
571,783
30,804
208,896
11,114
42,000
42,000
34,500
All current executive officers and directors as a
group (10 persons) (15)
1,933,435
3.3%
*
(1)
Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.
Stonepine Capital Management, LLC, a California limited liability company is the general partner and investment advisor of
investment funds, including Stonepine Capital, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership. Jon M. Plexico and Timothy P. Lynch are
the control persons of the general partner. These filers have filed a Schedule 13G jointly, but not as members of a group, and
each disclaims membership in a group. Each filer also disclaims beneficial ownership of the stock except to the extent of that
person’s pecuniary interest therein. In addition, the filing of the Schedule 13G on behalf of Stonepine Capital, L.P. should not be
construed as an admission that it is, and it disclaims that it is, a beneficial owner, as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities
Act of 1934, as amended, of any of the stock covered by the 13G. This information is based on the Schedule 13G filed on
February 13, 2020 with the SEC. Beneficial ownership reported does not include 3,176,762 shares of the Company’s common
stock that Stonepine Capital, LP has the right to acquire through common stock warrants, subject to a 9.99% beneficial
ownership blocker.
92
8.8%
6.3%
5.9%
*
*
1.0%
*
*
*
*
*
*
(2) Blue Water Life Science Master Fund, Ltd. is the record owner of 5,790,269 shares of the Company’s common stock. Blue
Water Life Science Fund, LP currently owns approximately 80% of the outstanding shares of Blue Water Life Science Master
Fund, Ltd. As a result, Blue Water Life Science Fund, LP is deemed to be an indirect beneficial owner of 80% of the
Company’s common stock owned by Blue Water Life Science Master Fund, Ltd. Blue Water Advisors, LLC, an investment
advisor registered with the SEC, currently serves as the investment manager to Blue Water Life Science Master Fund, Ltd. and
Blue Water Life Science Fund, LP. As such Blue Water Life Science Advisors, LLC may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of
the Company’s common stock held by Blue Water Life Science Master Fund, Ltd. insofar as Blue Water Life Science Advisors,
LLC may be deemed to share the power to direct the voting or disposition of such shares. Nathaniel T. Cornell is currently the
managing member of Blue Water Life Science Advisors, LLC. As such, Mr. Cornell may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of
the shares of the Company’s common stock held by Blue Water Life Science Master Fund, Ltd. Insofar as he may be deemed to
share the power to direct the voting or disposition of such shares in his capacity as the managing member of Blue Water Life
Science Advisors, LLC, the investment manager to Blue Water Life Science Master Fund, Ltd. In addition, the filing of the
Schedule 13G on behalf of Blue Water Life Science Master Fund, Ltd. should not be deemed to constitute an admission that any
of the above entities and/or individuals is the beneficial owner of the shares of the Company’s common stock currently held by
Blue Water Life Science Master Fund, Ltd., and such beneficial ownership has been expressly disclaimed. Further, the filing of
a combined 13G should not be construed to be an admission that any of the reporting persons are members of a group for
purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended. This information is based on the Schedule 13G
filed on September 25, 2019 with the SEC. Beneficial ownership reported does not include 2,234,925 shares of the Company’s
common stock that Blue Water Life Science Master Fund, LP has the right to acquire through common stock warrants, subject
to a 9.99% beneficial ownership blocker.
(3) Natahala Capital Management, LLC may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of 5,000,000 shares of Company’s common
stock held by funds and separately managed accounts under its control, and as the managing members of Natahala Capital
Management, LLC, each of Wilmot B. Harkey and Daniel Mack may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of these shares. This
information is based on the Schedule 13G filed on February 14, 2020 with the SEC.
(4) Cowen Prime Advisors (“CPA”), a division of Cowen Prime Services LLC Cowen Prime Advisors (“CPA”), a division of
Cowen Prime Services LLC (“CPS”) is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. CPS is also
registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC, as an Introducing Broker with the CFTC, a member of FINRA and a member of
NFA. In its role as investment adviser, CPA possesses discretionary investment authority to determine the identity and amount
of securities to be bought and sold, including 3,573,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. These securities are owned by
various clients, who have retained sole proxy voting authority over all of the shares. However, CPA has sole authority to dispose
of the position as appropriate. The filing of the Schedule 13G should not be construed as an admission that CPA or any of its
affiliates is the beneficial owner of any securities covered by the Schedule 13G for any purpose other than filings required to be
made under Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and related rules. CPA reported the same total number of
shares beneficially owned by CPA as discretionary investment manager in the Information Table filed by CPA as part of its 4th
quarter 2019 Form 13F filing. Andrew N. Wiener, one of the portfolio managers of the CPA Samjo Investment Program (“SI”),
is also the sole Managing Member of Samjo Capital, LLC and Samjo Management, LLC which serve as the General Partner and
Management Company, respectively, of Samjo Partners, LP, an investment partnership (hedge fund) and HAFF Partners LP, a
family investment partnership, both of which employ investment strategies that are similar to those employed in the CPA SI
program. Samjo Capital, LLC, Samjo Management, LLC, Samjo Partners, LP and HAFF Partners LP are not affiliated with
CPA. Mr. Wiener, along with his fellow CPA SI portfolio managers identified below, is responsible for the decision to invest
client accounts of CPA SI in shares of this issuer. In addition to Mr. Wiener’s portfolio management responsibilities for CPA SI,
Mr. Wiener may invest, and from time to time has, invested assets of his non-CPA clients in shares of this same
issuer. However, because these non-CPA clients are an unaffiliated outside business activity of Mr. Wiener over which CPA has
no control or other relationship, CPA does not make joint filings with respect to any shares of the issuer held by any non-CPA
clients. To the best of CPA’s knowledge and belief, Mr. Wiener reports the ownership of shares by such non-CPA clients
separately to the extent required and is identified as the reporting person. This information is based on the Schedule 13G filed on
February 4, 2020 with the SEC.
(5)
Samjo Capital, LLC and Samjo Management, LLC, Delaware limited liability companies and Andrew N. Wiener, as sole
managing member of these entities have reported shared voting power over 3,300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.
In addition, Mr. Wiener has reported sole power to dispose or to direct the disposition of an additional 62,000 shares of the
Company’s common stock. All shares of the Company’s common stock reported in this Schedule 13G are owned by advisory
clients of Samjo Capital. None of the advisory clients individually owns more than 5% of the outstanding common stock of the
Company. Mr. Wiener is also one of the portfolio managers of the CPA SI employed by CPA. The clients of Samjo
Management and Samjo Capital employ investment strategies that are similar to those employed in the CPA SI program. Samjo
Capital, Samjo Management and their clients are not affiliated with CPA and Mr. Wiener does not have beneficial ownership
over the shares held in the CPA SI program except for shares held in accounts owned by Mr. Wiener and his immediate family
members. As a result, Samjo Capital and Samjo Management do not make joint filings with respect to any shares of the
Company held by any CPA clients except with respect to shares held in accounts owned by Mr. Wiener and his immediate
family members. To the best of Samjo Capital’s, Samjo Management’s and Mr. Wiener’s knowledge and belief, CPA reports
the ownership of shares by such CPA clients separately to the extent required and is identified as the reporting person. This
information is based on the Schedule 13G filed on January 31, 2020 with the SEC.
93
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
Includes 432,377 shares that Mr. Lubniewski has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of February 28, 2020 pursuant to
the exercise of stock options and the vesting of RSUs.
Includes 195,138 shares that Mr. McMeans has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of February 28, 2020 pursuant to the
exercise of stock options and the vesting of RSUs.
Includes 363,915 shares that Mr. Johnson has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of February 28, 2020 pursuant to the
exercise of stock options and the vesting of RSUs.
Includes 26,000 shares that Dr. Hanham has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of February 28, 2020 pursuant to the
exercise of stock options.
(10) Consists of (i) 144,366 shares beneficially owned by Solstice Capital II LP and (ii) 28,000 shares that Mr. George has the right
to acquire from us within 60 days of February 28, 2020 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. George is the managing
member of Solstice Capital II LP and has joint voting and investment power over the shares held by Solstice Capital II LP.
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
Includes 11,114 shares that Ms. Griffin has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of February 28, 2020 pursuant to the
exercise of stock options.
Includes 32,000 shares that Mr. Hardison has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of February 28, 2020 pursuant to the
exercise of stock options.
Includes 32,000 shares that Mr. LaFrance has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of February 28, 2020 pursuant to the
exercise of stock options.
Includes 32,000 shares that Mr. McCracken has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of February 28, 2020 pursuant to the
exercise of stock options.
(15) The number of shares beneficially owned consists of (a) the shares described in Notes (6) through (14) and (b) 135,701 shares
beneficially owned by another executive officer, including 105,452 shares that such executive officer has the right to acquire
from us within 60 days of February 28, 2020 pursuant to the exercise of stock options and the vesting of RSUs.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
We have adopted a written related-person transactions policy that sets forth our policies and procedures regarding the
identification, review, consideration and oversight of “related-person transactions.” For purposes of our policy only, a “related-person
transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which
we and any “related person” are participants involving an amount that exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of
the Company’s total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years.
Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee, consultant or director are not considered
related-person transactions under this policy. A “related person” is any executive officer, director or a holder of more than five percent
of our common stock, including any of their immediate family members and any entity owned or controlled by such persons.
Under the policy, where a transaction has been identified as a related-person transaction, management must present information
regarding the proposed related-person transaction to our Audit Committee (or, where review by our Audit Committee would be
inappropriate, to another independent body of our Board of Directors) for review. The presentation must include a description of,
among other things, the material facts, the direct and indirect interests of the related persons, the benefits of the transaction to us and
whether any alternative transactions are available. To identify related-person transactions in advance, we rely on information supplied
by our executive officers, directors and certain significant stockholders. In considering related-person transactions, our Audit
Committee or other independent body of our Board of Directors takes into account the relevant available facts and circumstances
including, but not limited to:
•
•
•
•
•
the risks, costs and benefits to us;
the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director, immediate family member of a
director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;
the terms of the transaction;
the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and
the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties or to or from our employees generally.
94
In the event a director has an interest in the proposed transaction, the director must recuse himself or herself from the
deliberations and approval.
The following sections summarize transactions since January 1, 2018 to which we have been a party, in which the amount
involved in the transaction exceeded the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of the Company’s total assets at year-end for
the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of
more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or
indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are
described under “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation.”
Transactions with QIAGEN Manchester Limited and Affiliates
In November 2016, we entered into a Master Assay Development, Commercialization and Manufacturing Agreement
(“Governing Agreement”) with QIAGEN Manchester Limited (“QML”), and we concurrently entered into a stock purchase agreement
with QIAGEN North American Holdings, Inc. (“QNAH”). Both QML and QNAH are wholly owned subsidiaries of QIAGEN N.V.
Pursuant to the shares of our common stock acquired by QNAH under the stock purchase agreement, QNAH became a greater than
5% holder of our common stock.
In June 2017, we entered into a first statement of work (“SOW One”) with QML under the Governing Agreement. SOW One
addressed the initial activities to be performed by us and QML in support of the development and potential commercialization of a
NGS-based companion diagnostic assay (the “Project”) that is the subject of a sponsor project agreement between QML and a
biopharmaceutical company (“Pharma One”). We amended SOW One on December 18, 2017 and March 30, 2018 in connection with
the completion of initial-phase development activities under SOW One. The second amendment to SOW One relates to next-phase
development activities, including assay design verification and preparation for regulatory submission, for the Project (“Next-Phase
Activities”). Under SOW One, as amended, QML agreed to pay us low, single-digit millions of dollars for the Pharma One
development work performed under the SOW, and we and QML agreed to share any net profits resulting from performance of the
development work as determined pursuant to the Governing Agreement. QML also agreed to pay us milestone payments up to an
amount in the low, single-digit millions of dollars in the aggregate upon the achievement of certain development milestones during the
Next-Phase Activities. On May 16, 2018, we received written notice from QML that it had terminated SOW One following the
termination of the Project by Pharma One. For additional details regarding the terms of SOW One, please refer to Note 9 to our
consolidated financial statements contained in this Annual Report.
In connection with SOW One, the Governing Agreement was amended to provide that neither party may terminate SOW One or
the Governing Agreement to the extent it relates to SOW One in the event of a change of control.
In October 2017, we entered into a second statement of work (“SOW Two”) under the Governing Agreement with QML. SOW
Two was made effective as of June 2, 2017 (“Onset Date”), and was amended on August 7, 2018, August 13, 2018 and September 27,
2018. SOW Two addresses development activities conducted by us and QML since the Onset Date and those expected to be further
conducted by parties in connection with a sponsor project agreement, dated June 2, 2017, between QML and Bristol-Myers Squibb.
The initial-phase investigational use only (“IUO”) development activities under SOW Two have been completed and the first two
amendments of SOW Two relate to the next phases, which include the use of the IUO assay developed in the initial-phase in a
retrospective clinical trial and in additional disease indications. The third amendment to SOW Two provides that profit sharing
relating to the original development activities and the development activities contemplated by the first SOW Two amendment will, in
each case, commence upon the later of (i) the third amendment effective date, which is September 27, 2018, and (ii) the completion of
the respective development activities, rather than at the end of each calendar quarter, provided that such modification to the profit-
sharing commencement date only applies to development activities that had not yet been subject to profit-sharing as of the third
amendment effective date. Under SOW Two, as amended, QML has agreed to pay us mid-single digit millions of dollars for the
development work performed and expected to be performed by us and QML under SOW Two. In addition, we will share in any net
profits (as determined under the Governing Agreement) generated during the work on an approximately quarterly basis throughout the
term of SOW Two, except as otherwise specified in the third amendment to SOW Two. For additional details regarding the terms of
SOW Two, please refer to Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements contained in this Annual Report.
In January 2018, we entered into a third statement of work (“SOW Three”) under the Governing Agreement with QML. SOW
Three addresses the development activities for a NGS-based clinical-trial assay (“SOW Three Project”) in connection with a sponsor
project agreement between QML and a pharmaceutical company (“Pharma Three”). We amended SOW Three on September 21, 2018
in connection with the completion of initial assay development activities under SOW Three. The first amendment to SOW Three
provides for the development of an IUO assay, subsequent retrospective testing of clinical trial samples, design verification and,
subject to satisfactory achievement of relevant performance and regulatory milestones, regulatory submissions in the United States
and European Union necessary for the commercialization of a companion diagnostic for a corresponding Pharma Three drug. Under
SOW Three, as amended, QML has agreed to pay us low, single-digit millions of dollars for the development work performed and
expected to be performed by us and QML under SOW Three. In addition, we will share in any net profits (as determined under the
Governing Agreement) generated during the work on an approximately quarterly basis throughout the term of SOW Three. For
additional details regarding the terms of SOW Three, please refer to Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements contained in this
Annual Report.
95
In October 2017, we issued a subordinated convertible promissory note (the “QNAH Convertible Note”) to QIAGEN North
American Holdings, Inc. (“QNAH”) in the principal amount of $3.0 million against receipt of cash proceeds equal to such principal
amount. The QNAH Convertible Note bears simple interest at the rate of 3.0% per annum and matures on October 26, 2020. Our
indebtedness under the QNAH Convertible Note is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the prior repayment in full of our
indebtedness under our Growth Term Loan. QNAH may elect to convert all or any portion of the outstanding principal balance of the
QNAH Convertible Note and all unpaid accrued interest thereon at any time prior to the maturity date into shares of our common
stock at a conversion price of $3.984 per share.
Since October 26, 2017, the outstanding principal amount of the QNAH Convertible Note has remained at $3.0 million. No
accrued interest has been paid and all accrued interest will become due on the maturity date of October 26, 2020.
We terminated the Governing Agreement in November 2019.
Employment Arrangements
We currently have written employment agreements with our executive officers. For information about our employment
agreements with our named executive officers, refer to “Executive Compensation – Agreements with our Named Executive Officers.”
Stock Options Granted to Executive Officers and Directors
We have granted stock options to our executive officers and directors, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation –
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End.”
Indemnification Agreements
We have entered into, and intend to continue to enter into, separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive
officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things,
require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and
settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of their services as one of our
directors or executive officers or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We believe that
these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended
and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They
may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit
us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards
against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
Director Independence
Our Board of Directors has determined that all of our directors other than Mr. Lubniewski and Mr. Johnson are independent
directors, as defined by Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Listing Rules. The Nasdaq independence definition includes a series of
objective tests, including that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the
director nor any of his family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by Nasdaq
rules, our Board of Directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist, which, in
the opinion of our Board of Directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of
a director. In making these determinations, our Board of Directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and
us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management.
96
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
The following table summarizes the fees of BDO USA, LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, for 2019 and
2018.
Fee Category
Audit fees (1)
Audit-related fees
Tax fees
All other fees
Total fees
December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
581,796
—
—
—
581,796
$
$
419,213
—
—
—
419,213
(1) Audit fees consist of fees for professional services provided primarily in connection with the annual audit of our consolidated
financial statements, quarterly reviews and services associated with SEC registration statements and other documents issued in
connection with securities offerings including comfort letters and consents.
Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
Pursuant to its charter, the audit committee must review and approve, in advance, the scope and plans for the audits and the
audit fees and approve in advance (or, where permitted under the rules and regulations of the SEC, subsequently) all non-audit
services to be performed by the independent auditor that are not otherwise prohibited by law and any associated fees. The audit
committee may delegate to one or more members of the committee the authority to pre-approve audit and permissible non-audit
services, as long as this pre-approval is presented to the full committee at scheduled meetings. All fees described above were pre-
approved by the audit committee.
97
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
PART IV
(a)(1) Consolidated Financial Statements - The consolidated financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are
listed on the Index to Financial Statements in Item 8.
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules
All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial
statements or the notes thereto.
(a)(3) Exhibits
The exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K are listed in paragraph (b) below.
(b)
Exhibits.
The exhibits listed on the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the signature page to this Annual Report on Form 10-K are filed
herewith or are incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with the SEC.
98
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Index
Description
2.1
3.1
3.2
3.3
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
Asset Purchase Agreement dated January 9, 2001, as amended by and between the Registrant, NuvoGen, LLC,
Stephen Felder and Richard Kris (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s registration Statement on
Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-201313), originally filed with the SEC on December 30, 2014).
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 12, 2015).
Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 0001-37369), filed
with the SEC on February 26, 2020).
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 12, 2015).
Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3.
Form of Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-201313), originally filed with the SEC on December
30, 2014).
Common Stock Warrant issued by the Registrant to the University of Arizona, dated March 13, 2009 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-201313),
originally filed with the SEC on December 30, 2014).
Series E Preferred Stock Warrant issued by the Registrant to Silicon Valley Bank, dated August 22, 2014 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-201313),
originally filed with the SEC on December 30, 2014).
Series E Preferred Stock Warrant issued by the Registrant to Oxford Finance LLC, dated August 22, 2014
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No.
333-201313), originally filed with the SEC on December 30, 2014).
Form of Warrant issued by Registrant to bridge financing investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the
Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-201313), originally filed with the SEC on
December 30, 2014).
Form of Warrant issued by Registrant to bridge financing investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the
Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-201313), originally filed with the SEC on
December 30, 2014).
Common Stock Warrant issued by the Registrant to Oxford Finance LLC, dated March 28, 2016 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 30, 2016).
Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated October 26, 2017, by and between the Company and QIAGEN
North American Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-
K, filed with the SEC on October 27, 2017).
Warrant issued to MidCap Funding XXVIII Trust, dated March 26, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to
the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369), filed with the SEC on May 10, 2018).
Form of Pre-Funded Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated September 24, 2019 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 23, 2019).
4.12
Description of Capital Stock
10.1+
Form of Indemnity Agreement by and between the Registrant and its directors and officers (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-201313), originally
filed with the SEC on December 30, 2014).
99
Exhibit
Number
10.2+
10.3+
10.4+
10.5+
10.6+
10.7+
10.8+
10.9+
10.10+
10.11+
10.12*
10.13*
10.14*
10.15*
HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan and Forms of Stock Option Agreement and Stock Option
Grant Notice thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form
S-1, as amended (File No. 333-201313), originally filed with the SEC on December 30, 2014).
Description
HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and Forms of Stock Option Agreement, Notice of
Exercise and Stock Option Grant Notice thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s
Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-201313), originally filed with the SEC on December
30, 2014).
HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7
to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369), filed with the SEC on May 9, 2019).
Standard Forms of Stock Option Agreement, Notice of Exercise and Stock Option Grant Notice under the HTG
Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the
Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369), filed with the SEC on May 9, 2019).
Forms of Stock Option Agreement, Notice of Exercise and Stock Option Grant Notice for Inducement Award
Recipients under the HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369), filed with the SEC
on May 9, 2019).
HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to
the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-201313), originally filed with the SEC
on December 30, 2014).
HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. Amended and Restated Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369), filed with the
SEC on November 12, 2019).
Employment Letter Agreement dated December 24, 2014 by and between the Registrant and Timothy Johnson
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File
No. 333-201313), originally filed with the SEC on December 30, 2014).
Employment Letter Agreement dated December 18, 2014 by and between the Registrant and John Lubniewski
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File
No. 333-201313), originally filed with the SEC on December 30, 2014).
Employment Letter Agreement dated December 15, 2014 by and between the Registrant and Shaun McMeans
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File
No. 333-201313), originally filed with the SEC on December 30, 2014).
Standard Commercial-Industrial Multi Tenant Triple Net Lease dated July 11, 2008 by and between the Registrant and
Pegasus Properties LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form
S-1, as amended (File No. 333-201313), originally filed with the SEC on December 30, 2014).
Standard Commercial-Industrial Multi Tenant Triple Net Lease dated May 11, 2011 by and between the Registrant and
Pegasus Properties LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form
S-1, as amended (File No. 333-201313), originally filed with the SEC on December 30, 2014).
First Amendment to Lease Agreement (Suite 100 - Administration), dated August 4, 2015, by and between Pegasus
Properties, L.P. and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369), filed with the SEC on November 12, 2015).
First Amendment to Lease Agreement (Suite 300 - Laboratory), dated August 4, 2015, by and between Pegasus
Properties, L.P. and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369), filed with the SEC on November 12, 2015).
100
Exhibit
Number
10.16*
10.17
10.18*
10.19*
10.20
10.21*
10.22
10.23*
10.24*
10.25*
10.26
10.27
10.28
Description
Termination of Security Agreement, Release of Security Interest and Understanding Regarding Asset Purchase
Agreement, dated August 22, 2014, by and between the Registrant and NuvoGen Research LLC (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-201313),
originally filed with the SEC on December 30, 2014).
HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369), filed with the SEC on August 9, 2016).
Master Assay Development, Commercialization and Manufacturing Agreement, dated November 16, 2016, by and
between Registrant and QIAGEN Manchester Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrant’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 23, 2017).
Controlled Equity Offering Sales Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., dated April
13, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-
37369), filed with the SEC on April 13, 2017).
Registration Rights Letter Agreement, effective June 2, 2017, by and between the Registrant and Novo Holdings A/S
(f/k/a Novo A/S) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File
No. 001-37369), filed with the SEC on August 8, 2017).
Amended and Restated Development and Component Supply Agreement, effective May 31, 2017, by and between the
Registrant and Illumina, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q (File No. 001-37369), filed with the SEC on August 8, 2017).
First Amendment to Master Assay Development, Commercialization and Manufacturing Agreement, dated June 14,
2017, by and between the Registrant and QIAGEN Manchester Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to
the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369), filed with the SEC on August 8, 2017).
Statement of Work No. 2, dated October 26, 2017, under Master Assay Development, Commercialization and
Manufacturing Agreement between the Registrant and QIAGEN Manchester Limited (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.30 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-37369), filed with the SEC on March 23,
2018).
Statement of Work No. 3, dated January 12, 2018, under Master Assay Development, Commercialization and
Manufacturing Agreement between the Registrant and QIAGEN Manchester Limited (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369), filed with the SEC on May 10,
2018).
First Amendment to Statement of Work No. 3, dated September 21, 2018, under Master Assay Development,
Commercialization and Manufacturing Agreement between the Registrant and QIAGEN Manchester Limited
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369),
filed with the SEC on November 8, 2018).
First Amendment to Statement of Work No. 2, dated August 7, 2018, under Master Assay Development,
Commercialization and Manufacturing Agreement between the Registrant and QIAGEN Manchester Limited
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369),
filed with the SEC on November 8, 2018).
Second Amendment to Statement of Work No. 2, dated August 13, 2018, under Master Assay Development,
Commercialization and Manufacturing Agreement between the Registrant and QIAGEN Manchester Limited
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369),
filed with the SEC on November 8, 2018).
Third Amendment to Statement of Work No. 2, dated September 27, 2018, under Master Assay Development,
Commercialization and Manufacturing Agreement between the Registrant and QIAGEN Manchester Limited
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369),
filed with the SEC on November 8, 2018).
101
Exhibit
Number
10.29*
10.30
10.31
10.32
10.33
10.34
10.35
10.36
10.37
10.38
10.39
10.40
10.41+
10.42+
10.43
Description
Supplement Agreement, dated October 26, 2017, by and among the Registrant, QIAGEN Manchester Limited and
Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Registrant’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-37369), filed with the SEC on March 23, 2018).
Amendment to the Supplement Agreement, dated August 13, 2018, by and among the Registrant, QIAGEN
Manchester Limited and Bristol-Myers Squibb Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369), filed with the SEC on November 8, 2018).
Credit and Security Agreement (Term Loan) by and among the Registrant, the lenders party thereto from time to time
and MidCap Financial Trust, as agent, dated March 26, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369), filed with the SEC on May 10, 2018).
Credit and Security Agreement (Revolving Loan) by and among the Registrant, the lenders party thereto from time to
time and MidCap Funding IV Trust (assignee of MidCap Financial Trust), as agent, dated March 26, 2018
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369),
filed with the SEC on May 10, 2018).
Amendment No. 1 to Credit and Security Agreement (Term Loan) by and among the Registrant, the lenders party
thereto from time to time and MidCap Financial Trust, as agent, dated November 28, 2018.
Amendment No. 1 to Credit and Security Agreement (Revolving Loan) by and among the Registrant, the lenders party
thereto from time to time and MidCap Funding IV Trust (assignee of MidCap Financial Trust), as agent, dated June 25,
2018.
Amendment No. 2 to Credit and Security Agreement (Revolving Loan) by and among the Registrant, the lenders party
thereto from time to time and MidCap Funding IV Trust (assignee of MidCap Financial Trust), as agent, dated
November 28, 2018.
Amendment No. 2 to Credit and Security Agreement (Term Loan) by and among the Registrant, the lenders party
thereto from time to time and MidCap Financial Trust, as agent, dated February 26, 2020 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 0001-37369), filed with the SEC on
February 27, 2020).
Amendment No. 3 to Credit and Security Agreement (Revolving Loan) by and among the Registrant, the lenders party
thereto from time to time and MidCap Funding IV Trust (assignee of MidCap Financial Trust), as agent, dated
February 26, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No.
0001-37369), filed with the SEC on February 27, 2020).
Second Amendment to Lease Agreement (Suite 100 - Administration - to include Suite 200), dated January 28, 2019,
by and between Pegasus Properties, L.P. and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on March 7, 2019).
Fourth Amendment to Statement of Work No. 2, dated February 15, 2019, under Master Assay Development,
Commercialization and Manufacturing Agreement between the Registrant and QIAGEN Manchester Limited
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369),
filed with the SEC on May 9, 2019).
Sales Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2019, by and between HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. and Cowen and
Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with
the SEC on March 13, 2019).
Employment Agreement, dated March 31, 2019, by and between Timothy B. Johnson and the Registrant (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 2, 2019).
Employment Agreement, dated April 1, 2019, by and between John L. Lubniewski and the Registrant (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 2, 2019).
First Amendment to Amended and Restated IVD Test Development and Component Supply Agreement, dated April
23, 2019, by and between Illumina, Inc. and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the
Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369), filed with the SEC on May 9, 2019).
102
Exhibit
Number
10.44+
10.45
10.46
Description
Employment Agreement, dated July 28, 2019, by and between Shaun D. McMeans and the Registrant (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-37369), filed with the SEC
on November 12, 2019).
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated September 20, 2019, by and among the Registrant and the Purchasers named
therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC
on September 23, 2019).
Controlled Equity OfferingSM Sales Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2019, by and between HTG Molecular
Diagnostics, Inc. and Cantor Fitzgerald & Co (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 15, 2019).
10.47+
Employment Agreement, dated July 28, 2019, by and between Byron Lawson and the Registrant.
23.1
24.1
31.1
31.2
32.1
32.2
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
+
*
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
We have requested confidential treatment for certain portions of this agreement. Omitted portions have been filed separately
with the SEC.
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.
None.
103
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly
caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
HTG Molecular Diagnostics, Inc.
Date: March 25, 2020
By:
/s/ John L. Lubniewski
John L. Lubniewski
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints
John L. Lubniewski and Shaun D. McMeans, jointly and severally, his or her attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for
him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other
documents in connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of
said attorneys-in-fact, or his or her substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
Signature
/s/ John L. Lubniewski
John L. Lubniewski
/s/ Shaun D. McMeans
Shaun D. McMeans
/s/ Laura L. Godlewski
Laura L. Godlewski
/s/ Timothy B. Johnson
Timothy B. Johnson
/s/ Ann F. Hanham
Ann F. Hanham
/s/ Harry A. George
Harry A. George
/s/ Michelle R. Griffin
Michelle R. Griffin
/s/ Donnie M. Hardison
Donnie M. Hardison
/s/ James T. LaFrance
James T. LaFrance
/s/ Lee R. McCracken
Lee R. McCracken
Title
Date
President and Chief Executive Officer and Director
March 25, 2020
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
March 25, 2020
Vice President of Finance and Principal Accounting Officer
March 25, 2020
Executive Chairman and Director
March 25, 2020
Lead Independent Director
March 25, 2020
March 25, 2020
March 25, 2020
March 25, 2020
March 25, 2020
March 25, 2020
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
104
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]